]> code.delx.au - gnu-emacs/blob - src/xdisp.c
(try_cursor_movement): Fix last change. The real
[gnu-emacs] / src / xdisp.c
1 /* Display generation from window structure and buffer text.
2 Copyright (C) 1985, 86, 87, 88, 93, 94, 95, 97, 98, 99, 2000
3 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4
5 This file is part of GNU Emacs.
6
7 GNU Emacs is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
10 any later version.
11
12 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
16
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
19 the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
20 Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
21
22 /* New redisplay written by Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>.
23
24 Redisplay.
25
26 Emacs separates the task of updating the display from code
27 modifying global state, e.g. buffer text. This way functions
28 operating on buffers don't also have to be concerned with updating
29 the display.
30
31 Updating the display is triggered by the Lisp interpreter when it
32 decides it's time to do it. This is done either automatically for
33 you as part of the interpreter's command loop or as the result of
34 calling Lisp functions like `sit-for'. The C function `redisplay'
35 in xdisp.c is the only entry into the inner redisplay code. (Or,
36 let's say almost---see the the description of direct update
37 operations, below.).
38
39 The following diagram shows how redisplay code is invoked. As you
40 can see, Lisp calls redisplay and vice versa. Under window systems
41 like X, some portions of the redisplay code are also called
42 asynchronously during mouse movement or expose events. It is very
43 important that these code parts do NOT use the C library (malloc,
44 free) because many C libraries under Unix are not reentrant. They
45 may also NOT call functions of the Lisp interpreter which could
46 change the interpreter's state. If you don't follow these rules,
47 you will encounter bugs which are very hard to explain.
48
49 (Direct functions, see below)
50 direct_output_for_insert,
51 direct_forward_char (dispnew.c)
52 +---------------------------------+
53 | |
54 | V
55 +--------------+ redisplay() +----------------+
56 | Lisp machine |---------------->| Redisplay code |<--+
57 +--------------+ (xdisp.c) +----------------+ |
58 ^ | |
59 +----------------------------------+ |
60 Don't use this path when called |
61 asynchronously! |
62 |
63 expose_window (asynchronous) |
64 |
65 X expose events -----+
66
67 What does redisplay? Obviously, it has to figure out somehow what
68 has been changed since the last time the display has been updated,
69 and to make these changes visible. Preferably it would do that in
70 a moderately intelligent way, i.e. fast.
71
72 Changes in buffer text can be deduced from window and buffer
73 structures, and from some global variables like `beg_unchanged' and
74 `end_unchanged'. The contents of the display are additionally
75 recorded in a `glyph matrix', a two-dimensional matrix of glyph
76 structures. Each row in such a matrix corresponds to a line on the
77 display, and each glyph in a row corresponds to a column displaying
78 a character, an image, or what else. This matrix is called the
79 `current glyph matrix' or `current matrix' in redisplay
80 terminology.
81
82 For buffer parts that have been changed since the last update, a
83 second glyph matrix is constructed, the so called `desired glyph
84 matrix' or short `desired matrix'. Current and desired matrix are
85 then compared to find a cheap way to update the display, e.g. by
86 reusing part of the display by scrolling lines.
87
88
89 Direct operations.
90
91 You will find a lot of of redisplay optimizations when you start
92 looking at the innards of redisplay. The overall goal of all these
93 optimizations is to make redisplay fast because it is done
94 frequently.
95
96 Two optimizations are not found in xdisp.c. These are the direct
97 operations mentioned above. As the name suggests they follow a
98 different principle than the rest of redisplay. Instead of
99 building a desired matrix and then comparing it with the current
100 display, they perform their actions directly on the display and on
101 the current matrix.
102
103 One direct operation updates the display after one character has
104 been entered. The other one moves the cursor by one position
105 forward or backward. You find these functions under the names
106 `direct_output_for_insert' and `direct_output_forward_char' in
107 dispnew.c.
108
109
110 Desired matrices.
111
112 Desired matrices are always built per Emacs window. The function
113 `display_line' is the central function to look at if you are
114 interested. It constructs one row in a desired matrix given an
115 iterator structure containing both a buffer position and a
116 description of the environment in which the text is to be
117 displayed. But this is too early, read on.
118
119 Characters and pixmaps displayed for a range of buffer text depend
120 on various settings of buffers and windows, on overlays and text
121 properties, on display tables, on selective display. The good news
122 is that all this hairy stuff is hidden behind a small set of
123 interface functions taking a iterator structure (struct it)
124 argument.
125
126 Iteration over things to be be displayed is then simple. It is
127 started by initializing an iterator with a call to init_iterator
128 (or init_string_iterator for that matter). Calls to
129 get_next_display_element fill the iterator structure with relevant
130 information about the next thing to display. Calls to
131 set_iterator_to_next move the iterator to the next thing.
132
133 Besides this, an iterator also contains information about the
134 display environment in which glyphs for display elements are to be
135 produced. It has fields for the width and height of the display,
136 the information whether long lines are truncated or continued, a
137 current X and Y position, and lots of other stuff you can better
138 see in dispextern.h.
139
140 Glyphs in a desired matrix are normally constructed in a loop
141 calling get_next_display_element and then produce_glyphs. The call
142 to produce_glyphs will fill the iterator structure with pixel
143 information about the element being displayed and at the same time
144 produce glyphs for it. If the display element fits on the line
145 being displayed, set_iterator_to_next is called next, otherwise the
146 glyphs produced are discarded.
147
148
149 Frame matrices.
150
151 That just couldn't be all, could it? What about terminal types not
152 supporting operations on sub-windows of the screen? To update the
153 display on such a terminal, window-based glyph matrices are not
154 well suited. To be able to reuse part of the display (scrolling
155 lines up and down), we must instead have a view of the whole
156 screen. This is what `frame matrices' are for. They are a trick.
157
158 Frames on terminals like above have a glyph pool. Windows on such
159 a frame sub-allocate their glyph memory from their frame's glyph
160 pool. The frame itself is given its own glyph matrices. By
161 coincidence---or maybe something else---rows in window glyph
162 matrices are slices of corresponding rows in frame matrices. Thus
163 writing to window matrices implicitly updates a frame matrix which
164 provides us with the view of the whole screen that we originally
165 wanted to have without having to move many bytes around. To be
166 honest, there is a little bit more done, but not much more. If you
167 plan to extend that code, take a look at dispnew.c. The function
168 build_frame_matrix is a good starting point. */
169
170 #include <config.h>
171 #include <stdio.h>
172 #include "lisp.h"
173 #include "keyboard.h"
174 #include "frame.h"
175 #include "window.h"
176 #include "termchar.h"
177 #include "dispextern.h"
178 #include "buffer.h"
179 #include "charset.h"
180 #include "indent.h"
181 #include "commands.h"
182 #include "macros.h"
183 #include "disptab.h"
184 #include "termhooks.h"
185 #include "intervals.h"
186 #include "coding.h"
187 #include "process.h"
188 #include "region-cache.h"
189 #include "fontset.h"
190
191 #ifdef HAVE_X_WINDOWS
192 #include "xterm.h"
193 #endif
194 #ifdef WINDOWSNT
195 #include "w32term.h"
196 #endif
197 #ifdef macintosh
198 #include "macterm.h"
199 #endif
200
201 #define min(a, b) ((a) < (b) ? (a) : (b))
202 #define max(a, b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b))
203
204 #define INFINITY 10000000
205
206 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (HAVE_NTGUI) || defined (macintosh)
207 extern void set_frame_menubar P_ ((struct frame *f, int, int));
208 extern int pending_menu_activation;
209 #endif
210
211 extern int interrupt_input;
212 extern int command_loop_level;
213
214 extern int minibuffer_auto_raise;
215
216 extern Lisp_Object Qface;
217
218 extern Lisp_Object Voverriding_local_map;
219 extern Lisp_Object Voverriding_local_map_menu_flag;
220 extern Lisp_Object Qmenu_item;
221
222 Lisp_Object Qoverriding_local_map, Qoverriding_terminal_local_map;
223 Lisp_Object Qwindow_scroll_functions, Vwindow_scroll_functions;
224 Lisp_Object Qredisplay_end_trigger_functions;
225 Lisp_Object Qinhibit_point_motion_hooks;
226 Lisp_Object QCeval, Qwhen, QCfile, QCdata;
227 Lisp_Object Qfontified;
228 Lisp_Object Qgrow_only;
229
230 /* Functions called to fontify regions of text. */
231
232 Lisp_Object Vfontification_functions;
233 Lisp_Object Qfontification_functions;
234
235 /* Non-zero means draw tool bar buttons raised when the mouse moves
236 over them. */
237
238 int auto_raise_tool_bar_buttons_p;
239
240 /* Margin around tool bar buttons in pixels. */
241
242 int tool_bar_button_margin;
243
244 /* Thickness of shadow to draw around tool bar buttons. */
245
246 int tool_bar_button_relief;
247
248 /* Non-zero means automatically resize tool-bars so that all tool-bar
249 items are visible, and no blank lines remain. */
250
251 int auto_resize_tool_bars_p;
252
253 /* Non-nil means don't actually do any redisplay. */
254
255 Lisp_Object Vinhibit_redisplay, Qinhibit_redisplay;
256
257 /* Names of text properties relevant for redisplay. */
258
259 Lisp_Object Qdisplay, Qrelative_width, Qalign_to;
260 extern Lisp_Object Qface, Qinvisible, Qimage, Qwidth;
261
262 /* Symbols used in text property values. */
263
264 Lisp_Object Qspace, QCalign_to, QCrelative_width, QCrelative_height;
265 Lisp_Object Qleft_margin, Qright_margin, Qspace_width, Qraise;
266 Lisp_Object Qmargin;
267 extern Lisp_Object Qheight;
268
269 /* Non-nil means highlight trailing whitespace. */
270
271 Lisp_Object Vshow_trailing_whitespace;
272
273 /* Name of the face used to highlight trailing whitespace. */
274
275 Lisp_Object Qtrailing_whitespace;
276
277 /* The symbol `image' which is the car of the lists used to represent
278 images in Lisp. */
279
280 Lisp_Object Qimage;
281
282 /* Non-zero means print newline to stdout before next mini-buffer
283 message. */
284
285 int noninteractive_need_newline;
286
287 /* Non-zero means print newline to message log before next message. */
288
289 static int message_log_need_newline;
290
291 \f
292 /* The buffer position of the first character appearing entirely or
293 partially on the line of the selected window which contains the
294 cursor; <= 0 if not known. Set by set_cursor_from_row, used for
295 redisplay optimization in redisplay_internal. */
296
297 static struct text_pos this_line_start_pos;
298
299 /* Number of characters past the end of the line above, including the
300 terminating newline. */
301
302 static struct text_pos this_line_end_pos;
303
304 /* The vertical positions and the height of this line. */
305
306 static int this_line_vpos;
307 static int this_line_y;
308 static int this_line_pixel_height;
309
310 /* X position at which this display line starts. Usually zero;
311 negative if first character is partially visible. */
312
313 static int this_line_start_x;
314
315 /* Buffer that this_line_.* variables are referring to. */
316
317 static struct buffer *this_line_buffer;
318
319 /* Nonzero means truncate lines in all windows less wide than the
320 frame. */
321
322 int truncate_partial_width_windows;
323
324 /* A flag to control how to display unibyte 8-bit character. */
325
326 int unibyte_display_via_language_environment;
327
328 /* Nonzero means we have more than one non-mini-buffer-only frame.
329 Not guaranteed to be accurate except while parsing
330 frame-title-format. */
331
332 int multiple_frames;
333
334 Lisp_Object Vglobal_mode_string;
335
336 /* Marker for where to display an arrow on top of the buffer text. */
337
338 Lisp_Object Voverlay_arrow_position;
339
340 /* String to display for the arrow. Only used on terminal frames. */
341
342 Lisp_Object Voverlay_arrow_string;
343
344 /* Values of those variables at last redisplay. However, if
345 Voverlay_arrow_position is a marker, last_arrow_position is its
346 numerical position. */
347
348 static Lisp_Object last_arrow_position, last_arrow_string;
349
350 /* Like mode-line-format, but for the title bar on a visible frame. */
351
352 Lisp_Object Vframe_title_format;
353
354 /* Like mode-line-format, but for the title bar on an iconified frame. */
355
356 Lisp_Object Vicon_title_format;
357
358 /* List of functions to call when a window's size changes. These
359 functions get one arg, a frame on which one or more windows' sizes
360 have changed. */
361
362 static Lisp_Object Vwindow_size_change_functions;
363
364 Lisp_Object Qmenu_bar_update_hook, Vmenu_bar_update_hook;
365
366 /* Nonzero if overlay arrow has been displayed once in this window. */
367
368 static int overlay_arrow_seen;
369
370 /* Nonzero means highlight the region even in nonselected windows. */
371
372 int highlight_nonselected_windows;
373
374 /* If cursor motion alone moves point off frame, try scrolling this
375 many lines up or down if that will bring it back. */
376
377 static int scroll_step;
378
379 /* Non-0 means scroll just far enough to bring point back on the
380 screen, when appropriate. */
381
382 static int scroll_conservatively;
383
384 /* Recenter the window whenever point gets within this many lines of
385 the top or bottom of the window. This value is translated into a
386 pixel value by multiplying it with CANON_Y_UNIT, which means that
387 there is really a fixed pixel height scroll margin. */
388
389 int scroll_margin;
390
391 /* Number of windows showing the buffer of the selected window (or
392 another buffer with the same base buffer). keyboard.c refers to
393 this. */
394
395 int buffer_shared;
396
397 /* Vector containing glyphs for an ellipsis `...'. */
398
399 static Lisp_Object default_invis_vector[3];
400
401 /* Zero means display the mode-line/header-line/menu-bar in the default face
402 (this slightly odd definition is for compatibility with previous versions
403 of emacs), non-zero means display them using their respective faces.
404
405 This variable is deprecated. */
406
407 int mode_line_inverse_video;
408
409 /* Prompt to display in front of the mini-buffer contents. */
410
411 Lisp_Object minibuf_prompt;
412
413 /* Width of current mini-buffer prompt. Only set after display_line
414 of the line that contains the prompt. */
415
416 int minibuf_prompt_width;
417 int minibuf_prompt_pixel_width;
418
419 /* This is the window where the echo area message was displayed. It
420 is always a mini-buffer window, but it may not be the same window
421 currently active as a mini-buffer. */
422
423 Lisp_Object echo_area_window;
424
425 /* List of pairs (MESSAGE . MULTIBYTE). The function save_message
426 pushes the current message and the value of
427 message_enable_multibyte on the stack, the function restore_message
428 pops the stack and displays MESSAGE again. */
429
430 Lisp_Object Vmessage_stack;
431
432 /* Nonzero means multibyte characters were enabled when the echo area
433 message was specified. */
434
435 int message_enable_multibyte;
436
437 /* True if we should redraw the mode lines on the next redisplay. */
438
439 int update_mode_lines;
440
441 /* Nonzero if window sizes or contents have changed since last
442 redisplay that finished */
443
444 int windows_or_buffers_changed;
445
446 /* Nonzero after display_mode_line if %l was used and it displayed a
447 line number. */
448
449 int line_number_displayed;
450
451 /* Maximum buffer size for which to display line numbers. */
452
453 Lisp_Object Vline_number_display_limit;
454
455 /* line width to consider when repostioning for line number display */
456
457 static int line_number_display_limit_width;
458
459 /* Number of lines to keep in the message log buffer. t means
460 infinite. nil means don't log at all. */
461
462 Lisp_Object Vmessage_log_max;
463
464 /* The name of the *Messages* buffer, a string. */
465
466 static Lisp_Object Vmessages_buffer_name;
467
468 /* Current, index 0, and last displayed echo area message. Either
469 buffers from echo_buffers, or nil to indicate no message. */
470
471 Lisp_Object echo_area_buffer[2];
472
473 /* The buffers referenced from echo_area_buffer. */
474
475 static Lisp_Object echo_buffer[2];
476
477 /* A vector saved used in with_area_buffer to reduce consing. */
478
479 static Lisp_Object Vwith_echo_area_save_vector;
480
481 /* Non-zero means display_echo_area should display the last echo area
482 message again. Set by redisplay_preserve_echo_area. */
483
484 static int display_last_displayed_message_p;
485
486 /* Nonzero if echo area is being used by print; zero if being used by
487 message. */
488
489 int message_buf_print;
490
491 /* Maximum height for resizing mini-windows. Either a float
492 specifying a fraction of the available height, or an integer
493 specifying a number of lines. */
494
495 Lisp_Object Vmax_mini_window_height;
496
497 /* Non-zero means messages should be displayed with truncated
498 lines instead of being continued. */
499
500 int message_truncate_lines;
501 Lisp_Object Qmessage_truncate_lines;
502
503 /* Non-zero means we want a hollow cursor in windows that are not
504 selected. Zero means there's no cursor in such windows. */
505
506 int cursor_in_non_selected_windows;
507
508 /* A scratch glyph row with contents used for generating truncation
509 glyphs. Also used in direct_output_for_insert. */
510
511 #define MAX_SCRATCH_GLYPHS 100
512 struct glyph_row scratch_glyph_row;
513 static struct glyph scratch_glyphs[MAX_SCRATCH_GLYPHS];
514
515 /* Ascent and height of the last line processed by move_it_to. */
516
517 static int last_max_ascent, last_height;
518
519 /* Non-zero if there's a help-echo in the echo area. */
520
521 int help_echo_showing_p;
522
523 /* If >= 0, computed, exact values of mode-line and header-line height
524 to use in the macros CURRENT_MODE_LINE_HEIGHT and
525 CURRENT_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT. */
526
527 int current_mode_line_height, current_header_line_height;
528
529 /* The maximum distance to look ahead for text properties. Values
530 that are too small let us call compute_char_face and similar
531 functions too often which is expensive. Values that are too large
532 let us call compute_char_face and alike too often because we
533 might not be interested in text properties that far away. */
534
535 #define TEXT_PROP_DISTANCE_LIMIT 100
536
537 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
538
539 /* Non-zero means print traces of redisplay if compiled with
540 GLYPH_DEBUG != 0. */
541
542 int trace_redisplay_p;
543
544 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */
545
546 #ifdef DEBUG_TRACE_MOVE
547 /* Non-zero means trace with TRACE_MOVE to stderr. */
548 int trace_move;
549
550 #define TRACE_MOVE(x) if (trace_move) fprintf x; else (void) 0
551 #else
552 #define TRACE_MOVE(x) (void) 0
553 #endif
554
555 /* Non-zero means automatically scroll windows horizontally to make
556 point visible. */
557
558 int automatic_hscrolling_p;
559
560 /* A list of symbols, one for each supported image type. */
561
562 Lisp_Object Vimage_types;
563
564 /* The variable `resize-mini-windows'. If nil, don't resize
565 mini-windows. If t, always resize them to fit the text they
566 display. If `grow-only', let mini-windows grow only until they
567 become empty. */
568
569 Lisp_Object Vresize_mini_windows;
570
571 /* Value returned from text property handlers (see below). */
572
573 enum prop_handled
574 {
575 HANDLED_NORMALLY,
576 HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS,
577 HANDLED_OVERLAY_STRING_CONSUMED,
578 HANDLED_RETURN
579 };
580
581 /* A description of text properties that redisplay is interested
582 in. */
583
584 struct props
585 {
586 /* The name of the property. */
587 Lisp_Object *name;
588
589 /* A unique index for the property. */
590 enum prop_idx idx;
591
592 /* A handler function called to set up iterator IT from the property
593 at IT's current position. Value is used to steer handle_stop. */
594 enum prop_handled (*handler) P_ ((struct it *it));
595 };
596
597 static enum prop_handled handle_face_prop P_ ((struct it *));
598 static enum prop_handled handle_invisible_prop P_ ((struct it *));
599 static enum prop_handled handle_display_prop P_ ((struct it *));
600 static enum prop_handled handle_composition_prop P_ ((struct it *));
601 static enum prop_handled handle_overlay_change P_ ((struct it *));
602 static enum prop_handled handle_fontified_prop P_ ((struct it *));
603
604 /* Properties handled by iterators. */
605
606 static struct props it_props[] =
607 {
608 {&Qfontified, FONTIFIED_PROP_IDX, handle_fontified_prop},
609 /* Handle `face' before `display' because some sub-properties of
610 `display' need to know the face. */
611 {&Qface, FACE_PROP_IDX, handle_face_prop},
612 {&Qdisplay, DISPLAY_PROP_IDX, handle_display_prop},
613 {&Qinvisible, INVISIBLE_PROP_IDX, handle_invisible_prop},
614 {&Qcomposition, COMPOSITION_PROP_IDX, handle_composition_prop},
615 {NULL, 0, NULL}
616 };
617
618 /* Value is the position described by X. If X is a marker, value is
619 the marker_position of X. Otherwise, value is X. */
620
621 #define COERCE_MARKER(X) (MARKERP ((X)) ? Fmarker_position (X) : (X))
622
623 /* Enumeration returned by some move_it_.* functions internally. */
624
625 enum move_it_result
626 {
627 /* Not used. Undefined value. */
628 MOVE_UNDEFINED,
629
630 /* Move ended at the requested buffer position or ZV. */
631 MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV,
632
633 /* Move ended at the requested X pixel position. */
634 MOVE_X_REACHED,
635
636 /* Move within a line ended at the end of a line that must be
637 continued. */
638 MOVE_LINE_CONTINUED,
639
640 /* Move within a line ended at the end of a line that would
641 be displayed truncated. */
642 MOVE_LINE_TRUNCATED,
643
644 /* Move within a line ended at a line end. */
645 MOVE_NEWLINE_OR_CR
646 };
647
648
649 \f
650 /* Function prototypes. */
651
652 static int cursor_row_p P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_row *));
653 static int redisplay_mode_lines P_ ((Lisp_Object, int));
654 static char *decode_mode_spec_coding P_ ((Lisp_Object, char *, int));
655 static int invisible_text_between_p P_ ((struct it *, int, int));
656 static int next_element_from_ellipsis P_ ((struct it *));
657 static void pint2str P_ ((char *, int, int));
658 static struct text_pos run_window_scroll_functions P_ ((Lisp_Object,
659 struct text_pos));
660 static void reconsider_clip_changes P_ ((struct window *, struct buffer *));
661 static int text_outside_line_unchanged_p P_ ((struct window *, int, int));
662 static void store_frame_title_char P_ ((char));
663 static int store_frame_title P_ ((unsigned char *, int, int));
664 static void x_consider_frame_title P_ ((Lisp_Object));
665 static void handle_stop P_ ((struct it *));
666 static int tool_bar_lines_needed P_ ((struct frame *));
667 static int single_display_prop_intangible_p P_ ((Lisp_Object));
668 static void ensure_echo_area_buffers P_ ((void));
669 static struct glyph_row *row_containing_pos P_ ((struct window *, int,
670 struct glyph_row *,
671 struct glyph_row *));
672 static Lisp_Object unwind_with_echo_area_buffer P_ ((Lisp_Object));
673 static Lisp_Object with_echo_area_buffer_unwind_data P_ ((struct window *));
674 static int with_echo_area_buffer P_ ((struct window *, int,
675 int (*) (EMACS_INT, Lisp_Object, EMACS_INT, EMACS_INT),
676 EMACS_INT, Lisp_Object, EMACS_INT, EMACS_INT));
677 static void clear_garbaged_frames P_ ((void));
678 static int current_message_1 P_ ((EMACS_INT, Lisp_Object, EMACS_INT, EMACS_INT));
679 static int truncate_message_1 P_ ((EMACS_INT, Lisp_Object, EMACS_INT, EMACS_INT));
680 static int set_message_1 P_ ((EMACS_INT, Lisp_Object, EMACS_INT, EMACS_INT));
681 static int display_echo_area P_ ((struct window *));
682 static int display_echo_area_1 P_ ((EMACS_INT, Lisp_Object, EMACS_INT, EMACS_INT));
683 static int resize_mini_window_1 P_ ((EMACS_INT, Lisp_Object, EMACS_INT, EMACS_INT));
684 static Lisp_Object unwind_redisplay P_ ((Lisp_Object));
685 static int string_char_and_length P_ ((unsigned char *, int, int *));
686 static struct text_pos display_prop_end P_ ((struct it *, Lisp_Object,
687 struct text_pos));
688 static int compute_window_start_on_continuation_line P_ ((struct window *));
689 static Lisp_Object safe_eval_handler P_ ((Lisp_Object));
690 static void insert_left_trunc_glyphs P_ ((struct it *));
691 static struct glyph_row *get_overlay_arrow_glyph_row P_ ((struct window *));
692 static void extend_face_to_end_of_line P_ ((struct it *));
693 static int append_space P_ ((struct it *, int));
694 static void make_cursor_line_fully_visible P_ ((struct window *));
695 static int try_scrolling P_ ((Lisp_Object, int, int, int, int));
696 static int try_cursor_movement P_ ((Lisp_Object, struct text_pos, int *));
697 static int trailing_whitespace_p P_ ((int));
698 static int message_log_check_duplicate P_ ((int, int, int, int));
699 int invisible_p P_ ((Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object));
700 int invisible_ellipsis_p P_ ((Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object));
701 static void push_it P_ ((struct it *));
702 static void pop_it P_ ((struct it *));
703 static void sync_frame_with_window_matrix_rows P_ ((struct window *));
704 static void redisplay_internal P_ ((int));
705 static int echo_area_display P_ ((int));
706 static void redisplay_windows P_ ((Lisp_Object));
707 static void redisplay_window P_ ((Lisp_Object, int));
708 static void update_menu_bar P_ ((struct frame *, int));
709 static int try_window_reusing_current_matrix P_ ((struct window *));
710 static int try_window_id P_ ((struct window *));
711 static int display_line P_ ((struct it *));
712 static int display_mode_lines P_ ((struct window *));
713 static int display_mode_line P_ ((struct window *, enum face_id, Lisp_Object));
714 static int display_mode_element P_ ((struct it *, int, int, int, Lisp_Object));
715 static char *decode_mode_spec P_ ((struct window *, int, int, int));
716 static void display_menu_bar P_ ((struct window *));
717 static int display_count_lines P_ ((int, int, int, int, int *));
718 static int display_string P_ ((unsigned char *, Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object,
719 int, int, struct it *, int, int, int, int));
720 static void compute_line_metrics P_ ((struct it *));
721 static void run_redisplay_end_trigger_hook P_ ((struct it *));
722 static int get_overlay_strings P_ ((struct it *));
723 static void next_overlay_string P_ ((struct it *));
724 static void reseat P_ ((struct it *, struct text_pos, int));
725 static void reseat_1 P_ ((struct it *, struct text_pos, int));
726 static void back_to_previous_visible_line_start P_ ((struct it *));
727 static void reseat_at_previous_visible_line_start P_ ((struct it *));
728 static void reseat_at_next_visible_line_start P_ ((struct it *, int));
729 static int next_element_from_display_vector P_ ((struct it *));
730 static int next_element_from_string P_ ((struct it *));
731 static int next_element_from_c_string P_ ((struct it *));
732 static int next_element_from_buffer P_ ((struct it *));
733 static int next_element_from_composition P_ ((struct it *));
734 static int next_element_from_image P_ ((struct it *));
735 static int next_element_from_stretch P_ ((struct it *));
736 static void load_overlay_strings P_ ((struct it *));
737 static void init_from_display_pos P_ ((struct it *, struct window *,
738 struct display_pos *));
739 static void reseat_to_string P_ ((struct it *, unsigned char *,
740 Lisp_Object, int, int, int, int));
741 static enum move_it_result move_it_in_display_line_to P_ ((struct it *,
742 int, int, int));
743 void move_it_vertically_backward P_ ((struct it *, int));
744 static void init_to_row_start P_ ((struct it *, struct window *,
745 struct glyph_row *));
746 static void init_to_row_end P_ ((struct it *, struct window *,
747 struct glyph_row *));
748 static void back_to_previous_line_start P_ ((struct it *));
749 static int forward_to_next_line_start P_ ((struct it *, int *));
750 static struct text_pos string_pos_nchars_ahead P_ ((struct text_pos,
751 Lisp_Object, int));
752 static struct text_pos string_pos P_ ((int, Lisp_Object));
753 static struct text_pos c_string_pos P_ ((int, unsigned char *, int));
754 static int number_of_chars P_ ((unsigned char *, int));
755 static void compute_stop_pos P_ ((struct it *));
756 static void compute_string_pos P_ ((struct text_pos *, struct text_pos,
757 Lisp_Object));
758 static int face_before_or_after_it_pos P_ ((struct it *, int));
759 static int next_overlay_change P_ ((int));
760 static int handle_single_display_prop P_ ((struct it *, Lisp_Object,
761 Lisp_Object, struct text_pos *));
762 static int underlying_face_id P_ ((struct it *));
763
764 #define face_before_it_pos(IT) face_before_or_after_it_pos ((IT), 1)
765 #define face_after_it_pos(IT) face_before_or_after_it_pos ((IT), 0)
766
767 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
768
769 static void update_tool_bar P_ ((struct frame *, int));
770 static void build_desired_tool_bar_string P_ ((struct frame *f));
771 static int redisplay_tool_bar P_ ((struct frame *));
772 static void display_tool_bar_line P_ ((struct it *));
773
774 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
775
776 \f
777 /***********************************************************************
778 Window display dimensions
779 ***********************************************************************/
780
781 /* Return the window-relative maximum y + 1 for glyph rows displaying
782 text in window W. This is the height of W minus the height of a
783 mode line, if any. */
784
785 INLINE int
786 window_text_bottom_y (w)
787 struct window *w;
788 {
789 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
790 int height = XFASTINT (w->height) * CANON_Y_UNIT (f);
791
792 if (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w))
793 height -= CURRENT_MODE_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
794 return height;
795 }
796
797
798 /* Return the pixel width of display area AREA of window W. AREA < 0
799 means return the total width of W, not including bitmap areas to
800 the left and right of the window. */
801
802 INLINE int
803 window_box_width (w, area)
804 struct window *w;
805 int area;
806 {
807 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
808 int width = XFASTINT (w->width);
809
810 if (!w->pseudo_window_p)
811 {
812 width -= FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f) + FRAME_FLAGS_AREA_COLS (f);
813
814 if (area == TEXT_AREA)
815 {
816 if (INTEGERP (w->left_margin_width))
817 width -= XFASTINT (w->left_margin_width);
818 if (INTEGERP (w->right_margin_width))
819 width -= XFASTINT (w->right_margin_width);
820 }
821 else if (area == LEFT_MARGIN_AREA)
822 width = (INTEGERP (w->left_margin_width)
823 ? XFASTINT (w->left_margin_width) : 0);
824 else if (area == RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA)
825 width = (INTEGERP (w->right_margin_width)
826 ? XFASTINT (w->right_margin_width) : 0);
827 }
828
829 return width * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
830 }
831
832
833 /* Return the pixel height of the display area of window W, not
834 including mode lines of W, if any.. */
835
836 INLINE int
837 window_box_height (w)
838 struct window *w;
839 {
840 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
841 int height = XFASTINT (w->height) * CANON_Y_UNIT (f);
842
843 xassert (height >= 0);
844
845 /* Note: the code below that determines the mode-line/header-line
846 height is essentially the same as that contained in the macro
847 CURRENT_{MODE,HEADER}_LINE_HEIGHT, except that it checks whether
848 the appropriate glyph row has its `mode_line_p' flag set,
849 and if it doesn't, uses estimate_mode_line_height instead. */
850
851 if (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w))
852 {
853 struct glyph_row *ml_row
854 = (w->current_matrix && w->current_matrix->rows
855 ? MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix)
856 : 0);
857 if (ml_row && ml_row->mode_line_p)
858 height -= ml_row->height;
859 else
860 height -= estimate_mode_line_height (f, MODE_LINE_FACE_ID);
861 }
862
863 if (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w))
864 {
865 struct glyph_row *hl_row
866 = (w->current_matrix && w->current_matrix->rows
867 ? MATRIX_HEADER_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix)
868 : 0);
869 if (hl_row && hl_row->mode_line_p)
870 height -= hl_row->height;
871 else
872 height -= estimate_mode_line_height (f, HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID);
873 }
874
875 return height;
876 }
877
878
879 /* Return the frame-relative coordinate of the left edge of display
880 area AREA of window W. AREA < 0 means return the left edge of the
881 whole window, to the right of any bitmap area at the left side of
882 W. */
883
884 INLINE int
885 window_box_left (w, area)
886 struct window *w;
887 int area;
888 {
889 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
890 int x = FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH_SAFE (f);
891
892 if (!w->pseudo_window_p)
893 {
894 x += (WINDOW_LEFT_MARGIN (w) * CANON_X_UNIT (f)
895 + FRAME_LEFT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f));
896
897 if (area == TEXT_AREA)
898 x += window_box_width (w, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA);
899 else if (area == RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA)
900 x += (window_box_width (w, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA)
901 + window_box_width (w, TEXT_AREA));
902 }
903
904 return x;
905 }
906
907
908 /* Return the frame-relative coordinate of the right edge of display
909 area AREA of window W. AREA < 0 means return the left edge of the
910 whole window, to the left of any bitmap area at the right side of
911 W. */
912
913 INLINE int
914 window_box_right (w, area)
915 struct window *w;
916 int area;
917 {
918 return window_box_left (w, area) + window_box_width (w, area);
919 }
920
921
922 /* Get the bounding box of the display area AREA of window W, without
923 mode lines, in frame-relative coordinates. AREA < 0 means the
924 whole window, not including bitmap areas to the left and right of
925 the window. Return in *BOX_X and *BOX_Y the frame-relative pixel
926 coordinates of the upper-left corner of the box. Return in
927 *BOX_WIDTH, and *BOX_HEIGHT the pixel width and height of the box. */
928
929 INLINE void
930 window_box (w, area, box_x, box_y, box_width, box_height)
931 struct window *w;
932 int area;
933 int *box_x, *box_y, *box_width, *box_height;
934 {
935 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
936
937 *box_width = window_box_width (w, area);
938 *box_height = window_box_height (w);
939 *box_x = window_box_left (w, area);
940 *box_y = (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH_SAFE (f)
941 + XFASTINT (w->top) * CANON_Y_UNIT (f));
942 if (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w))
943 *box_y += CURRENT_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
944 }
945
946
947 /* Get the bounding box of the display area AREA of window W, without
948 mode lines. AREA < 0 means the whole window, not including bitmap
949 areas to the left and right of the window. Return in *TOP_LEFT_X
950 and TOP_LEFT_Y the frame-relative pixel coordinates of the
951 upper-left corner of the box. Return in *BOTTOM_RIGHT_X, and
952 *BOTTOM_RIGHT_Y the coordinates of the bottom-right corner of the
953 box. */
954
955 INLINE void
956 window_box_edges (w, area, top_left_x, top_left_y,
957 bottom_right_x, bottom_right_y)
958 struct window *w;
959 int area;
960 int *top_left_x, *top_left_y, *bottom_right_x, *bottom_right_y;
961 {
962 window_box (w, area, top_left_x, top_left_y, bottom_right_x,
963 bottom_right_y);
964 *bottom_right_x += *top_left_x;
965 *bottom_right_y += *top_left_y;
966 }
967
968
969 \f
970 /***********************************************************************
971 Utilities
972 ***********************************************************************/
973
974 /* Return 1 if position CHARPOS is visible in window W. Set *FULLY to
975 1 if POS is visible and the line containing POS is fully visible.
976 EXACT_MODE_LINE_HEIGHTS_P non-zero means compute exact mode-line
977 and header-lines heights. */
978
979 int
980 pos_visible_p (w, charpos, fully, exact_mode_line_heights_p)
981 struct window *w;
982 int charpos, *fully, exact_mode_line_heights_p;
983 {
984 struct it it;
985 struct text_pos top;
986 int visible_p;
987 struct buffer *old_buffer = NULL;
988
989 if (XBUFFER (w->buffer) != current_buffer)
990 {
991 old_buffer = current_buffer;
992 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (w->buffer));
993 }
994
995 *fully = visible_p = 0;
996 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (top, w->start);
997
998 /* Compute exact mode line heights, if requested. */
999 if (exact_mode_line_heights_p)
1000 {
1001 if (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w))
1002 current_mode_line_height
1003 = display_mode_line (w, MODE_LINE_FACE_ID,
1004 current_buffer->mode_line_format);
1005
1006 if (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w))
1007 current_header_line_height
1008 = display_mode_line (w, HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID,
1009 current_buffer->header_line_format);
1010 }
1011
1012 start_display (&it, w, top);
1013 move_it_to (&it, charpos, 0, it.last_visible_y, -1,
1014 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_X | MOVE_TO_Y);
1015
1016 if (IT_CHARPOS (it) == charpos)
1017 {
1018 int line_height, line_bottom_y;
1019 int line_top_y = it.current_y;
1020 int window_top_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
1021
1022 line_height = it.max_ascent + it.max_descent;
1023 if (line_height == 0)
1024 {
1025 if (last_height)
1026 line_height = last_height;
1027 else if (charpos < ZV)
1028 {
1029 move_it_by_lines (&it, 1, 1);
1030 line_height = (it.max_ascent || it.max_descent
1031 ? it.max_ascent + it.max_descent
1032 : last_height);
1033 }
1034 else
1035 {
1036 /* Use the default character height. */
1037 it.what = IT_CHARACTER;
1038 it.c = ' ';
1039 it.len = 1;
1040 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (&it);
1041 line_height = it.ascent + it.descent;
1042 }
1043 }
1044 line_bottom_y = line_top_y + line_height;
1045
1046 if (line_top_y < window_top_y)
1047 visible_p = line_bottom_y > window_top_y;
1048 else if (line_top_y < it.last_visible_y)
1049 {
1050 visible_p = 1;
1051 *fully = line_bottom_y <= it.last_visible_y;
1052 }
1053 }
1054 else if (it.current_y + it.max_ascent + it.max_descent > it.last_visible_y)
1055 {
1056 move_it_by_lines (&it, 1, 0);
1057 if (charpos < IT_CHARPOS (it))
1058 {
1059 visible_p = 1;
1060 *fully = 0;
1061 }
1062 }
1063
1064 if (old_buffer)
1065 set_buffer_internal_1 (old_buffer);
1066
1067 current_header_line_height = current_mode_line_height = -1;
1068 return visible_p;
1069 }
1070
1071
1072 /* Return the next character from STR which is MAXLEN bytes long.
1073 Return in *LEN the length of the character. This is like
1074 STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH but never returns an invalid character. If
1075 we find one, we return a `?', but with the length of the invalid
1076 character. */
1077
1078 static INLINE int
1079 string_char_and_length (str, maxlen, len)
1080 unsigned char *str;
1081 int maxlen, *len;
1082 {
1083 int c;
1084
1085 c = STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH (str, maxlen, *len);
1086 if (!CHAR_VALID_P (c, 1))
1087 /* We may not change the length here because other places in Emacs
1088 don't use this function, i.e. they silently accept invalid
1089 characters. */
1090 c = '?';
1091
1092 return c;
1093 }
1094
1095
1096
1097 /* Given a position POS containing a valid character and byte position
1098 in STRING, return the position NCHARS ahead (NCHARS >= 0). */
1099
1100 static struct text_pos
1101 string_pos_nchars_ahead (pos, string, nchars)
1102 struct text_pos pos;
1103 Lisp_Object string;
1104 int nchars;
1105 {
1106 xassert (STRINGP (string) && nchars >= 0);
1107
1108 if (STRING_MULTIBYTE (string))
1109 {
1110 int rest = STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (string)) - BYTEPOS (pos);
1111 unsigned char *p = XSTRING (string)->data + BYTEPOS (pos);
1112 int len;
1113
1114 while (nchars--)
1115 {
1116 string_char_and_length (p, rest, &len);
1117 p += len, rest -= len;
1118 xassert (rest >= 0);
1119 CHARPOS (pos) += 1;
1120 BYTEPOS (pos) += len;
1121 }
1122 }
1123 else
1124 SET_TEXT_POS (pos, CHARPOS (pos) + nchars, BYTEPOS (pos) + nchars);
1125
1126 return pos;
1127 }
1128
1129
1130 /* Value is the text position, i.e. character and byte position,
1131 for character position CHARPOS in STRING. */
1132
1133 static INLINE struct text_pos
1134 string_pos (charpos, string)
1135 int charpos;
1136 Lisp_Object string;
1137 {
1138 struct text_pos pos;
1139 xassert (STRINGP (string));
1140 xassert (charpos >= 0);
1141 SET_TEXT_POS (pos, charpos, string_char_to_byte (string, charpos));
1142 return pos;
1143 }
1144
1145
1146 /* Value is a text position, i.e. character and byte position, for
1147 character position CHARPOS in C string S. MULTIBYTE_P non-zero
1148 means recognize multibyte characters. */
1149
1150 static struct text_pos
1151 c_string_pos (charpos, s, multibyte_p)
1152 int charpos;
1153 unsigned char *s;
1154 int multibyte_p;
1155 {
1156 struct text_pos pos;
1157
1158 xassert (s != NULL);
1159 xassert (charpos >= 0);
1160
1161 if (multibyte_p)
1162 {
1163 int rest = strlen (s), len;
1164
1165 SET_TEXT_POS (pos, 0, 0);
1166 while (charpos--)
1167 {
1168 string_char_and_length (s, rest, &len);
1169 s += len, rest -= len;
1170 xassert (rest >= 0);
1171 CHARPOS (pos) += 1;
1172 BYTEPOS (pos) += len;
1173 }
1174 }
1175 else
1176 SET_TEXT_POS (pos, charpos, charpos);
1177
1178 return pos;
1179 }
1180
1181
1182 /* Value is the number of characters in C string S. MULTIBYTE_P
1183 non-zero means recognize multibyte characters. */
1184
1185 static int
1186 number_of_chars (s, multibyte_p)
1187 unsigned char *s;
1188 int multibyte_p;
1189 {
1190 int nchars;
1191
1192 if (multibyte_p)
1193 {
1194 int rest = strlen (s), len;
1195 unsigned char *p = (unsigned char *) s;
1196
1197 for (nchars = 0; rest > 0; ++nchars)
1198 {
1199 string_char_and_length (p, rest, &len);
1200 rest -= len, p += len;
1201 }
1202 }
1203 else
1204 nchars = strlen (s);
1205
1206 return nchars;
1207 }
1208
1209
1210 /* Compute byte position NEWPOS->bytepos corresponding to
1211 NEWPOS->charpos. POS is a known position in string STRING.
1212 NEWPOS->charpos must be >= POS.charpos. */
1213
1214 static void
1215 compute_string_pos (newpos, pos, string)
1216 struct text_pos *newpos, pos;
1217 Lisp_Object string;
1218 {
1219 xassert (STRINGP (string));
1220 xassert (CHARPOS (*newpos) >= CHARPOS (pos));
1221
1222 if (STRING_MULTIBYTE (string))
1223 *newpos = string_pos_nchars_ahead (pos, string,
1224 CHARPOS (*newpos) - CHARPOS (pos));
1225 else
1226 BYTEPOS (*newpos) = CHARPOS (*newpos);
1227 }
1228
1229
1230 \f
1231 /***********************************************************************
1232 Lisp form evaluation
1233 ***********************************************************************/
1234
1235 /* Error handler for safe_eval and safe_call. */
1236
1237 static Lisp_Object
1238 safe_eval_handler (arg)
1239 Lisp_Object arg;
1240 {
1241 add_to_log ("Error during redisplay: %s", arg, Qnil);
1242 return Qnil;
1243 }
1244
1245
1246 /* Evaluate SEXPR and return the result, or nil if something went
1247 wrong. */
1248
1249 Lisp_Object
1250 safe_eval (sexpr)
1251 Lisp_Object sexpr;
1252 {
1253 int count = BINDING_STACK_SIZE ();
1254 struct gcpro gcpro1;
1255 Lisp_Object val;
1256
1257 GCPRO1 (sexpr);
1258 specbind (Qinhibit_redisplay, Qt);
1259 val = internal_condition_case_1 (Feval, sexpr, Qerror, safe_eval_handler);
1260 UNGCPRO;
1261 return unbind_to (count, val);
1262 }
1263
1264
1265 /* Call function ARGS[0] with arguments ARGS[1] to ARGS[NARGS - 1].
1266 Return the result, or nil if something went wrong. */
1267
1268 Lisp_Object
1269 safe_call (nargs, args)
1270 int nargs;
1271 Lisp_Object *args;
1272 {
1273 int count = BINDING_STACK_SIZE ();
1274 Lisp_Object val;
1275 struct gcpro gcpro1;
1276
1277 GCPRO1 (args[0]);
1278 gcpro1.nvars = nargs;
1279 specbind (Qinhibit_redisplay, Qt);
1280 val = internal_condition_case_2 (Ffuncall, nargs, args, Qerror,
1281 safe_eval_handler);
1282 UNGCPRO;
1283 return unbind_to (count, val);
1284 }
1285
1286
1287 /* Call function FN with one argument ARG.
1288 Return the result, or nil if something went wrong. */
1289
1290 Lisp_Object
1291 safe_call1 (fn, arg)
1292 Lisp_Object fn, arg;
1293 {
1294 Lisp_Object args[2];
1295 args[0] = fn;
1296 args[1] = arg;
1297 return safe_call (2, args);
1298 }
1299
1300
1301 \f
1302 /***********************************************************************
1303 Debugging
1304 ***********************************************************************/
1305
1306 #if 0
1307
1308 /* Define CHECK_IT to perform sanity checks on iterators.
1309 This is for debugging. It is too slow to do unconditionally. */
1310
1311 static void
1312 check_it (it)
1313 struct it *it;
1314 {
1315 if (it->method == next_element_from_string)
1316 {
1317 xassert (STRINGP (it->string));
1318 xassert (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= 0);
1319 }
1320 else if (it->method == next_element_from_buffer)
1321 {
1322 /* Check that character and byte positions agree. */
1323 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) == BYTE_TO_CHAR (IT_BYTEPOS (*it)));
1324 }
1325
1326 if (it->dpvec)
1327 xassert (it->current.dpvec_index >= 0);
1328 else
1329 xassert (it->current.dpvec_index < 0);
1330 }
1331
1332 #define CHECK_IT(IT) check_it ((IT))
1333
1334 #else /* not 0 */
1335
1336 #define CHECK_IT(IT) (void) 0
1337
1338 #endif /* not 0 */
1339
1340
1341 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
1342
1343 /* Check that the window end of window W is what we expect it
1344 to be---the last row in the current matrix displaying text. */
1345
1346 static void
1347 check_window_end (w)
1348 struct window *w;
1349 {
1350 if (!MINI_WINDOW_P (w)
1351 && !NILP (w->window_end_valid))
1352 {
1353 struct glyph_row *row;
1354 xassert ((row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix,
1355 XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos)),
1356 !row->enabled_p
1357 || MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row)
1358 || MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (row, w->current_matrix) == 0));
1359 }
1360 }
1361
1362 #define CHECK_WINDOW_END(W) check_window_end ((W))
1363
1364 #else /* not GLYPH_DEBUG */
1365
1366 #define CHECK_WINDOW_END(W) (void) 0
1367
1368 #endif /* not GLYPH_DEBUG */
1369
1370
1371 \f
1372 /***********************************************************************
1373 Iterator initialization
1374 ***********************************************************************/
1375
1376 /* Initialize IT for displaying current_buffer in window W, starting
1377 at character position CHARPOS. CHARPOS < 0 means that no buffer
1378 position is specified which is useful when the iterator is assigned
1379 a position later. BYTEPOS is the byte position corresponding to
1380 CHARPOS. BYTEPOS <= 0 means compute it from CHARPOS.
1381
1382 If ROW is not null, calls to produce_glyphs with IT as parameter
1383 will produce glyphs in that row.
1384
1385 BASE_FACE_ID is the id of a base face to use. It must be one of
1386 DEFAULT_FACE_ID for normal text, MODE_LINE_FACE_ID or
1387 HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID for displaying mode lines, or TOOL_BAR_FACE_ID for
1388 displaying the tool-bar.
1389
1390 If ROW is null and BASE_FACE_ID is equal to MODE_LINE_FACE_ID or
1391 HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID, the iterator will be initialized to use the
1392 corresponding mode line glyph row of the desired matrix of W. */
1393
1394 void
1395 init_iterator (it, w, charpos, bytepos, row, base_face_id)
1396 struct it *it;
1397 struct window *w;
1398 int charpos, bytepos;
1399 struct glyph_row *row;
1400 enum face_id base_face_id;
1401 {
1402 int highlight_region_p;
1403
1404 /* Some precondition checks. */
1405 xassert (w != NULL && it != NULL);
1406 xassert (charpos < 0 || (charpos > 0 && charpos <= ZV));
1407
1408 /* If face attributes have been changed since the last redisplay,
1409 free realized faces now because they depend on face definitions
1410 that might have changed. */
1411 if (face_change_count)
1412 {
1413 face_change_count = 0;
1414 free_all_realized_faces (Qnil);
1415 }
1416
1417 /* Use one of the mode line rows of W's desired matrix if
1418 appropriate. */
1419 if (row == NULL)
1420 {
1421 if (base_face_id == MODE_LINE_FACE_ID)
1422 row = MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (w->desired_matrix);
1423 else if (base_face_id == HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID)
1424 row = MATRIX_HEADER_LINE_ROW (w->desired_matrix);
1425 }
1426
1427 /* Clear IT. */
1428 bzero (it, sizeof *it);
1429 it->current.overlay_string_index = -1;
1430 it->current.dpvec_index = -1;
1431 it->base_face_id = base_face_id;
1432
1433 /* The window in which we iterate over current_buffer: */
1434 XSETWINDOW (it->window, w);
1435 it->w = w;
1436 it->f = XFRAME (w->frame);
1437
1438 /* Extra space between lines (on window systems only). */
1439 if (base_face_id == DEFAULT_FACE_ID
1440 && FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
1441 {
1442 if (NATNUMP (current_buffer->extra_line_spacing))
1443 it->extra_line_spacing = XFASTINT (current_buffer->extra_line_spacing);
1444 else if (it->f->extra_line_spacing > 0)
1445 it->extra_line_spacing = it->f->extra_line_spacing;
1446 }
1447
1448 /* If realized faces have been removed, e.g. because of face
1449 attribute changes of named faces, recompute them. When running
1450 in batch mode, the face cache of Vterminal_frame is null. If
1451 we happen to get called, make a dummy face cache. */
1452 if (noninteractive && FRAME_FACE_CACHE (it->f) == NULL)
1453 init_frame_faces (it->f);
1454 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (it->f)->used == 0)
1455 recompute_basic_faces (it->f);
1456
1457 /* Current value of the `space-width', and 'height' properties. */
1458 it->space_width = Qnil;
1459 it->font_height = Qnil;
1460
1461 /* Are control characters displayed as `^C'? */
1462 it->ctl_arrow_p = !NILP (current_buffer->ctl_arrow);
1463
1464 /* -1 means everything between a CR and the following line end
1465 is invisible. >0 means lines indented more than this value are
1466 invisible. */
1467 it->selective = (INTEGERP (current_buffer->selective_display)
1468 ? XFASTINT (current_buffer->selective_display)
1469 : (!NILP (current_buffer->selective_display)
1470 ? -1 : 0));
1471 it->selective_display_ellipsis_p
1472 = !NILP (current_buffer->selective_display_ellipses);
1473
1474 /* Display table to use. */
1475 it->dp = window_display_table (w);
1476
1477 /* Are multibyte characters enabled in current_buffer? */
1478 it->multibyte_p = !NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters);
1479
1480 /* Non-zero if we should highlight the region. */
1481 highlight_region_p
1482 = (!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
1483 && !NILP (current_buffer->mark_active)
1484 && XMARKER (current_buffer->mark)->buffer != 0);
1485
1486 /* Set IT->region_beg_charpos and IT->region_end_charpos to the
1487 start and end of a visible region in window IT->w. Set both to
1488 -1 to indicate no region. */
1489 if (highlight_region_p
1490 /* Maybe highlight only in selected window. */
1491 && (/* Either show region everywhere. */
1492 highlight_nonselected_windows
1493 /* Or show region in the selected window. */
1494 || w == XWINDOW (selected_window)
1495 /* Or show the region if we are in the mini-buffer and W is
1496 the window the mini-buffer refers to. */
1497 || (MINI_WINDOW_P (XWINDOW (selected_window))
1498 && w == XWINDOW (Vminibuf_scroll_window))))
1499 {
1500 int charpos = marker_position (current_buffer->mark);
1501 it->region_beg_charpos = min (PT, charpos);
1502 it->region_end_charpos = max (PT, charpos);
1503 }
1504 else
1505 it->region_beg_charpos = it->region_end_charpos = -1;
1506
1507 /* Get the position at which the redisplay_end_trigger hook should
1508 be run, if it is to be run at all. */
1509 if (MARKERP (w->redisplay_end_trigger)
1510 && XMARKER (w->redisplay_end_trigger)->buffer != 0)
1511 it->redisplay_end_trigger_charpos
1512 = marker_position (w->redisplay_end_trigger);
1513 else if (INTEGERP (w->redisplay_end_trigger))
1514 it->redisplay_end_trigger_charpos = XINT (w->redisplay_end_trigger);
1515
1516 /* Correct bogus values of tab_width. */
1517 it->tab_width = XINT (current_buffer->tab_width);
1518 if (it->tab_width <= 0 || it->tab_width > 1000)
1519 it->tab_width = 8;
1520
1521 /* Are lines in the display truncated? */
1522 it->truncate_lines_p
1523 = (base_face_id != DEFAULT_FACE_ID
1524 || XINT (it->w->hscroll)
1525 || (truncate_partial_width_windows
1526 && !WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (it->w))
1527 || !NILP (current_buffer->truncate_lines));
1528
1529 /* Get dimensions of truncation and continuation glyphs. These are
1530 displayed as bitmaps under X, so we don't need them for such
1531 frames. */
1532 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
1533 {
1534 if (it->truncate_lines_p)
1535 {
1536 /* We will need the truncation glyph. */
1537 xassert (it->glyph_row == NULL);
1538 produce_special_glyphs (it, IT_TRUNCATION);
1539 it->truncation_pixel_width = it->pixel_width;
1540 }
1541 else
1542 {
1543 /* We will need the continuation glyph. */
1544 xassert (it->glyph_row == NULL);
1545 produce_special_glyphs (it, IT_CONTINUATION);
1546 it->continuation_pixel_width = it->pixel_width;
1547 }
1548
1549 /* Reset these values to zero becaue the produce_special_glyphs
1550 above has changed them. */
1551 it->pixel_width = it->ascent = it->descent = 0;
1552 it->phys_ascent = it->phys_descent = 0;
1553 }
1554
1555 /* Set this after getting the dimensions of truncation and
1556 continuation glyphs, so that we don't produce glyphs when calling
1557 produce_special_glyphs, above. */
1558 it->glyph_row = row;
1559 it->area = TEXT_AREA;
1560
1561 /* Get the dimensions of the display area. The display area
1562 consists of the visible window area plus a horizontally scrolled
1563 part to the left of the window. All x-values are relative to the
1564 start of this total display area. */
1565 if (base_face_id != DEFAULT_FACE_ID)
1566 {
1567 /* Mode lines, menu bar in terminal frames. */
1568 it->first_visible_x = 0;
1569 it->last_visible_x = XFASTINT (w->width) * CANON_X_UNIT (it->f);
1570 }
1571 else
1572 {
1573 it->first_visible_x
1574 = XFASTINT (it->w->hscroll) * CANON_X_UNIT (it->f);
1575 it->last_visible_x = (it->first_visible_x
1576 + window_box_width (w, TEXT_AREA));
1577
1578 /* If we truncate lines, leave room for the truncator glyph(s) at
1579 the right margin. Otherwise, leave room for the continuation
1580 glyph(s). Truncation and continuation glyphs are not inserted
1581 for window-based redisplay. */
1582 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
1583 {
1584 if (it->truncate_lines_p)
1585 it->last_visible_x -= it->truncation_pixel_width;
1586 else
1587 it->last_visible_x -= it->continuation_pixel_width;
1588 }
1589
1590 it->header_line_p = WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w);
1591 it->current_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w) + w->vscroll;
1592 }
1593
1594 /* Leave room for a border glyph. */
1595 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f)
1596 && !WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (it->w))
1597 it->last_visible_x -= 1;
1598
1599 it->last_visible_y = window_text_bottom_y (w);
1600
1601 /* For mode lines and alike, arrange for the first glyph having a
1602 left box line if the face specifies a box. */
1603 if (base_face_id != DEFAULT_FACE_ID)
1604 {
1605 struct face *face;
1606
1607 it->face_id = base_face_id;
1608
1609 /* If we have a boxed mode line, make the first character appear
1610 with a left box line. */
1611 face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, base_face_id);
1612 if (face->box != FACE_NO_BOX)
1613 it->start_of_box_run_p = 1;
1614 }
1615
1616 /* If a buffer position was specified, set the iterator there,
1617 getting overlays and face properties from that position. */
1618 if (charpos > 0)
1619 {
1620 it->end_charpos = ZV;
1621 it->face_id = -1;
1622 IT_CHARPOS (*it) = charpos;
1623
1624 /* Compute byte position if not specified. */
1625 if (bytepos <= 0)
1626 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (charpos);
1627 else
1628 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) = bytepos;
1629
1630 /* Compute faces etc. */
1631 reseat (it, it->current.pos, 1);
1632 }
1633
1634 CHECK_IT (it);
1635 }
1636
1637
1638 /* Initialize IT for the display of window W with window start POS. */
1639
1640 void
1641 start_display (it, w, pos)
1642 struct it *it;
1643 struct window *w;
1644 struct text_pos pos;
1645 {
1646 int start_at_line_beg_p;
1647 struct glyph_row *row;
1648 int first_vpos = WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w) ? 1 : 0;
1649 int first_y;
1650
1651 row = w->desired_matrix->rows + first_vpos;
1652 init_iterator (it, w, CHARPOS (pos), BYTEPOS (pos), row, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
1653 first_y = it->current_y;
1654
1655 /* If window start is not at a line start, move back to the line
1656 start. This makes sure that we take continuation lines into
1657 account. */
1658 start_at_line_beg_p = (CHARPOS (pos) == BEGV
1659 || FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (pos) - 1) == '\n');
1660 if (!start_at_line_beg_p)
1661 reseat_at_previous_visible_line_start (it);
1662
1663 /* If window start is not at a line start, skip forward to POS to
1664 get the correct continuation_lines_width and current_x. */
1665 if (!start_at_line_beg_p)
1666 {
1667 move_it_to (it, CHARPOS (pos), -1, -1, -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
1668
1669 /* If lines are continued, this line may end in the middle of a
1670 multi-glyph character (e.g. a control character displayed as
1671 \003, or in the middle of an overlay string). In this case
1672 move_it_to above will not have taken us to the start of
1673 the continuation line but to the end of the continued line. */
1674 if (!it->truncate_lines_p)
1675 {
1676 if (it->current_x > 0)
1677 {
1678 if (it->current.dpvec_index >= 0
1679 || it->current.overlay_string_index >= 0)
1680 {
1681 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
1682 move_it_in_display_line_to (it, -1, -1, 0);
1683 }
1684
1685 it->continuation_lines_width += it->current_x;
1686 }
1687
1688 /* We're starting a new display line, not affected by the
1689 height of the continued line, so clear the appropriate
1690 fields in the iterator structure. */
1691 it->max_ascent = it->max_descent = 0;
1692 it->max_phys_ascent = it->max_phys_descent = 0;
1693 }
1694
1695 it->current_y = first_y;
1696 it->vpos = 0;
1697 it->current_x = it->hpos = 0;
1698 }
1699
1700 #if 0 /* Don't assert the following because start_display is sometimes
1701 called intentionally with a window start that is not at a
1702 line start. Please leave this code in as a comment. */
1703
1704 /* Window start should be on a line start, now. */
1705 xassert (it->continuation_lines_width
1706 || IT_CHARPOS (it) == BEGV
1707 || FETCH_BYTE (IT_BYTEPOS (it) - 1) == '\n');
1708 #endif /* 0 */
1709 }
1710
1711
1712 /* Initialize IT for stepping through current_buffer in window W,
1713 starting at position POS that includes overlay string and display
1714 vector/ control character translation position information. */
1715
1716 static void
1717 init_from_display_pos (it, w, pos)
1718 struct it *it;
1719 struct window *w;
1720 struct display_pos *pos;
1721 {
1722 /* Keep in mind: the call to reseat in init_iterator skips invisible
1723 text, so we might end up at a position different from POS. This
1724 is only a problem when POS is a row start after a newline and an
1725 overlay starts there with an after-string, and the overlay has an
1726 invisible property. Since we don't skip invisible text in
1727 display_line and elsewhere immediately after consuming the
1728 newline before the row start, such a POS will not be in a string,
1729 but the call to init_iterator below will move us to the
1730 after-string. */
1731 init_iterator (it, w, CHARPOS (pos->pos), BYTEPOS (pos->pos),
1732 NULL, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
1733
1734 /* If position is within an overlay string, set up IT to
1735 the right overlay string. */
1736 if (pos->overlay_string_index >= 0)
1737 {
1738 int relative_index;
1739
1740 /* We already have the first chunk of overlay strings in
1741 IT->overlay_strings. Load more until the one for
1742 pos->overlay_string_index is in IT->overlay_strings. */
1743 if (pos->overlay_string_index >= OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE)
1744 {
1745 int n = pos->overlay_string_index / OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE;
1746 it->current.overlay_string_index = 0;
1747 while (n--)
1748 {
1749 load_overlay_strings (it);
1750 it->current.overlay_string_index += OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE;
1751 }
1752 }
1753
1754 it->current.overlay_string_index = pos->overlay_string_index;
1755 relative_index = (it->current.overlay_string_index
1756 % OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE);
1757 it->string = it->overlay_strings[relative_index];
1758 xassert (STRINGP (it->string));
1759 it->current.string_pos = pos->string_pos;
1760 it->method = next_element_from_string;
1761 }
1762 else if (it->current.overlay_string_index >= 0)
1763 {
1764 /* If POS says we're already after an overlay string ending at
1765 POS, make sure to pop the iterator because it will be in
1766 front of that overlay string. When POS is ZV, we've thereby
1767 also ``processed'' overlay strings at ZV. */
1768 pop_it (it);
1769 it->current.overlay_string_index = -1;
1770 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
1771 if (CHARPOS (pos->pos) == ZV)
1772 it->overlay_strings_at_end_processed_p = 1;
1773 }
1774
1775 if (CHARPOS (pos->string_pos) >= 0)
1776 {
1777 /* Recorded position is not in an overlay string, but in another
1778 string. This can only be a string from a `display' property.
1779 IT should already be filled with that string. */
1780 it->current.string_pos = pos->string_pos;
1781 xassert (STRINGP (it->string));
1782 }
1783
1784 /* Restore position in display vector translations or control
1785 character translations. */
1786 if (pos->dpvec_index >= 0)
1787 {
1788 /* This fills IT->dpvec. */
1789 get_next_display_element (it);
1790 xassert (it->dpvec && it->current.dpvec_index == 0);
1791 it->current.dpvec_index = pos->dpvec_index;
1792 }
1793
1794 CHECK_IT (it);
1795 }
1796
1797
1798 /* Initialize IT for stepping through current_buffer in window W
1799 starting at ROW->start. */
1800
1801 static void
1802 init_to_row_start (it, w, row)
1803 struct it *it;
1804 struct window *w;
1805 struct glyph_row *row;
1806 {
1807 init_from_display_pos (it, w, &row->start);
1808 it->continuation_lines_width = row->continuation_lines_width;
1809 CHECK_IT (it);
1810 }
1811
1812
1813 /* Initialize IT for stepping through current_buffer in window W
1814 starting in the line following ROW, i.e. starting at ROW->end. */
1815
1816 static void
1817 init_to_row_end (it, w, row)
1818 struct it *it;
1819 struct window *w;
1820 struct glyph_row *row;
1821 {
1822 init_from_display_pos (it, w, &row->end);
1823
1824 if (row->continued_p)
1825 it->continuation_lines_width = (row->continuation_lines_width
1826 + row->pixel_width);
1827 CHECK_IT (it);
1828 }
1829
1830
1831
1832 \f
1833 /***********************************************************************
1834 Text properties
1835 ***********************************************************************/
1836
1837 /* Called when IT reaches IT->stop_charpos. Handle text property and
1838 overlay changes. Set IT->stop_charpos to the next position where
1839 to stop. */
1840
1841 static void
1842 handle_stop (it)
1843 struct it *it;
1844 {
1845 enum prop_handled handled;
1846 int handle_overlay_change_p = 1;
1847 struct props *p;
1848
1849 it->dpvec = NULL;
1850 it->current.dpvec_index = -1;
1851
1852 do
1853 {
1854 handled = HANDLED_NORMALLY;
1855
1856 /* Call text property handlers. */
1857 for (p = it_props; p->handler; ++p)
1858 {
1859 handled = p->handler (it);
1860
1861 if (handled == HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS)
1862 break;
1863 else if (handled == HANDLED_RETURN)
1864 return;
1865 else if (handled == HANDLED_OVERLAY_STRING_CONSUMED)
1866 handle_overlay_change_p = 0;
1867 }
1868
1869 if (handled != HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS)
1870 {
1871 /* Don't check for overlay strings below when set to deliver
1872 characters from a display vector. */
1873 if (it->method == next_element_from_display_vector)
1874 handle_overlay_change_p = 0;
1875
1876 /* Handle overlay changes. */
1877 if (handle_overlay_change_p)
1878 handled = handle_overlay_change (it);
1879
1880 /* Determine where to stop next. */
1881 if (handled == HANDLED_NORMALLY)
1882 compute_stop_pos (it);
1883 }
1884 }
1885 while (handled == HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS);
1886 }
1887
1888
1889 /* Compute IT->stop_charpos from text property and overlay change
1890 information for IT's current position. */
1891
1892 static void
1893 compute_stop_pos (it)
1894 struct it *it;
1895 {
1896 register INTERVAL iv, next_iv;
1897 Lisp_Object object, limit, position;
1898
1899 /* If nowhere else, stop at the end. */
1900 it->stop_charpos = it->end_charpos;
1901
1902 if (STRINGP (it->string))
1903 {
1904 /* Strings are usually short, so don't limit the search for
1905 properties. */
1906 object = it->string;
1907 limit = Qnil;
1908 XSETFASTINT (position, IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it));
1909 }
1910 else
1911 {
1912 int charpos;
1913
1914 /* If next overlay change is in front of the current stop pos
1915 (which is IT->end_charpos), stop there. Note: value of
1916 next_overlay_change is point-max if no overlay change
1917 follows. */
1918 charpos = next_overlay_change (IT_CHARPOS (*it));
1919 if (charpos < it->stop_charpos)
1920 it->stop_charpos = charpos;
1921
1922 /* If showing the region, we have to stop at the region
1923 start or end because the face might change there. */
1924 if (it->region_beg_charpos > 0)
1925 {
1926 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) < it->region_beg_charpos)
1927 it->stop_charpos = min (it->stop_charpos, it->region_beg_charpos);
1928 else if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) < it->region_end_charpos)
1929 it->stop_charpos = min (it->stop_charpos, it->region_end_charpos);
1930 }
1931
1932 /* Set up variables for computing the stop position from text
1933 property changes. */
1934 XSETBUFFER (object, current_buffer);
1935 XSETFASTINT (limit, IT_CHARPOS (*it) + TEXT_PROP_DISTANCE_LIMIT);
1936 XSETFASTINT (position, IT_CHARPOS (*it));
1937
1938 }
1939
1940 /* Get the interval containing IT's position. Value is a null
1941 interval if there isn't such an interval. */
1942 iv = validate_interval_range (object, &position, &position, 0);
1943 if (!NULL_INTERVAL_P (iv))
1944 {
1945 Lisp_Object values_here[LAST_PROP_IDX];
1946 struct props *p;
1947
1948 /* Get properties here. */
1949 for (p = it_props; p->handler; ++p)
1950 values_here[p->idx] = textget (iv->plist, *p->name);
1951
1952 /* Look for an interval following iv that has different
1953 properties. */
1954 for (next_iv = next_interval (iv);
1955 (!NULL_INTERVAL_P (next_iv)
1956 && (NILP (limit)
1957 || XFASTINT (limit) > next_iv->position));
1958 next_iv = next_interval (next_iv))
1959 {
1960 for (p = it_props; p->handler; ++p)
1961 {
1962 Lisp_Object new_value;
1963
1964 new_value = textget (next_iv->plist, *p->name);
1965 if (!EQ (values_here[p->idx], new_value))
1966 break;
1967 }
1968
1969 if (p->handler)
1970 break;
1971 }
1972
1973 if (!NULL_INTERVAL_P (next_iv))
1974 {
1975 if (INTEGERP (limit)
1976 && next_iv->position >= XFASTINT (limit))
1977 /* No text property change up to limit. */
1978 it->stop_charpos = min (XFASTINT (limit), it->stop_charpos);
1979 else
1980 /* Text properties change in next_iv. */
1981 it->stop_charpos = min (it->stop_charpos, next_iv->position);
1982 }
1983 }
1984
1985 xassert (STRINGP (it->string)
1986 || (it->stop_charpos >= BEGV
1987 && it->stop_charpos >= IT_CHARPOS (*it)));
1988 }
1989
1990
1991 /* Return the position of the next overlay change after POS in
1992 current_buffer. Value is point-max if no overlay change
1993 follows. This is like `next-overlay-change' but doesn't use
1994 xmalloc. */
1995
1996 static int
1997 next_overlay_change (pos)
1998 int pos;
1999 {
2000 int noverlays;
2001 int endpos;
2002 Lisp_Object *overlays;
2003 int len;
2004 int i;
2005
2006 /* Get all overlays at the given position. */
2007 len = 10;
2008 overlays = (Lisp_Object *) alloca (len * sizeof *overlays);
2009 noverlays = overlays_at (pos, 0, &overlays, &len, &endpos, NULL, 1);
2010 if (noverlays > len)
2011 {
2012 len = noverlays;
2013 overlays = (Lisp_Object *) alloca (len * sizeof *overlays);
2014 noverlays = overlays_at (pos, 0, &overlays, &len, &endpos, NULL, 1);
2015 }
2016
2017 /* If any of these overlays ends before endpos,
2018 use its ending point instead. */
2019 for (i = 0; i < noverlays; ++i)
2020 {
2021 Lisp_Object oend;
2022 int oendpos;
2023
2024 oend = OVERLAY_END (overlays[i]);
2025 oendpos = OVERLAY_POSITION (oend);
2026 endpos = min (endpos, oendpos);
2027 }
2028
2029 return endpos;
2030 }
2031
2032
2033 \f
2034 /***********************************************************************
2035 Fontification
2036 ***********************************************************************/
2037
2038 /* Handle changes in the `fontified' property of the current buffer by
2039 calling hook functions from Qfontification_functions to fontify
2040 regions of text. */
2041
2042 static enum prop_handled
2043 handle_fontified_prop (it)
2044 struct it *it;
2045 {
2046 Lisp_Object prop, pos;
2047 enum prop_handled handled = HANDLED_NORMALLY;
2048
2049 /* Get the value of the `fontified' property at IT's current buffer
2050 position. (The `fontified' property doesn't have a special
2051 meaning in strings.) If the value is nil, call functions from
2052 Qfontification_functions. */
2053 if (!STRINGP (it->string)
2054 && it->s == NULL
2055 && !NILP (Vfontification_functions)
2056 && !NILP (Vrun_hooks)
2057 && (pos = make_number (IT_CHARPOS (*it)),
2058 prop = Fget_char_property (pos, Qfontified, Qnil),
2059 NILP (prop)))
2060 {
2061 int count = BINDING_STACK_SIZE ();
2062 Lisp_Object val;
2063
2064 val = Vfontification_functions;
2065 specbind (Qfontification_functions, Qnil);
2066 specbind (Qafter_change_functions, Qnil);
2067
2068 if (!CONSP (val) || EQ (XCAR (val), Qlambda))
2069 safe_call1 (val, pos);
2070 else
2071 {
2072 Lisp_Object globals, fn;
2073 struct gcpro gcpro1, gcpro2;
2074
2075 globals = Qnil;
2076 GCPRO2 (val, globals);
2077
2078 for (; CONSP (val); val = XCDR (val))
2079 {
2080 fn = XCAR (val);
2081
2082 if (EQ (fn, Qt))
2083 {
2084 /* A value of t indicates this hook has a local
2085 binding; it means to run the global binding too.
2086 In a global value, t should not occur. If it
2087 does, we must ignore it to avoid an endless
2088 loop. */
2089 for (globals = Fdefault_value (Qfontification_functions);
2090 CONSP (globals);
2091 globals = XCDR (globals))
2092 {
2093 fn = XCAR (globals);
2094 if (!EQ (fn, Qt))
2095 safe_call1 (fn, pos);
2096 }
2097 }
2098 else
2099 safe_call1 (fn, pos);
2100 }
2101
2102 UNGCPRO;
2103 }
2104
2105 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
2106
2107 /* Return HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS only if function fontified
2108 something. This avoids an endless loop if they failed to
2109 fontify the text for which reason ever. */
2110 if (!NILP (Fget_char_property (pos, Qfontified, Qnil)))
2111 handled = HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS;
2112 }
2113
2114 return handled;
2115 }
2116
2117
2118 \f
2119 /***********************************************************************
2120 Faces
2121 ***********************************************************************/
2122
2123 /* Set up iterator IT from face properties at its current position.
2124 Called from handle_stop. */
2125
2126 static enum prop_handled
2127 handle_face_prop (it)
2128 struct it *it;
2129 {
2130 int new_face_id, next_stop;
2131
2132 if (!STRINGP (it->string))
2133 {
2134 new_face_id
2135 = face_at_buffer_position (it->w,
2136 IT_CHARPOS (*it),
2137 it->region_beg_charpos,
2138 it->region_end_charpos,
2139 &next_stop,
2140 (IT_CHARPOS (*it)
2141 + TEXT_PROP_DISTANCE_LIMIT),
2142 0);
2143
2144 /* Is this a start of a run of characters with box face?
2145 Caveat: this can be called for a freshly initialized
2146 iterator; face_id is -1 is this case. We know that the new
2147 face will not change until limit, i.e. if the new face has a
2148 box, all characters up to limit will have one. But, as
2149 usual, we don't know whether limit is really the end. */
2150 if (new_face_id != it->face_id)
2151 {
2152 struct face *new_face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, new_face_id);
2153
2154 /* If new face has a box but old face has not, this is
2155 the start of a run of characters with box, i.e. it has
2156 a shadow on the left side. The value of face_id of the
2157 iterator will be -1 if this is the initial call that gets
2158 the face. In this case, we have to look in front of IT's
2159 position and see whether there is a face != new_face_id. */
2160 it->start_of_box_run_p
2161 = (new_face->box != FACE_NO_BOX
2162 && (it->face_id >= 0
2163 || IT_CHARPOS (*it) == BEG
2164 || new_face_id != face_before_it_pos (it)));
2165 it->face_box_p = new_face->box != FACE_NO_BOX;
2166 }
2167 }
2168 else
2169 {
2170 int base_face_id, bufpos;
2171
2172 if (it->current.overlay_string_index >= 0)
2173 bufpos = IT_CHARPOS (*it);
2174 else
2175 bufpos = 0;
2176
2177 /* For strings from a buffer, i.e. overlay strings or strings
2178 from a `display' property, use the face at IT's current
2179 buffer position as the base face to merge with, so that
2180 overlay strings appear in the same face as surrounding
2181 text, unless they specify their own faces. */
2182 base_face_id = underlying_face_id (it);
2183
2184 new_face_id = face_at_string_position (it->w,
2185 it->string,
2186 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it),
2187 bufpos,
2188 it->region_beg_charpos,
2189 it->region_end_charpos,
2190 &next_stop,
2191 base_face_id);
2192
2193 #if 0 /* This shouldn't be neccessary. Let's check it. */
2194 /* If IT is used to display a mode line we would really like to
2195 use the mode line face instead of the frame's default face. */
2196 if (it->glyph_row == MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (it->w->desired_matrix)
2197 && new_face_id == DEFAULT_FACE_ID)
2198 new_face_id = MODE_LINE_FACE_ID;
2199 #endif
2200
2201 /* Is this a start of a run of characters with box? Caveat:
2202 this can be called for a freshly allocated iterator; face_id
2203 is -1 is this case. We know that the new face will not
2204 change until the next check pos, i.e. if the new face has a
2205 box, all characters up to that position will have a
2206 box. But, as usual, we don't know whether that position
2207 is really the end. */
2208 if (new_face_id != it->face_id)
2209 {
2210 struct face *new_face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, new_face_id);
2211 struct face *old_face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
2212
2213 /* If new face has a box but old face hasn't, this is the
2214 start of a run of characters with box, i.e. it has a
2215 shadow on the left side. */
2216 it->start_of_box_run_p
2217 = new_face->box && (old_face == NULL || !old_face->box);
2218 it->face_box_p = new_face->box != FACE_NO_BOX;
2219 }
2220 }
2221
2222 it->face_id = new_face_id;
2223 return HANDLED_NORMALLY;
2224 }
2225
2226
2227 /* Return the ID of the face ``underlying'' IT's current position,
2228 which is in a string. If the iterator is associated with a
2229 buffer, return the face at IT's current buffer position.
2230 Otherwise, use the iterator's base_face_id. */
2231
2232 static int
2233 underlying_face_id (it)
2234 struct it *it;
2235 {
2236 int face_id = it->base_face_id, i;
2237
2238 xassert (STRINGP (it->string));
2239
2240 for (i = it->sp - 1; i >= 0; --i)
2241 if (NILP (it->stack[i].string))
2242 face_id = it->stack[i].face_id;
2243
2244 return face_id;
2245 }
2246
2247
2248 /* Compute the face one character before or after the current position
2249 of IT. BEFORE_P non-zero means get the face in front of IT's
2250 position. Value is the id of the face. */
2251
2252 static int
2253 face_before_or_after_it_pos (it, before_p)
2254 struct it *it;
2255 int before_p;
2256 {
2257 int face_id, limit;
2258 int next_check_charpos;
2259 struct text_pos pos;
2260
2261 xassert (it->s == NULL);
2262
2263 if (STRINGP (it->string))
2264 {
2265 int bufpos, base_face_id;
2266
2267 /* No face change past the end of the string (for the case
2268 we are padding with spaces). No face change before the
2269 string start. */
2270 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= XSTRING (it->string)->size
2271 || (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) == 0 && before_p))
2272 return it->face_id;
2273
2274 /* Set pos to the position before or after IT's current position. */
2275 if (before_p)
2276 pos = string_pos (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) - 1, it->string);
2277 else
2278 /* For composition, we must check the character after the
2279 composition. */
2280 pos = (it->what == IT_COMPOSITION
2281 ? string_pos (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) + it->cmp_len, it->string)
2282 : string_pos (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) + 1, it->string));
2283
2284 if (it->current.overlay_string_index >= 0)
2285 bufpos = IT_CHARPOS (*it);
2286 else
2287 bufpos = 0;
2288
2289 base_face_id = underlying_face_id (it);
2290
2291 /* Get the face for ASCII, or unibyte. */
2292 face_id = face_at_string_position (it->w,
2293 it->string,
2294 CHARPOS (pos),
2295 bufpos,
2296 it->region_beg_charpos,
2297 it->region_end_charpos,
2298 &next_check_charpos,
2299 base_face_id);
2300
2301 /* Correct the face for charsets different from ASCII. Do it
2302 for the multibyte case only. The face returned above is
2303 suitable for unibyte text if IT->string is unibyte. */
2304 if (STRING_MULTIBYTE (it->string))
2305 {
2306 unsigned char *p = XSTRING (it->string)->data + BYTEPOS (pos);
2307 int rest = STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (it->string)) - BYTEPOS (pos);
2308 int c, len;
2309 struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, face_id);
2310
2311 c = string_char_and_length (p, rest, &len);
2312 face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (it->f, face, c);
2313 }
2314 }
2315 else
2316 {
2317 if ((IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= ZV && !before_p)
2318 || (IT_CHARPOS (*it) <= BEGV && before_p))
2319 return it->face_id;
2320
2321 limit = IT_CHARPOS (*it) + TEXT_PROP_DISTANCE_LIMIT;
2322 pos = it->current.pos;
2323
2324 if (before_p)
2325 DEC_TEXT_POS (pos, it->multibyte_p);
2326 else
2327 {
2328 if (it->what == IT_COMPOSITION)
2329 /* For composition, we must check the position after the
2330 composition. */
2331 pos.charpos += it->cmp_len, pos.bytepos += it->len;
2332 else
2333 INC_TEXT_POS (pos, it->multibyte_p);
2334 }
2335
2336 /* Determine face for CHARSET_ASCII, or unibyte. */
2337 face_id = face_at_buffer_position (it->w,
2338 CHARPOS (pos),
2339 it->region_beg_charpos,
2340 it->region_end_charpos,
2341 &next_check_charpos,
2342 limit, 0);
2343
2344 /* Correct the face for charsets different from ASCII. Do it
2345 for the multibyte case only. The face returned above is
2346 suitable for unibyte text if current_buffer is unibyte. */
2347 if (it->multibyte_p)
2348 {
2349 int c = FETCH_MULTIBYTE_CHAR (CHARPOS (pos));
2350 struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, face_id);
2351 face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (it->f, face, c);
2352 }
2353 }
2354
2355 return face_id;
2356 }
2357
2358
2359 \f
2360 /***********************************************************************
2361 Invisible text
2362 ***********************************************************************/
2363
2364 /* Set up iterator IT from invisible properties at its current
2365 position. Called from handle_stop. */
2366
2367 static enum prop_handled
2368 handle_invisible_prop (it)
2369 struct it *it;
2370 {
2371 enum prop_handled handled = HANDLED_NORMALLY;
2372
2373 if (STRINGP (it->string))
2374 {
2375 extern Lisp_Object Qinvisible;
2376 Lisp_Object prop, end_charpos, limit, charpos;
2377
2378 /* Get the value of the invisible text property at the
2379 current position. Value will be nil if there is no such
2380 property. */
2381 XSETFASTINT (charpos, IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it));
2382 prop = Fget_text_property (charpos, Qinvisible, it->string);
2383
2384 if (!NILP (prop)
2385 && IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) < it->end_charpos)
2386 {
2387 handled = HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS;
2388
2389 /* Get the position at which the next change of the
2390 invisible text property can be found in IT->string.
2391 Value will be nil if the property value is the same for
2392 all the rest of IT->string. */
2393 XSETINT (limit, XSTRING (it->string)->size);
2394 end_charpos = Fnext_single_property_change (charpos, Qinvisible,
2395 it->string, limit);
2396
2397 /* Text at current position is invisible. The next
2398 change in the property is at position end_charpos.
2399 Move IT's current position to that position. */
2400 if (INTEGERP (end_charpos)
2401 && XFASTINT (end_charpos) < XFASTINT (limit))
2402 {
2403 struct text_pos old;
2404 old = it->current.string_pos;
2405 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) = XFASTINT (end_charpos);
2406 compute_string_pos (&it->current.string_pos, old, it->string);
2407 }
2408 else
2409 {
2410 /* The rest of the string is invisible. If this is an
2411 overlay string, proceed with the next overlay string
2412 or whatever comes and return a character from there. */
2413 if (it->current.overlay_string_index >= 0)
2414 {
2415 next_overlay_string (it);
2416 /* Don't check for overlay strings when we just
2417 finished processing them. */
2418 handled = HANDLED_OVERLAY_STRING_CONSUMED;
2419 }
2420 else
2421 {
2422 struct Lisp_String *s = XSTRING (it->string);
2423 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) = s->size;
2424 IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it) = STRING_BYTES (s);
2425 }
2426 }
2427 }
2428 }
2429 else
2430 {
2431 int visible_p, newpos, next_stop;
2432 Lisp_Object pos, prop;
2433
2434 /* First of all, is there invisible text at this position? */
2435 XSETFASTINT (pos, IT_CHARPOS (*it));
2436 prop = Fget_char_property (pos, Qinvisible, it->window);
2437
2438 /* If we are on invisible text, skip over it. */
2439 if (TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE (prop)
2440 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) < it->end_charpos)
2441 {
2442 /* Record whether we have to display an ellipsis for the
2443 invisible text. */
2444 int display_ellipsis_p
2445 = TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE_WITH_ELLIPSIS (prop);
2446
2447 handled = HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS;
2448
2449 /* Loop skipping over invisible text. The loop is left at
2450 ZV or with IT on the first char being visible again. */
2451 do
2452 {
2453 /* Try to skip some invisible text. Return value is the
2454 position reached which can be equal to IT's position
2455 if there is nothing invisible here. This skips both
2456 over invisible text properties and overlays with
2457 invisible property. */
2458 newpos = skip_invisible (IT_CHARPOS (*it),
2459 &next_stop, ZV, it->window);
2460
2461 /* If we skipped nothing at all we weren't at invisible
2462 text in the first place. If everything to the end of
2463 the buffer was skipped, end the loop. */
2464 if (newpos == IT_CHARPOS (*it) || newpos >= ZV)
2465 visible_p = 1;
2466 else
2467 {
2468 /* We skipped some characters but not necessarily
2469 all there are. Check if we ended up on visible
2470 text. Fget_char_property returns the property of
2471 the char before the given position, i.e. if we
2472 get visible_p = 1, this means that the char at
2473 newpos is visible. */
2474 XSETFASTINT (pos, newpos);
2475 prop = Fget_char_property (pos, Qinvisible, it->window);
2476 visible_p = !TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE (prop);
2477 }
2478
2479 /* If we ended up on invisible text, proceed to
2480 skip starting with next_stop. */
2481 if (!visible_p)
2482 IT_CHARPOS (*it) = next_stop;
2483 }
2484 while (!visible_p);
2485
2486 /* The position newpos is now either ZV or on visible text. */
2487 IT_CHARPOS (*it) = newpos;
2488 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (newpos);
2489
2490 /* Maybe return `...' next for the end of the invisible text. */
2491 if (display_ellipsis_p)
2492 {
2493 if (it->dp
2494 && VECTORP (DISP_INVIS_VECTOR (it->dp)))
2495 {
2496 struct Lisp_Vector *v = XVECTOR (DISP_INVIS_VECTOR (it->dp));
2497 it->dpvec = v->contents;
2498 it->dpend = v->contents + v->size;
2499 }
2500 else
2501 {
2502 /* Default `...'. */
2503 it->dpvec = default_invis_vector;
2504 it->dpend = default_invis_vector + 3;
2505 }
2506
2507 /* The ellipsis display does not replace the display of
2508 the character at the new position. Indicate this by
2509 setting IT->dpvec_char_len to zero. */
2510 it->dpvec_char_len = 0;
2511
2512 it->current.dpvec_index = 0;
2513 it->method = next_element_from_display_vector;
2514 }
2515 }
2516 }
2517
2518 return handled;
2519 }
2520
2521
2522 \f
2523 /***********************************************************************
2524 'display' property
2525 ***********************************************************************/
2526
2527 /* Set up iterator IT from `display' property at its current position.
2528 Called from handle_stop. */
2529
2530 static enum prop_handled
2531 handle_display_prop (it)
2532 struct it *it;
2533 {
2534 Lisp_Object prop, object;
2535 struct text_pos *position;
2536 int space_or_image_found_p;
2537
2538 if (STRINGP (it->string))
2539 {
2540 object = it->string;
2541 position = &it->current.string_pos;
2542 }
2543 else
2544 {
2545 object = Qnil;
2546 position = &it->current.pos;
2547 }
2548
2549 /* Reset those iterator values set from display property values. */
2550 it->font_height = Qnil;
2551 it->space_width = Qnil;
2552 it->voffset = 0;
2553
2554 /* We don't support recursive `display' properties, i.e. string
2555 values that have a string `display' property, that have a string
2556 `display' property etc. */
2557 if (!it->string_from_display_prop_p)
2558 it->area = TEXT_AREA;
2559
2560 prop = Fget_char_property (make_number (position->charpos),
2561 Qdisplay, object);
2562 if (NILP (prop))
2563 return HANDLED_NORMALLY;
2564
2565 space_or_image_found_p = 0;
2566 if (CONSP (prop)
2567 && CONSP (XCAR (prop))
2568 && !EQ (Qmargin, XCAR (XCAR (prop))))
2569 {
2570 /* A list of sub-properties. */
2571 while (CONSP (prop))
2572 {
2573 if (handle_single_display_prop (it, XCAR (prop), object, position))
2574 space_or_image_found_p = 1;
2575 prop = XCDR (prop);
2576 }
2577 }
2578 else if (VECTORP (prop))
2579 {
2580 int i;
2581 for (i = 0; i < XVECTOR (prop)->size; ++i)
2582 if (handle_single_display_prop (it, XVECTOR (prop)->contents[i],
2583 object, position))
2584 space_or_image_found_p = 1;
2585 }
2586 else
2587 {
2588 if (handle_single_display_prop (it, prop, object, position))
2589 space_or_image_found_p = 1;
2590 }
2591
2592 return space_or_image_found_p ? HANDLED_RETURN : HANDLED_NORMALLY;
2593 }
2594
2595
2596 /* Value is the position of the end of the `display' property starting
2597 at START_POS in OBJECT. */
2598
2599 static struct text_pos
2600 display_prop_end (it, object, start_pos)
2601 struct it *it;
2602 Lisp_Object object;
2603 struct text_pos start_pos;
2604 {
2605 Lisp_Object end;
2606 struct text_pos end_pos;
2607
2608 end = Fnext_single_char_property_change (make_number (CHARPOS (start_pos)),
2609 Qdisplay, object, Qnil);
2610 CHARPOS (end_pos) = XFASTINT (end);
2611 if (STRINGP (object))
2612 compute_string_pos (&end_pos, start_pos, it->string);
2613 else
2614 BYTEPOS (end_pos) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (XFASTINT (end));
2615
2616 return end_pos;
2617 }
2618
2619
2620 /* Set up IT from a single `display' sub-property value PROP. OBJECT
2621 is the object in which the `display' property was found. *POSITION
2622 is the position at which it was found.
2623
2624 If PROP is a `space' or `image' sub-property, set *POSITION to the
2625 end position of the `display' property.
2626
2627 Value is non-zero if a `space' or `image' property value was found. */
2628
2629 static int
2630 handle_single_display_prop (it, prop, object, position)
2631 struct it *it;
2632 Lisp_Object prop;
2633 Lisp_Object object;
2634 struct text_pos *position;
2635 {
2636 Lisp_Object value;
2637 int space_or_image_found_p = 0;
2638 Lisp_Object form;
2639
2640 /* If PROP is a list of the form `(when FORM . VALUE)', FORM is
2641 evaluated. If the result is nil, VALUE is ignored. */
2642 form = Qt;
2643 if (CONSP (prop) && EQ (XCAR (prop), Qwhen))
2644 {
2645 prop = XCDR (prop);
2646 if (!CONSP (prop))
2647 return 0;
2648 form = XCAR (prop);
2649 prop = XCDR (prop);
2650 }
2651
2652 if (!NILP (form) && !EQ (form, Qt))
2653 {
2654 struct gcpro gcpro1;
2655 struct text_pos end_pos, pt;
2656
2657 GCPRO1 (form);
2658 end_pos = display_prop_end (it, object, *position);
2659
2660 /* Temporarily set point to the end position, and then evaluate
2661 the form. This makes `(eolp)' work as FORM. */
2662 if (BUFFERP (object))
2663 {
2664 CHARPOS (pt) = PT;
2665 BYTEPOS (pt) = PT_BYTE;
2666 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (CHARPOS (end_pos), BYTEPOS (end_pos));
2667 }
2668
2669 form = safe_eval (form);
2670
2671 if (BUFFERP (object))
2672 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (CHARPOS (pt), BYTEPOS (pt));
2673 UNGCPRO;
2674 }
2675
2676 if (NILP (form))
2677 return 0;
2678
2679 if (CONSP (prop)
2680 && EQ (XCAR (prop), Qheight)
2681 && CONSP (XCDR (prop)))
2682 {
2683 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (it->f) || FRAME_MSDOS_P (it->f))
2684 return 0;
2685
2686 /* `(height HEIGHT)'. */
2687 it->font_height = XCAR (XCDR (prop));
2688 if (!NILP (it->font_height))
2689 {
2690 struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
2691 int new_height = -1;
2692
2693 if (CONSP (it->font_height)
2694 && (EQ (XCAR (it->font_height), Qplus)
2695 || EQ (XCAR (it->font_height), Qminus))
2696 && CONSP (XCDR (it->font_height))
2697 && INTEGERP (XCAR (XCDR (it->font_height))))
2698 {
2699 /* `(+ N)' or `(- N)' where N is an integer. */
2700 int steps = XINT (XCAR (XCDR (it->font_height)));
2701 if (EQ (XCAR (it->font_height), Qplus))
2702 steps = - steps;
2703 it->face_id = smaller_face (it->f, it->face_id, steps);
2704 }
2705 else if (FUNCTIONP (it->font_height))
2706 {
2707 /* Call function with current height as argument.
2708 Value is the new height. */
2709 Lisp_Object height;
2710 height = safe_call1 (it->font_height,
2711 face->lface[LFACE_HEIGHT_INDEX]);
2712 if (NUMBERP (height))
2713 new_height = XFLOATINT (height);
2714 }
2715 else if (NUMBERP (it->font_height))
2716 {
2717 /* Value is a multiple of the canonical char height. */
2718 struct face *face;
2719
2720 face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
2721 new_height = (XFLOATINT (it->font_height)
2722 * XINT (face->lface[LFACE_HEIGHT_INDEX]));
2723 }
2724 else
2725 {
2726 /* Evaluate IT->font_height with `height' bound to the
2727 current specified height to get the new height. */
2728 Lisp_Object value;
2729 int count = BINDING_STACK_SIZE ();
2730
2731 specbind (Qheight, face->lface[LFACE_HEIGHT_INDEX]);
2732 value = safe_eval (it->font_height);
2733 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
2734
2735 if (NUMBERP (value))
2736 new_height = XFLOATINT (value);
2737 }
2738
2739 if (new_height > 0)
2740 it->face_id = face_with_height (it->f, it->face_id, new_height);
2741 }
2742 }
2743 else if (CONSP (prop)
2744 && EQ (XCAR (prop), Qspace_width)
2745 && CONSP (XCDR (prop)))
2746 {
2747 /* `(space_width WIDTH)'. */
2748 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (it->f) || FRAME_MSDOS_P (it->f))
2749 return 0;
2750
2751 value = XCAR (XCDR (prop));
2752 if (NUMBERP (value) && XFLOATINT (value) > 0)
2753 it->space_width = value;
2754 }
2755 else if (CONSP (prop)
2756 && EQ (XCAR (prop), Qraise)
2757 && CONSP (XCDR (prop)))
2758 {
2759 /* `(raise FACTOR)'. */
2760 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (it->f) || FRAME_MSDOS_P (it->f))
2761 return 0;
2762
2763 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
2764 value = XCAR (XCDR (prop));
2765 if (NUMBERP (value))
2766 {
2767 struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
2768 it->voffset = - (XFLOATINT (value)
2769 * (FONT_HEIGHT (face->font)));
2770 }
2771 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
2772 }
2773 else if (!it->string_from_display_prop_p)
2774 {
2775 /* `((margin left-margin) VALUE)' or `((margin right-margin)
2776 VALUE) or `((margin nil) VALUE)' or VALUE. */
2777 Lisp_Object location, value;
2778 struct text_pos start_pos;
2779 int valid_p;
2780
2781 /* Characters having this form of property are not displayed, so
2782 we have to find the end of the property. */
2783 start_pos = *position;
2784 *position = display_prop_end (it, object, start_pos);
2785 value = Qnil;
2786
2787 /* Let's stop at the new position and assume that all
2788 text properties change there. */
2789 it->stop_charpos = position->charpos;
2790
2791 location = Qunbound;
2792 if (CONSP (prop) && CONSP (XCAR (prop)))
2793 {
2794 Lisp_Object tem;
2795
2796 value = XCDR (prop);
2797 if (CONSP (value))
2798 value = XCAR (value);
2799
2800 tem = XCAR (prop);
2801 if (EQ (XCAR (tem), Qmargin)
2802 && (tem = XCDR (tem),
2803 tem = CONSP (tem) ? XCAR (tem) : Qnil,
2804 (NILP (tem)
2805 || EQ (tem, Qleft_margin)
2806 || EQ (tem, Qright_margin))))
2807 location = tem;
2808 }
2809
2810 if (EQ (location, Qunbound))
2811 {
2812 location = Qnil;
2813 value = prop;
2814 }
2815
2816 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
2817 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (it->f))
2818 valid_p = STRINGP (value);
2819 else
2820 valid_p = (STRINGP (value)
2821 || (CONSP (value) && EQ (XCAR (value), Qspace))
2822 || valid_image_p (value));
2823 #else /* not HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
2824 valid_p = STRINGP (value);
2825 #endif /* not HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
2826
2827 if ((EQ (location, Qleft_margin)
2828 || EQ (location, Qright_margin)
2829 || NILP (location))
2830 && valid_p)
2831 {
2832 space_or_image_found_p = 1;
2833
2834 /* Save current settings of IT so that we can restore them
2835 when we are finished with the glyph property value. */
2836 push_it (it);
2837
2838 if (NILP (location))
2839 it->area = TEXT_AREA;
2840 else if (EQ (location, Qleft_margin))
2841 it->area = LEFT_MARGIN_AREA;
2842 else
2843 it->area = RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA;
2844
2845 if (STRINGP (value))
2846 {
2847 it->string = value;
2848 it->multibyte_p = STRING_MULTIBYTE (it->string);
2849 it->current.overlay_string_index = -1;
2850 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) = IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it) = 0;
2851 it->end_charpos = it->string_nchars
2852 = XSTRING (it->string)->size;
2853 it->method = next_element_from_string;
2854 it->stop_charpos = 0;
2855 it->string_from_display_prop_p = 1;
2856 }
2857 else if (CONSP (value) && EQ (XCAR (value), Qspace))
2858 {
2859 it->method = next_element_from_stretch;
2860 it->object = value;
2861 it->current.pos = it->position = start_pos;
2862 }
2863 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
2864 else
2865 {
2866 it->what = IT_IMAGE;
2867 it->image_id = lookup_image (it->f, value);
2868 it->position = start_pos;
2869 it->object = NILP (object) ? it->w->buffer : object;
2870 it->method = next_element_from_image;
2871
2872 /* Say that we haven't consumed the characters with
2873 `display' property yet. The call to pop_it in
2874 set_iterator_to_next will clean this up. */
2875 *position = start_pos;
2876 }
2877 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
2878 }
2879 else
2880 /* Invalid property or property not supported. Restore
2881 the position to what it was before. */
2882 *position = start_pos;
2883 }
2884
2885 return space_or_image_found_p;
2886 }
2887
2888
2889 /* Check if PROP is a display sub-property value whose text should be
2890 treated as intangible. */
2891
2892 static int
2893 single_display_prop_intangible_p (prop)
2894 Lisp_Object prop;
2895 {
2896 /* Skip over `when FORM'. */
2897 if (CONSP (prop) && EQ (XCAR (prop), Qwhen))
2898 {
2899 prop = XCDR (prop);
2900 if (!CONSP (prop))
2901 return 0;
2902 prop = XCDR (prop);
2903 }
2904
2905 if (!CONSP (prop))
2906 return 0;
2907
2908 /* Skip over `margin LOCATION'. If LOCATION is in the margins,
2909 we don't need to treat text as intangible. */
2910 if (EQ (XCAR (prop), Qmargin))
2911 {
2912 prop = XCDR (prop);
2913 if (!CONSP (prop))
2914 return 0;
2915
2916 prop = XCDR (prop);
2917 if (!CONSP (prop)
2918 || EQ (XCAR (prop), Qleft_margin)
2919 || EQ (XCAR (prop), Qright_margin))
2920 return 0;
2921 }
2922
2923 return CONSP (prop) && EQ (XCAR (prop), Qimage);
2924 }
2925
2926
2927 /* Check if PROP is a display property value whose text should be
2928 treated as intangible. */
2929
2930 int
2931 display_prop_intangible_p (prop)
2932 Lisp_Object prop;
2933 {
2934 if (CONSP (prop)
2935 && CONSP (XCAR (prop))
2936 && !EQ (Qmargin, XCAR (XCAR (prop))))
2937 {
2938 /* A list of sub-properties. */
2939 while (CONSP (prop))
2940 {
2941 if (single_display_prop_intangible_p (XCAR (prop)))
2942 return 1;
2943 prop = XCDR (prop);
2944 }
2945 }
2946 else if (VECTORP (prop))
2947 {
2948 /* A vector of sub-properties. */
2949 int i;
2950 for (i = 0; i < XVECTOR (prop)->size; ++i)
2951 if (single_display_prop_intangible_p (XVECTOR (prop)->contents[i]))
2952 return 1;
2953 }
2954 else
2955 return single_display_prop_intangible_p (prop);
2956
2957 return 0;
2958 }
2959
2960 \f
2961 /***********************************************************************
2962 `composition' property
2963 ***********************************************************************/
2964
2965 /* Set up iterator IT from `composition' property at its current
2966 position. Called from handle_stop. */
2967
2968 static enum prop_handled
2969 handle_composition_prop (it)
2970 struct it *it;
2971 {
2972 Lisp_Object prop, string;
2973 int pos, pos_byte, end;
2974 enum prop_handled handled = HANDLED_NORMALLY;
2975
2976 if (STRINGP (it->string))
2977 {
2978 pos = IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it);
2979 pos_byte = IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it);
2980 string = it->string;
2981 }
2982 else
2983 {
2984 pos = IT_CHARPOS (*it);
2985 pos_byte = IT_BYTEPOS (*it);
2986 string = Qnil;
2987 }
2988
2989 /* If there's a valid composition and point is not inside of the
2990 composition (in the case that the composition is from the current
2991 buffer), draw a glyph composed from the composition components. */
2992 if (find_composition (pos, -1, &pos, &end, &prop, string)
2993 && COMPOSITION_VALID_P (pos, end, prop)
2994 && (STRINGP (it->string) || (PT <= pos || PT >= end)))
2995 {
2996 int id = get_composition_id (pos, pos_byte, end - pos, prop, string);
2997
2998 if (id >= 0)
2999 {
3000 it->method = next_element_from_composition;
3001 it->cmp_id = id;
3002 it->cmp_len = COMPOSITION_LENGTH (prop);
3003 /* For a terminal, draw only the first character of the
3004 components. */
3005 it->c = COMPOSITION_GLYPH (composition_table[id], 0);
3006 it->len = (STRINGP (it->string)
3007 ? string_char_to_byte (it->string, end)
3008 : CHAR_TO_BYTE (end)) - pos_byte;
3009 it->stop_charpos = end;
3010 handled = HANDLED_RETURN;
3011 }
3012 }
3013
3014 return handled;
3015 }
3016
3017
3018 \f
3019 /***********************************************************************
3020 Overlay strings
3021 ***********************************************************************/
3022
3023 /* The following structure is used to record overlay strings for
3024 later sorting in load_overlay_strings. */
3025
3026 struct overlay_entry
3027 {
3028 Lisp_Object overlay;
3029 Lisp_Object string;
3030 int priority;
3031 int after_string_p;
3032 };
3033
3034
3035 /* Set up iterator IT from overlay strings at its current position.
3036 Called from handle_stop. */
3037
3038 static enum prop_handled
3039 handle_overlay_change (it)
3040 struct it *it;
3041 {
3042 if (!STRINGP (it->string) && get_overlay_strings (it))
3043 return HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS;
3044 else
3045 return HANDLED_NORMALLY;
3046 }
3047
3048
3049 /* Set up the next overlay string for delivery by IT, if there is an
3050 overlay string to deliver. Called by set_iterator_to_next when the
3051 end of the current overlay string is reached. If there are more
3052 overlay strings to display, IT->string and
3053 IT->current.overlay_string_index are set appropriately here.
3054 Otherwise IT->string is set to nil. */
3055
3056 static void
3057 next_overlay_string (it)
3058 struct it *it;
3059 {
3060 ++it->current.overlay_string_index;
3061 if (it->current.overlay_string_index == it->n_overlay_strings)
3062 {
3063 /* No more overlay strings. Restore IT's settings to what
3064 they were before overlay strings were processed, and
3065 continue to deliver from current_buffer. */
3066 pop_it (it);
3067 xassert (it->stop_charpos >= BEGV
3068 && it->stop_charpos <= it->end_charpos);
3069 it->string = Qnil;
3070 it->current.overlay_string_index = -1;
3071 SET_TEXT_POS (it->current.string_pos, -1, -1);
3072 it->n_overlay_strings = 0;
3073 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
3074
3075 /* If we're at the end of the buffer, record that we have
3076 processed the overlay strings there already, so that
3077 next_element_from_buffer doesn't try it again. */
3078 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->end_charpos)
3079 it->overlay_strings_at_end_processed_p = 1;
3080 }
3081 else
3082 {
3083 /* There are more overlay strings to process. If
3084 IT->current.overlay_string_index has advanced to a position
3085 where we must load IT->overlay_strings with more strings, do
3086 it. */
3087 int i = it->current.overlay_string_index % OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE;
3088
3089 if (it->current.overlay_string_index && i == 0)
3090 load_overlay_strings (it);
3091
3092 /* Initialize IT to deliver display elements from the overlay
3093 string. */
3094 it->string = it->overlay_strings[i];
3095 it->multibyte_p = STRING_MULTIBYTE (it->string);
3096 SET_TEXT_POS (it->current.string_pos, 0, 0);
3097 it->method = next_element_from_string;
3098 it->stop_charpos = 0;
3099 }
3100
3101 CHECK_IT (it);
3102 }
3103
3104
3105 /* Compare two overlay_entry structures E1 and E2. Used as a
3106 comparison function for qsort in load_overlay_strings. Overlay
3107 strings for the same position are sorted so that
3108
3109 1. All after-strings come in front of before-strings, except
3110 when they come from the same overlay.
3111
3112 2. Within after-strings, strings are sorted so that overlay strings
3113 from overlays with higher priorities come first.
3114
3115 2. Within before-strings, strings are sorted so that overlay
3116 strings from overlays with higher priorities come last.
3117
3118 Value is analogous to strcmp. */
3119
3120
3121 static int
3122 compare_overlay_entries (e1, e2)
3123 void *e1, *e2;
3124 {
3125 struct overlay_entry *entry1 = (struct overlay_entry *) e1;
3126 struct overlay_entry *entry2 = (struct overlay_entry *) e2;
3127 int result;
3128
3129 if (entry1->after_string_p != entry2->after_string_p)
3130 {
3131 /* Let after-strings appear in front of before-strings if
3132 they come from different overlays. */
3133 if (EQ (entry1->overlay, entry2->overlay))
3134 result = entry1->after_string_p ? 1 : -1;
3135 else
3136 result = entry1->after_string_p ? -1 : 1;
3137 }
3138 else if (entry1->after_string_p)
3139 /* After-strings sorted in order of decreasing priority. */
3140 result = entry2->priority - entry1->priority;
3141 else
3142 /* Before-strings sorted in order of increasing priority. */
3143 result = entry1->priority - entry2->priority;
3144
3145 return result;
3146 }
3147
3148
3149 /* Load the vector IT->overlay_strings with overlay strings from IT's
3150 current buffer position. Set IT->n_overlays to the total number of
3151 overlay strings found.
3152
3153 Overlay strings are processed OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE strings at
3154 a time. On entry into load_overlay_strings,
3155 IT->current.overlay_string_index gives the number of overlay
3156 strings that have already been loaded by previous calls to this
3157 function.
3158
3159 IT->add_overlay_start contains an additional overlay start
3160 position to consider for taking overlay strings from, if non-zero.
3161 This position comes into play when the overlay has an `invisible'
3162 property, and both before and after-strings. When we've skipped to
3163 the end of the overlay, because of its `invisible' property, we
3164 nevertheless want its before-string to appear.
3165 IT->add_overlay_start will contain the overlay start position
3166 in this case.
3167
3168 Overlay strings are sorted so that after-string strings come in
3169 front of before-string strings. Within before and after-strings,
3170 strings are sorted by overlay priority. See also function
3171 compare_overlay_entries. */
3172
3173 static void
3174 load_overlay_strings (it)
3175 struct it *it;
3176 {
3177 extern Lisp_Object Qafter_string, Qbefore_string, Qwindow, Qpriority;
3178 Lisp_Object ov, overlay, window, str, invisible;
3179 int start, end;
3180 int size = 20;
3181 int n = 0, i, j, invis_p;
3182 struct overlay_entry *entries
3183 = (struct overlay_entry *) alloca (size * sizeof *entries);
3184 int charpos = IT_CHARPOS (*it);
3185
3186 /* Append the overlay string STRING of overlay OVERLAY to vector
3187 `entries' which has size `size' and currently contains `n'
3188 elements. AFTER_P non-zero means STRING is an after-string of
3189 OVERLAY. */
3190 #define RECORD_OVERLAY_STRING(OVERLAY, STRING, AFTER_P) \
3191 do \
3192 { \
3193 Lisp_Object priority; \
3194 \
3195 if (n == size) \
3196 { \
3197 int new_size = 2 * size; \
3198 struct overlay_entry *old = entries; \
3199 entries = \
3200 (struct overlay_entry *) alloca (new_size \
3201 * sizeof *entries); \
3202 bcopy (old, entries, size * sizeof *entries); \
3203 size = new_size; \
3204 } \
3205 \
3206 entries[n].string = (STRING); \
3207 entries[n].overlay = (OVERLAY); \
3208 priority = Foverlay_get ((OVERLAY), Qpriority); \
3209 entries[n].priority = INTEGERP (priority) ? XINT (priority) : 0; \
3210 entries[n].after_string_p = (AFTER_P); \
3211 ++n; \
3212 } \
3213 while (0)
3214
3215 /* Process overlay before the overlay center. */
3216 for (ov = current_buffer->overlays_before; CONSP (ov); ov = XCDR (ov))
3217 {
3218 overlay = XCAR (ov);
3219 xassert (OVERLAYP (overlay));
3220 start = OVERLAY_POSITION (OVERLAY_START (overlay));
3221 end = OVERLAY_POSITION (OVERLAY_END (overlay));
3222
3223 if (end < charpos)
3224 break;
3225
3226 /* Skip this overlay if it doesn't start or end at IT's current
3227 position. */
3228 if (end != charpos && start != charpos)
3229 continue;
3230
3231 /* Skip this overlay if it doesn't apply to IT->w. */
3232 window = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qwindow);
3233 if (WINDOWP (window) && XWINDOW (window) != it->w)
3234 continue;
3235
3236 /* If the text ``under'' the overlay is invisible, both before-
3237 and after-strings from this overlay are visible; start and
3238 end position are indistinguishable. */
3239 invisible = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qinvisible);
3240 invis_p = TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE (invisible);
3241
3242 /* If overlay has a non-empty before-string, record it. */
3243 if ((start == charpos || (end == charpos && invis_p))
3244 && (str = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qbefore_string), STRINGP (str))
3245 && XSTRING (str)->size)
3246 RECORD_OVERLAY_STRING (overlay, str, 0);
3247
3248 /* If overlay has a non-empty after-string, record it. */
3249 if ((end == charpos || (start == charpos && invis_p))
3250 && (str = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qafter_string), STRINGP (str))
3251 && XSTRING (str)->size)
3252 RECORD_OVERLAY_STRING (overlay, str, 1);
3253 }
3254
3255 /* Process overlays after the overlay center. */
3256 for (ov = current_buffer->overlays_after; CONSP (ov); ov = XCDR (ov))
3257 {
3258 overlay = XCAR (ov);
3259 xassert (OVERLAYP (overlay));
3260 start = OVERLAY_POSITION (OVERLAY_START (overlay));
3261 end = OVERLAY_POSITION (OVERLAY_END (overlay));
3262
3263 if (start > charpos)
3264 break;
3265
3266 /* Skip this overlay if it doesn't start or end at IT's current
3267 position. */
3268 if (end != charpos && start != charpos)
3269 continue;
3270
3271 /* Skip this overlay if it doesn't apply to IT->w. */
3272 window = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qwindow);
3273 if (WINDOWP (window) && XWINDOW (window) != it->w)
3274 continue;
3275
3276 /* If the text ``under'' the overlay is invisible, it has a zero
3277 dimension, and both before- and after-strings apply. */
3278 invisible = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qinvisible);
3279 invis_p = TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE (invisible);
3280
3281 /* If overlay has a non-empty before-string, record it. */
3282 if ((start == charpos || (end == charpos && invis_p))
3283 && (str = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qbefore_string), STRINGP (str))
3284 && XSTRING (str)->size)
3285 RECORD_OVERLAY_STRING (overlay, str, 0);
3286
3287 /* If overlay has a non-empty after-string, record it. */
3288 if ((end == charpos || (start == charpos && invis_p))
3289 && (str = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qafter_string), STRINGP (str))
3290 && XSTRING (str)->size)
3291 RECORD_OVERLAY_STRING (overlay, str, 1);
3292 }
3293
3294 #undef RECORD_OVERLAY_STRING
3295
3296 /* Sort entries. */
3297 if (n > 1)
3298 qsort (entries, n, sizeof *entries, compare_overlay_entries);
3299
3300 /* Record the total number of strings to process. */
3301 it->n_overlay_strings = n;
3302
3303 /* IT->current.overlay_string_index is the number of overlay strings
3304 that have already been consumed by IT. Copy some of the
3305 remaining overlay strings to IT->overlay_strings. */
3306 i = 0;
3307 j = it->current.overlay_string_index;
3308 while (i < OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE && j < n)
3309 it->overlay_strings[i++] = entries[j++].string;
3310
3311 CHECK_IT (it);
3312 }
3313
3314
3315 /* Get the first chunk of overlay strings at IT's current buffer
3316 position. Value is non-zero if at least one overlay string was
3317 found. */
3318
3319 static int
3320 get_overlay_strings (it)
3321 struct it *it;
3322 {
3323 /* Get the first OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE overlay strings to
3324 process. This fills IT->overlay_strings with strings, and sets
3325 IT->n_overlay_strings to the total number of strings to process.
3326 IT->pos.overlay_string_index has to be set temporarily to zero
3327 because load_overlay_strings needs this; it must be set to -1
3328 when no overlay strings are found because a zero value would
3329 indicate a position in the first overlay string. */
3330 it->current.overlay_string_index = 0;
3331 load_overlay_strings (it);
3332
3333 /* If we found overlay strings, set up IT to deliver display
3334 elements from the first one. Otherwise set up IT to deliver
3335 from current_buffer. */
3336 if (it->n_overlay_strings)
3337 {
3338 /* Make sure we know settings in current_buffer, so that we can
3339 restore meaningful values when we're done with the overlay
3340 strings. */
3341 compute_stop_pos (it);
3342 xassert (it->face_id >= 0);
3343
3344 /* Save IT's settings. They are restored after all overlay
3345 strings have been processed. */
3346 xassert (it->sp == 0);
3347 push_it (it);
3348
3349 /* Set up IT to deliver display elements from the first overlay
3350 string. */
3351 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) = IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it) = 0;
3352 it->stop_charpos = 0;
3353 it->string = it->overlay_strings[0];
3354 it->multibyte_p = STRING_MULTIBYTE (it->string);
3355 xassert (STRINGP (it->string));
3356 it->method = next_element_from_string;
3357 }
3358 else
3359 {
3360 it->string = Qnil;
3361 it->current.overlay_string_index = -1;
3362 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
3363 }
3364
3365 CHECK_IT (it);
3366
3367 /* Value is non-zero if we found at least one overlay string. */
3368 return STRINGP (it->string);
3369 }
3370
3371
3372 \f
3373 /***********************************************************************
3374 Saving and restoring state
3375 ***********************************************************************/
3376
3377 /* Save current settings of IT on IT->stack. Called, for example,
3378 before setting up IT for an overlay string, to be able to restore
3379 IT's settings to what they were after the overlay string has been
3380 processed. */
3381
3382 static void
3383 push_it (it)
3384 struct it *it;
3385 {
3386 struct iterator_stack_entry *p;
3387
3388 xassert (it->sp < 2);
3389 p = it->stack + it->sp;
3390
3391 p->stop_charpos = it->stop_charpos;
3392 xassert (it->face_id >= 0);
3393 p->face_id = it->face_id;
3394 p->string = it->string;
3395 p->pos = it->current;
3396 p->end_charpos = it->end_charpos;
3397 p->string_nchars = it->string_nchars;
3398 p->area = it->area;
3399 p->multibyte_p = it->multibyte_p;
3400 p->space_width = it->space_width;
3401 p->font_height = it->font_height;
3402 p->voffset = it->voffset;
3403 p->string_from_display_prop_p = it->string_from_display_prop_p;
3404 ++it->sp;
3405 }
3406
3407
3408 /* Restore IT's settings from IT->stack. Called, for example, when no
3409 more overlay strings must be processed, and we return to delivering
3410 display elements from a buffer, or when the end of a string from a
3411 `display' property is reached and we return to delivering display
3412 elements from an overlay string, or from a buffer. */
3413
3414 static void
3415 pop_it (it)
3416 struct it *it;
3417 {
3418 struct iterator_stack_entry *p;
3419
3420 xassert (it->sp > 0);
3421 --it->sp;
3422 p = it->stack + it->sp;
3423 it->stop_charpos = p->stop_charpos;
3424 it->face_id = p->face_id;
3425 it->string = p->string;
3426 it->current = p->pos;
3427 it->end_charpos = p->end_charpos;
3428 it->string_nchars = p->string_nchars;
3429 it->area = p->area;
3430 it->multibyte_p = p->multibyte_p;
3431 it->space_width = p->space_width;
3432 it->font_height = p->font_height;
3433 it->voffset = p->voffset;
3434 it->string_from_display_prop_p = p->string_from_display_prop_p;
3435 }
3436
3437
3438 \f
3439 /***********************************************************************
3440 Moving over lines
3441 ***********************************************************************/
3442
3443 /* Set IT's current position to the previous line start. */
3444
3445 static void
3446 back_to_previous_line_start (it)
3447 struct it *it;
3448 {
3449 IT_CHARPOS (*it) = find_next_newline_no_quit (IT_CHARPOS (*it) - 1, -1);
3450 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (IT_CHARPOS (*it));
3451 }
3452
3453
3454 /* Move IT to the next line start.
3455
3456 Value is non-zero if a newline was found. Set *SKIPPED_P to 1 if
3457 we skipped over part of the text (as opposed to moving the iterator
3458 continuously over the text). Otherwise, don't change the value
3459 of *SKIPPED_P.
3460
3461 Newlines may come from buffer text, overlay strings, or strings
3462 displayed via the `display' property. That's the reason we can't
3463 simply use find_next_newline_no_quit.
3464
3465 Note that this function may not skip over invisible text that is so
3466 because of text properties and immediately follows a newline. If
3467 it would, function reseat_at_next_visible_line_start, when called
3468 from set_iterator_to_next, would effectively make invisible
3469 characters following a newline part of the wrong glyph row, which
3470 leads to wrong cursor motion. */
3471
3472 static int
3473 forward_to_next_line_start (it, skipped_p)
3474 struct it *it;
3475 int *skipped_p;
3476 {
3477 int old_selective, newline_found_p, n;
3478 const int MAX_NEWLINE_DISTANCE = 500;
3479
3480 /* If already on a newline, just consume it to avoid unintended
3481 skipping over invisible text below. */
3482 if (it->what == IT_CHARACTER && it->c == '\n')
3483 {
3484 set_iterator_to_next (it, 0);
3485 return 1;
3486 }
3487
3488 /* Don't handle selective display in the following. It's (a)
3489 unnecessary because it's done by the caller, and (b) leads to an
3490 infinite recursion because next_element_from_ellipsis indirectly
3491 calls this function. */
3492 old_selective = it->selective;
3493 it->selective = 0;
3494
3495 /* Scan for a newline within MAX_NEWLINE_DISTANCE display elements
3496 from buffer text. */
3497 n = newline_found_p = 0;
3498 while (n < MAX_NEWLINE_DISTANCE
3499 && get_next_display_element (it)
3500 && !newline_found_p)
3501 {
3502 newline_found_p = it->what == IT_CHARACTER && it->c == '\n';
3503 set_iterator_to_next (it, 0);
3504 if (!STRINGP (it->string))
3505 ++n;
3506 }
3507
3508 /* If we didn't find a newline near enough, see if we can use a
3509 short-cut. */
3510 if (!newline_found_p && n == MAX_NEWLINE_DISTANCE)
3511 {
3512 int start = IT_CHARPOS (*it);
3513 int limit = find_next_newline_no_quit (start, 1);
3514 Lisp_Object pos;
3515
3516 xassert (!STRINGP (it->string));
3517
3518 /* If there isn't any `display' property in sight, and no
3519 overlays, we can just use the position of the newline in
3520 buffer text. */
3521 if (it->stop_charpos >= limit
3522 || ((pos = Fnext_single_property_change (make_number (start),
3523 Qdisplay,
3524 Qnil, make_number (limit)),
3525 NILP (pos))
3526 && next_overlay_change (start) == ZV))
3527 {
3528 IT_CHARPOS (*it) = limit;
3529 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (limit);
3530 *skipped_p = newline_found_p = 1;
3531 }
3532 else
3533 {
3534 while (get_next_display_element (it)
3535 && !newline_found_p)
3536 {
3537 newline_found_p = ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it);
3538 set_iterator_to_next (it, 0);
3539 }
3540 }
3541 }
3542
3543 it->selective = old_selective;
3544 return newline_found_p;
3545 }
3546
3547
3548 /* Set IT's current position to the previous visible line start. Skip
3549 invisible text that is so either due to text properties or due to
3550 selective display. Caution: this does not change IT->current_x and
3551 IT->hpos. */
3552
3553 static void
3554 back_to_previous_visible_line_start (it)
3555 struct it *it;
3556 {
3557 int visible_p = 0;
3558
3559 /* Go back one newline if not on BEGV already. */
3560 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) > BEGV)
3561 back_to_previous_line_start (it);
3562
3563 /* Move over lines that are invisible because of selective display
3564 or text properties. */
3565 while (IT_CHARPOS (*it) > BEGV
3566 && !visible_p)
3567 {
3568 visible_p = 1;
3569
3570 /* If selective > 0, then lines indented more than that values
3571 are invisible. */
3572 if (it->selective > 0
3573 && indented_beyond_p (IT_CHARPOS (*it), IT_BYTEPOS (*it),
3574 it->selective))
3575 visible_p = 0;
3576 else
3577 {
3578 Lisp_Object prop;
3579
3580 prop = Fget_char_property (make_number (IT_CHARPOS (*it)),
3581 Qinvisible, it->window);
3582 if (TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE (prop))
3583 visible_p = 0;
3584 }
3585
3586 /* Back one more newline if the current one is invisible. */
3587 if (!visible_p)
3588 back_to_previous_line_start (it);
3589 }
3590
3591 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= BEGV);
3592 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) == BEGV
3593 || FETCH_BYTE (IT_BYTEPOS (*it) - 1) == '\n');
3594 CHECK_IT (it);
3595 }
3596
3597
3598 /* Reseat iterator IT at the previous visible line start. Skip
3599 invisible text that is so either due to text properties or due to
3600 selective display. At the end, update IT's overlay information,
3601 face information etc. */
3602
3603 static void
3604 reseat_at_previous_visible_line_start (it)
3605 struct it *it;
3606 {
3607 back_to_previous_visible_line_start (it);
3608 reseat (it, it->current.pos, 1);
3609 CHECK_IT (it);
3610 }
3611
3612
3613 /* Reseat iterator IT on the next visible line start in the current
3614 buffer. ON_NEWLINE_P non-zero means position IT on the newline
3615 preceding the line start. Skip over invisible text that is so
3616 because of selective display. Compute faces, overlays etc at the
3617 new position. Note that this function does not skip over text that
3618 is invisible because of text properties. */
3619
3620 static void
3621 reseat_at_next_visible_line_start (it, on_newline_p)
3622 struct it *it;
3623 int on_newline_p;
3624 {
3625 int newline_found_p, skipped_p = 0;
3626
3627 newline_found_p = forward_to_next_line_start (it, &skipped_p);
3628
3629 /* Skip over lines that are invisible because they are indented
3630 more than the value of IT->selective. */
3631 if (it->selective > 0)
3632 while (IT_CHARPOS (*it) < ZV
3633 && indented_beyond_p (IT_CHARPOS (*it), IT_BYTEPOS (*it),
3634 it->selective))
3635 newline_found_p = forward_to_next_line_start (it, &skipped_p);
3636
3637 /* Position on the newline if that's what's requested. */
3638 if (on_newline_p && newline_found_p)
3639 {
3640 if (STRINGP (it->string))
3641 {
3642 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) > 0)
3643 {
3644 --IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it);
3645 --IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it);
3646 }
3647 }
3648 else if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) > BEGV)
3649 {
3650 --IT_CHARPOS (*it);
3651 --IT_BYTEPOS (*it);
3652 reseat (it, it->current.pos, 0);
3653 }
3654 }
3655 else if (skipped_p)
3656 reseat (it, it->current.pos, 0);
3657
3658 CHECK_IT (it);
3659 }
3660
3661
3662 \f
3663 /***********************************************************************
3664 Changing an iterator's position
3665 ***********************************************************************/
3666
3667 /* Change IT's current position to POS in current_buffer. If FORCE_P
3668 is non-zero, always check for text properties at the new position.
3669 Otherwise, text properties are only looked up if POS >=
3670 IT->check_charpos of a property. */
3671
3672 static void
3673 reseat (it, pos, force_p)
3674 struct it *it;
3675 struct text_pos pos;
3676 int force_p;
3677 {
3678 int original_pos = IT_CHARPOS (*it);
3679
3680 reseat_1 (it, pos, 0);
3681
3682 /* Determine where to check text properties. Avoid doing it
3683 where possible because text property lookup is very expensive. */
3684 if (force_p
3685 || CHARPOS (pos) > it->stop_charpos
3686 || CHARPOS (pos) < original_pos)
3687 handle_stop (it);
3688
3689 CHECK_IT (it);
3690 }
3691
3692
3693 /* Change IT's buffer position to POS. SET_STOP_P non-zero means set
3694 IT->stop_pos to POS, also. */
3695
3696 static void
3697 reseat_1 (it, pos, set_stop_p)
3698 struct it *it;
3699 struct text_pos pos;
3700 int set_stop_p;
3701 {
3702 /* Don't call this function when scanning a C string. */
3703 xassert (it->s == NULL);
3704
3705 /* POS must be a reasonable value. */
3706 xassert (CHARPOS (pos) >= BEGV && CHARPOS (pos) <= ZV);
3707
3708 it->current.pos = it->position = pos;
3709 XSETBUFFER (it->object, current_buffer);
3710 it->dpvec = NULL;
3711 it->current.dpvec_index = -1;
3712 it->current.overlay_string_index = -1;
3713 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) = -1;
3714 IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it) = -1;
3715 it->string = Qnil;
3716 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
3717 it->sp = 0;
3718 it->face_before_selective_p = 0;
3719
3720 if (set_stop_p)
3721 it->stop_charpos = CHARPOS (pos);
3722 }
3723
3724
3725 /* Set up IT for displaying a string, starting at CHARPOS in window W.
3726 If S is non-null, it is a C string to iterate over. Otherwise,
3727 STRING gives a Lisp string to iterate over.
3728
3729 If PRECISION > 0, don't return more then PRECISION number of
3730 characters from the string.
3731
3732 If FIELD_WIDTH > 0, return padding spaces until FIELD_WIDTH
3733 characters have been returned. FIELD_WIDTH < 0 means an infinite
3734 field width.
3735
3736 MULTIBYTE = 0 means disable processing of multibyte characters,
3737 MULTIBYTE > 0 means enable it,
3738 MULTIBYTE < 0 means use IT->multibyte_p.
3739
3740 IT must be initialized via a prior call to init_iterator before
3741 calling this function. */
3742
3743 static void
3744 reseat_to_string (it, s, string, charpos, precision, field_width, multibyte)
3745 struct it *it;
3746 unsigned char *s;
3747 Lisp_Object string;
3748 int charpos;
3749 int precision, field_width, multibyte;
3750 {
3751 /* No region in strings. */
3752 it->region_beg_charpos = it->region_end_charpos = -1;
3753
3754 /* No text property checks performed by default, but see below. */
3755 it->stop_charpos = -1;
3756
3757 /* Set iterator position and end position. */
3758 bzero (&it->current, sizeof it->current);
3759 it->current.overlay_string_index = -1;
3760 it->current.dpvec_index = -1;
3761 xassert (charpos >= 0);
3762
3763 /* Use the setting of MULTIBYTE if specified. */
3764 if (multibyte >= 0)
3765 it->multibyte_p = multibyte > 0;
3766
3767 if (s == NULL)
3768 {
3769 xassert (STRINGP (string));
3770 it->string = string;
3771 it->s = NULL;
3772 it->end_charpos = it->string_nchars = XSTRING (string)->size;
3773 it->method = next_element_from_string;
3774 it->current.string_pos = string_pos (charpos, string);
3775 }
3776 else
3777 {
3778 it->s = s;
3779 it->string = Qnil;
3780
3781 /* Note that we use IT->current.pos, not it->current.string_pos,
3782 for displaying C strings. */
3783 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) = IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it) = -1;
3784 if (it->multibyte_p)
3785 {
3786 it->current.pos = c_string_pos (charpos, s, 1);
3787 it->end_charpos = it->string_nchars = number_of_chars (s, 1);
3788 }
3789 else
3790 {
3791 IT_CHARPOS (*it) = IT_BYTEPOS (*it) = charpos;
3792 it->end_charpos = it->string_nchars = strlen (s);
3793 }
3794
3795 it->method = next_element_from_c_string;
3796 }
3797
3798 /* PRECISION > 0 means don't return more than PRECISION characters
3799 from the string. */
3800 if (precision > 0 && it->end_charpos - charpos > precision)
3801 it->end_charpos = it->string_nchars = charpos + precision;
3802
3803 /* FIELD_WIDTH > 0 means pad with spaces until FIELD_WIDTH
3804 characters have been returned. FIELD_WIDTH == 0 means don't pad,
3805 FIELD_WIDTH < 0 means infinite field width. This is useful for
3806 padding with `-' at the end of a mode line. */
3807 if (field_width < 0)
3808 field_width = INFINITY;
3809 if (field_width > it->end_charpos - charpos)
3810 it->end_charpos = charpos + field_width;
3811
3812 /* Use the standard display table for displaying strings. */
3813 if (DISP_TABLE_P (Vstandard_display_table))
3814 it->dp = XCHAR_TABLE (Vstandard_display_table);
3815
3816 it->stop_charpos = charpos;
3817 CHECK_IT (it);
3818 }
3819
3820
3821 \f
3822 /***********************************************************************
3823 Iteration
3824 ***********************************************************************/
3825
3826 /* Load IT's display element fields with information about the next
3827 display element from the current position of IT. Value is zero if
3828 end of buffer (or C string) is reached. */
3829
3830 int
3831 get_next_display_element (it)
3832 struct it *it;
3833 {
3834 /* Non-zero means that we found an display element. Zero means that
3835 we hit the end of what we iterate over. Performance note: the
3836 function pointer `method' used here turns out to be faster than
3837 using a sequence of if-statements. */
3838 int success_p = (*it->method) (it);
3839
3840 if (it->what == IT_CHARACTER)
3841 {
3842 /* Map via display table or translate control characters.
3843 IT->c, IT->len etc. have been set to the next character by
3844 the function call above. If we have a display table, and it
3845 contains an entry for IT->c, translate it. Don't do this if
3846 IT->c itself comes from a display table, otherwise we could
3847 end up in an infinite recursion. (An alternative could be to
3848 count the recursion depth of this function and signal an
3849 error when a certain maximum depth is reached.) Is it worth
3850 it? */
3851 if (success_p && it->dpvec == NULL)
3852 {
3853 Lisp_Object dv;
3854
3855 if (it->dp
3856 && (dv = DISP_CHAR_VECTOR (it->dp, it->c),
3857 VECTORP (dv)))
3858 {
3859 struct Lisp_Vector *v = XVECTOR (dv);
3860
3861 /* Return the first character from the display table
3862 entry, if not empty. If empty, don't display the
3863 current character. */
3864 if (v->size)
3865 {
3866 it->dpvec_char_len = it->len;
3867 it->dpvec = v->contents;
3868 it->dpend = v->contents + v->size;
3869 it->current.dpvec_index = 0;
3870 it->method = next_element_from_display_vector;
3871 }
3872
3873 success_p = get_next_display_element (it);
3874 }
3875
3876 /* Translate control characters into `\003' or `^C' form.
3877 Control characters coming from a display table entry are
3878 currently not translated because we use IT->dpvec to hold
3879 the translation. This could easily be changed but I
3880 don't believe that it is worth doing.
3881
3882 Non-printable multibyte characters are also translated
3883 octal form. */
3884 else if ((it->c < ' '
3885 && (it->area != TEXT_AREA
3886 || (it->c != '\n' && it->c != '\t')))
3887 || (it->c >= 127
3888 && it->len == 1)
3889 || !CHAR_PRINTABLE_P (it->c))
3890 {
3891 /* IT->c is a control character which must be displayed
3892 either as '\003' or as `^C' where the '\\' and '^'
3893 can be defined in the display table. Fill
3894 IT->ctl_chars with glyphs for what we have to
3895 display. Then, set IT->dpvec to these glyphs. */
3896 GLYPH g;
3897
3898 if (it->c < 128 && it->ctl_arrow_p)
3899 {
3900 /* Set IT->ctl_chars[0] to the glyph for `^'. */
3901 if (it->dp
3902 && INTEGERP (DISP_CTRL_GLYPH (it->dp))
3903 && GLYPH_CHAR_VALID_P (XINT (DISP_CTRL_GLYPH (it->dp))))
3904 g = XINT (DISP_CTRL_GLYPH (it->dp));
3905 else
3906 g = FAST_MAKE_GLYPH ('^', 0);
3907 XSETINT (it->ctl_chars[0], g);
3908
3909 g = FAST_MAKE_GLYPH (it->c ^ 0100, 0);
3910 XSETINT (it->ctl_chars[1], g);
3911
3912 /* Set up IT->dpvec and return first character from it. */
3913 it->dpvec_char_len = it->len;
3914 it->dpvec = it->ctl_chars;
3915 it->dpend = it->dpvec + 2;
3916 it->current.dpvec_index = 0;
3917 it->method = next_element_from_display_vector;
3918 get_next_display_element (it);
3919 }
3920 else
3921 {
3922 unsigned char str[MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH];
3923 int len;
3924 int i;
3925 GLYPH escape_glyph;
3926
3927 /* Set IT->ctl_chars[0] to the glyph for `\\'. */
3928 if (it->dp
3929 && INTEGERP (DISP_ESCAPE_GLYPH (it->dp))
3930 && GLYPH_CHAR_VALID_P (XFASTINT (DISP_ESCAPE_GLYPH (it->dp))))
3931 escape_glyph = XFASTINT (DISP_ESCAPE_GLYPH (it->dp));
3932 else
3933 escape_glyph = FAST_MAKE_GLYPH ('\\', 0);
3934
3935 if (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (it->c))
3936 str[0] = it->c, len = 1;
3937 else
3938 len = CHAR_STRING (it->c, str);
3939
3940 for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
3941 {
3942 XSETINT (it->ctl_chars[i * 4], escape_glyph);
3943 /* Insert three more glyphs into IT->ctl_chars for
3944 the octal display of the character. */
3945 g = FAST_MAKE_GLYPH (((str[i] >> 6) & 7) + '0', 0);
3946 XSETINT (it->ctl_chars[i * 4 + 1], g);
3947 g = FAST_MAKE_GLYPH (((str[i] >> 3) & 7) + '0', 0);
3948 XSETINT (it->ctl_chars[i * 4 + 2], g);
3949 g = FAST_MAKE_GLYPH ((str[i] & 7) + '0', 0);
3950 XSETINT (it->ctl_chars[i * 4 + 3], g);
3951 }
3952
3953 /* Set up IT->dpvec and return the first character
3954 from it. */
3955 it->dpvec_char_len = it->len;
3956 it->dpvec = it->ctl_chars;
3957 it->dpend = it->dpvec + len * 4;
3958 it->current.dpvec_index = 0;
3959 it->method = next_element_from_display_vector;
3960 get_next_display_element (it);
3961 }
3962 }
3963 }
3964
3965 /* Adjust face id for a multibyte character. There are no
3966 multibyte character in unibyte text. */
3967 if (it->multibyte_p
3968 && success_p
3969 && FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
3970 {
3971 struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
3972 it->face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (it->f, face, it->c);
3973 }
3974 }
3975
3976 /* Is this character the last one of a run of characters with
3977 box? If yes, set IT->end_of_box_run_p to 1. */
3978 if (it->face_box_p
3979 && it->s == NULL)
3980 {
3981 int face_id;
3982 struct face *face;
3983
3984 it->end_of_box_run_p
3985 = ((face_id = face_after_it_pos (it),
3986 face_id != it->face_id)
3987 && (face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, face_id),
3988 face->box == FACE_NO_BOX));
3989 }
3990
3991 /* Value is 0 if end of buffer or string reached. */
3992 return success_p;
3993 }
3994
3995
3996 /* Move IT to the next display element.
3997
3998 RESEAT_P non-zero means if called on a newline in buffer text,
3999 skip to the next visible line start.
4000
4001 Functions get_next_display_element and set_iterator_to_next are
4002 separate because I find this arrangement easier to handle than a
4003 get_next_display_element function that also increments IT's
4004 position. The way it is we can first look at an iterator's current
4005 display element, decide whether it fits on a line, and if it does,
4006 increment the iterator position. The other way around we probably
4007 would either need a flag indicating whether the iterator has to be
4008 incremented the next time, or we would have to implement a
4009 decrement position function which would not be easy to write. */
4010
4011 void
4012 set_iterator_to_next (it, reseat_p)
4013 struct it *it;
4014 int reseat_p;
4015 {
4016 /* Reset flags indicating start and end of a sequence of characters
4017 with box. Reset them at the start of this function because
4018 moving the iterator to a new position might set them. */
4019 it->start_of_box_run_p = it->end_of_box_run_p = 0;
4020
4021 if (it->method == next_element_from_buffer)
4022 {
4023 /* The current display element of IT is a character from
4024 current_buffer. Advance in the buffer, and maybe skip over
4025 invisible lines that are so because of selective display. */
4026 if (ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it) && reseat_p)
4027 reseat_at_next_visible_line_start (it, 0);
4028 else
4029 {
4030 xassert (it->len != 0);
4031 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) += it->len;
4032 IT_CHARPOS (*it) += 1;
4033 xassert (IT_BYTEPOS (*it) == CHAR_TO_BYTE (IT_CHARPOS (*it)));
4034 }
4035 }
4036 else if (it->method == next_element_from_composition)
4037 {
4038 xassert (it->cmp_id >= 0 && it ->cmp_id < n_compositions);
4039 if (STRINGP (it->string))
4040 {
4041 IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it) += it->len;
4042 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) += it->cmp_len;
4043 it->method = next_element_from_string;
4044 goto consider_string_end;
4045 }
4046 else
4047 {
4048 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) += it->len;
4049 IT_CHARPOS (*it) += it->cmp_len;
4050 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
4051 }
4052 }
4053 else if (it->method == next_element_from_c_string)
4054 {
4055 /* Current display element of IT is from a C string. */
4056 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) += it->len;
4057 IT_CHARPOS (*it) += 1;
4058 }
4059 else if (it->method == next_element_from_display_vector)
4060 {
4061 /* Current display element of IT is from a display table entry.
4062 Advance in the display table definition. Reset it to null if
4063 end reached, and continue with characters from buffers/
4064 strings. */
4065 ++it->current.dpvec_index;
4066
4067 /* Restore face of the iterator to what they were before the
4068 display vector entry (these entries may contain faces). */
4069 it->face_id = it->saved_face_id;
4070
4071 if (it->dpvec + it->current.dpvec_index == it->dpend)
4072 {
4073 if (it->s)
4074 it->method = next_element_from_c_string;
4075 else if (STRINGP (it->string))
4076 it->method = next_element_from_string;
4077 else
4078 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
4079
4080 it->dpvec = NULL;
4081 it->current.dpvec_index = -1;
4082
4083 /* Skip over characters which were displayed via IT->dpvec. */
4084 if (it->dpvec_char_len < 0)
4085 reseat_at_next_visible_line_start (it, 1);
4086 else if (it->dpvec_char_len > 0)
4087 {
4088 it->len = it->dpvec_char_len;
4089 set_iterator_to_next (it, reseat_p);
4090 }
4091 }
4092 }
4093 else if (it->method == next_element_from_string)
4094 {
4095 /* Current display element is a character from a Lisp string. */
4096 xassert (it->s == NULL && STRINGP (it->string));
4097 IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it) += it->len;
4098 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) += 1;
4099
4100 consider_string_end:
4101
4102 if (it->current.overlay_string_index >= 0)
4103 {
4104 /* IT->string is an overlay string. Advance to the
4105 next, if there is one. */
4106 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= XSTRING (it->string)->size)
4107 next_overlay_string (it);
4108 }
4109 else
4110 {
4111 /* IT->string is not an overlay string. If we reached
4112 its end, and there is something on IT->stack, proceed
4113 with what is on the stack. This can be either another
4114 string, this time an overlay string, or a buffer. */
4115 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) == XSTRING (it->string)->size
4116 && it->sp > 0)
4117 {
4118 pop_it (it);
4119 if (!STRINGP (it->string))
4120 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
4121 }
4122 }
4123 }
4124 else if (it->method == next_element_from_image
4125 || it->method == next_element_from_stretch)
4126 {
4127 /* The position etc with which we have to proceed are on
4128 the stack. The position may be at the end of a string,
4129 if the `display' property takes up the whole string. */
4130 pop_it (it);
4131 it->image_id = 0;
4132 if (STRINGP (it->string))
4133 {
4134 it->method = next_element_from_string;
4135 goto consider_string_end;
4136 }
4137 else
4138 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
4139 }
4140 else
4141 /* There are no other methods defined, so this should be a bug. */
4142 abort ();
4143
4144 xassert (it->method != next_element_from_string
4145 || (STRINGP (it->string)
4146 && IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= 0));
4147 }
4148
4149
4150 /* Load IT's display element fields with information about the next
4151 display element which comes from a display table entry or from the
4152 result of translating a control character to one of the forms `^C'
4153 or `\003'. IT->dpvec holds the glyphs to return as characters. */
4154
4155 static int
4156 next_element_from_display_vector (it)
4157 struct it *it;
4158 {
4159 /* Precondition. */
4160 xassert (it->dpvec && it->current.dpvec_index >= 0);
4161
4162 /* Remember the current face id in case glyphs specify faces.
4163 IT's face is restored in set_iterator_to_next. */
4164 it->saved_face_id = it->face_id;
4165
4166 if (INTEGERP (*it->dpvec)
4167 && GLYPH_CHAR_VALID_P (XFASTINT (*it->dpvec)))
4168 {
4169 int lface_id;
4170 GLYPH g;
4171
4172 g = XFASTINT (it->dpvec[it->current.dpvec_index]);
4173 it->c = FAST_GLYPH_CHAR (g);
4174 it->len = CHAR_BYTES (it->c);
4175
4176 /* The entry may contain a face id to use. Such a face id is
4177 the id of a Lisp face, not a realized face. A face id of
4178 zero means no face is specified. */
4179 lface_id = FAST_GLYPH_FACE (g);
4180 if (lface_id)
4181 {
4182 /* The function returns -1 if lface_id is invalid. */
4183 int face_id = ascii_face_of_lisp_face (it->f, lface_id);
4184 if (face_id >= 0)
4185 it->face_id = face_id;
4186 }
4187 }
4188 else
4189 /* Display table entry is invalid. Return a space. */
4190 it->c = ' ', it->len = 1;
4191
4192 /* Don't change position and object of the iterator here. They are
4193 still the values of the character that had this display table
4194 entry or was translated, and that's what we want. */
4195 it->what = IT_CHARACTER;
4196 return 1;
4197 }
4198
4199
4200 /* Load IT with the next display element from Lisp string IT->string.
4201 IT->current.string_pos is the current position within the string.
4202 If IT->current.overlay_string_index >= 0, the Lisp string is an
4203 overlay string. */
4204
4205 static int
4206 next_element_from_string (it)
4207 struct it *it;
4208 {
4209 struct text_pos position;
4210
4211 xassert (STRINGP (it->string));
4212 xassert (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= 0);
4213 position = it->current.string_pos;
4214
4215 /* Time to check for invisible text? */
4216 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) < it->end_charpos
4217 && IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) == it->stop_charpos)
4218 {
4219 handle_stop (it);
4220
4221 /* Since a handler may have changed IT->method, we must
4222 recurse here. */
4223 return get_next_display_element (it);
4224 }
4225
4226 if (it->current.overlay_string_index >= 0)
4227 {
4228 /* Get the next character from an overlay string. In overlay
4229 strings, There is no field width or padding with spaces to
4230 do. */
4231 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= XSTRING (it->string)->size)
4232 {
4233 it->what = IT_EOB;
4234 return 0;
4235 }
4236 else if (STRING_MULTIBYTE (it->string))
4237 {
4238 int remaining = (STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (it->string))
4239 - IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it));
4240 unsigned char *s = (XSTRING (it->string)->data
4241 + IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it));
4242 it->c = string_char_and_length (s, remaining, &it->len);
4243 }
4244 else
4245 {
4246 it->c = XSTRING (it->string)->data[IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it)];
4247 it->len = 1;
4248 }
4249 }
4250 else
4251 {
4252 /* Get the next character from a Lisp string that is not an
4253 overlay string. Such strings come from the mode line, for
4254 example. We may have to pad with spaces, or truncate the
4255 string. See also next_element_from_c_string. */
4256 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->end_charpos)
4257 {
4258 it->what = IT_EOB;
4259 return 0;
4260 }
4261 else if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->string_nchars)
4262 {
4263 /* Pad with spaces. */
4264 it->c = ' ', it->len = 1;
4265 CHARPOS (position) = BYTEPOS (position) = -1;
4266 }
4267 else if (STRING_MULTIBYTE (it->string))
4268 {
4269 int maxlen = (STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (it->string))
4270 - IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it));
4271 unsigned char *s = (XSTRING (it->string)->data
4272 + IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it));
4273 it->c = string_char_and_length (s, maxlen, &it->len);
4274 }
4275 else
4276 {
4277 it->c = XSTRING (it->string)->data[IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it)];
4278 it->len = 1;
4279 }
4280 }
4281
4282 /* Record what we have and where it came from. Note that we store a
4283 buffer position in IT->position although it could arguably be a
4284 string position. */
4285 it->what = IT_CHARACTER;
4286 it->object = it->string;
4287 it->position = position;
4288 return 1;
4289 }
4290
4291
4292 /* Load IT with next display element from C string IT->s.
4293 IT->string_nchars is the maximum number of characters to return
4294 from the string. IT->end_charpos may be greater than
4295 IT->string_nchars when this function is called, in which case we
4296 may have to return padding spaces. Value is zero if end of string
4297 reached, including padding spaces. */
4298
4299 static int
4300 next_element_from_c_string (it)
4301 struct it *it;
4302 {
4303 int success_p = 1;
4304
4305 xassert (it->s);
4306 it->what = IT_CHARACTER;
4307 BYTEPOS (it->position) = CHARPOS (it->position) = 0;
4308 it->object = Qnil;
4309
4310 /* IT's position can be greater IT->string_nchars in case a field
4311 width or precision has been specified when the iterator was
4312 initialized. */
4313 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->end_charpos)
4314 {
4315 /* End of the game. */
4316 it->what = IT_EOB;
4317 success_p = 0;
4318 }
4319 else if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->string_nchars)
4320 {
4321 /* Pad with spaces. */
4322 it->c = ' ', it->len = 1;
4323 BYTEPOS (it->position) = CHARPOS (it->position) = -1;
4324 }
4325 else if (it->multibyte_p)
4326 {
4327 /* Implementation note: The calls to strlen apparently aren't a
4328 performance problem because there is no noticeable performance
4329 difference between Emacs running in unibyte or multibyte mode. */
4330 int maxlen = strlen (it->s) - IT_BYTEPOS (*it);
4331 it->c = string_char_and_length (it->s + IT_BYTEPOS (*it),
4332 maxlen, &it->len);
4333 }
4334 else
4335 it->c = it->s[IT_BYTEPOS (*it)], it->len = 1;
4336
4337 return success_p;
4338 }
4339
4340
4341 /* Set up IT to return characters from an ellipsis, if appropriate.
4342 The definition of the ellipsis glyphs may come from a display table
4343 entry. This function Fills IT with the first glyph from the
4344 ellipsis if an ellipsis is to be displayed. */
4345
4346 static int
4347 next_element_from_ellipsis (it)
4348 struct it *it;
4349 {
4350 if (it->selective_display_ellipsis_p)
4351 {
4352 if (it->dp && VECTORP (DISP_INVIS_VECTOR (it->dp)))
4353 {
4354 /* Use the display table definition for `...'. Invalid glyphs
4355 will be handled by the method returning elements from dpvec. */
4356 struct Lisp_Vector *v = XVECTOR (DISP_INVIS_VECTOR (it->dp));
4357 it->dpvec_char_len = it->len;
4358 it->dpvec = v->contents;
4359 it->dpend = v->contents + v->size;
4360 it->current.dpvec_index = 0;
4361 it->method = next_element_from_display_vector;
4362 }
4363 else
4364 {
4365 /* Use default `...' which is stored in default_invis_vector. */
4366 it->dpvec_char_len = it->len;
4367 it->dpvec = default_invis_vector;
4368 it->dpend = default_invis_vector + 3;
4369 it->current.dpvec_index = 0;
4370 it->method = next_element_from_display_vector;
4371 }
4372 }
4373 else
4374 {
4375 /* The face at the current position may be different from the
4376 face we find after the invisible text. Remember what it
4377 was in IT->saved_face_id, and signal that it's there by
4378 setting face_before_selective_p. */
4379 it->saved_face_id = it->face_id;
4380 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
4381 reseat_at_next_visible_line_start (it, 1);
4382 it->face_before_selective_p = 1;
4383 }
4384
4385 return get_next_display_element (it);
4386 }
4387
4388
4389 /* Deliver an image display element. The iterator IT is already
4390 filled with image information (done in handle_display_prop). Value
4391 is always 1. */
4392
4393
4394 static int
4395 next_element_from_image (it)
4396 struct it *it;
4397 {
4398 it->what = IT_IMAGE;
4399 return 1;
4400 }
4401
4402
4403 /* Fill iterator IT with next display element from a stretch glyph
4404 property. IT->object is the value of the text property. Value is
4405 always 1. */
4406
4407 static int
4408 next_element_from_stretch (it)
4409 struct it *it;
4410 {
4411 it->what = IT_STRETCH;
4412 return 1;
4413 }
4414
4415
4416 /* Load IT with the next display element from current_buffer. Value
4417 is zero if end of buffer reached. IT->stop_charpos is the next
4418 position at which to stop and check for text properties or buffer
4419 end. */
4420
4421 static int
4422 next_element_from_buffer (it)
4423 struct it *it;
4424 {
4425 int success_p = 1;
4426
4427 /* Check this assumption, otherwise, we would never enter the
4428 if-statement, below. */
4429 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= BEGV
4430 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) <= it->stop_charpos);
4431
4432 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->stop_charpos)
4433 {
4434 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->end_charpos)
4435 {
4436 int overlay_strings_follow_p;
4437
4438 /* End of the game, except when overlay strings follow that
4439 haven't been returned yet. */
4440 if (it->overlay_strings_at_end_processed_p)
4441 overlay_strings_follow_p = 0;
4442 else
4443 {
4444 it->overlay_strings_at_end_processed_p = 1;
4445 overlay_strings_follow_p = get_overlay_strings (it);
4446 }
4447
4448 if (overlay_strings_follow_p)
4449 success_p = get_next_display_element (it);
4450 else
4451 {
4452 it->what = IT_EOB;
4453 it->position = it->current.pos;
4454 success_p = 0;
4455 }
4456 }
4457 else
4458 {
4459 handle_stop (it);
4460 return get_next_display_element (it);
4461 }
4462 }
4463 else
4464 {
4465 /* No face changes, overlays etc. in sight, so just return a
4466 character from current_buffer. */
4467 unsigned char *p;
4468
4469 /* Maybe run the redisplay end trigger hook. Performance note:
4470 This doesn't seem to cost measurable time. */
4471 if (it->redisplay_end_trigger_charpos
4472 && it->glyph_row
4473 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->redisplay_end_trigger_charpos)
4474 run_redisplay_end_trigger_hook (it);
4475
4476 /* Get the next character, maybe multibyte. */
4477 p = BYTE_POS_ADDR (IT_BYTEPOS (*it));
4478 if (it->multibyte_p && !ASCII_BYTE_P (*p))
4479 {
4480 int maxlen = ((IT_BYTEPOS (*it) >= GPT_BYTE ? ZV_BYTE : GPT_BYTE)
4481 - IT_BYTEPOS (*it));
4482 it->c = string_char_and_length (p, maxlen, &it->len);
4483 }
4484 else
4485 it->c = *p, it->len = 1;
4486
4487 /* Record what we have and where it came from. */
4488 it->what = IT_CHARACTER;;
4489 it->object = it->w->buffer;
4490 it->position = it->current.pos;
4491
4492 /* Normally we return the character found above, except when we
4493 really want to return an ellipsis for selective display. */
4494 if (it->selective)
4495 {
4496 if (it->c == '\n')
4497 {
4498 /* A value of selective > 0 means hide lines indented more
4499 than that number of columns. */
4500 if (it->selective > 0
4501 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) + 1 < ZV
4502 && indented_beyond_p (IT_CHARPOS (*it) + 1,
4503 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) + 1,
4504 it->selective))
4505 {
4506 success_p = next_element_from_ellipsis (it);
4507 it->dpvec_char_len = -1;
4508 }
4509 }
4510 else if (it->c == '\r' && it->selective == -1)
4511 {
4512 /* A value of selective == -1 means that everything from the
4513 CR to the end of the line is invisible, with maybe an
4514 ellipsis displayed for it. */
4515 success_p = next_element_from_ellipsis (it);
4516 it->dpvec_char_len = -1;
4517 }
4518 }
4519 }
4520
4521 /* Value is zero if end of buffer reached. */
4522 xassert (!success_p || it->what != IT_CHARACTER || it->len > 0);
4523 return success_p;
4524 }
4525
4526
4527 /* Run the redisplay end trigger hook for IT. */
4528
4529 static void
4530 run_redisplay_end_trigger_hook (it)
4531 struct it *it;
4532 {
4533 Lisp_Object args[3];
4534
4535 /* IT->glyph_row should be non-null, i.e. we should be actually
4536 displaying something, or otherwise we should not run the hook. */
4537 xassert (it->glyph_row);
4538
4539 /* Set up hook arguments. */
4540 args[0] = Qredisplay_end_trigger_functions;
4541 args[1] = it->window;
4542 XSETINT (args[2], it->redisplay_end_trigger_charpos);
4543 it->redisplay_end_trigger_charpos = 0;
4544
4545 /* Since we are *trying* to run these functions, don't try to run
4546 them again, even if they get an error. */
4547 it->w->redisplay_end_trigger = Qnil;
4548 Frun_hook_with_args (3, args);
4549
4550 /* Notice if it changed the face of the character we are on. */
4551 handle_face_prop (it);
4552 }
4553
4554
4555 /* Deliver a composition display element. The iterator IT is already
4556 filled with composition information (done in
4557 handle_composition_prop). Value is always 1. */
4558
4559 static int
4560 next_element_from_composition (it)
4561 struct it *it;
4562 {
4563 it->what = IT_COMPOSITION;
4564 it->position = (STRINGP (it->string)
4565 ? it->current.string_pos
4566 : it->current.pos);
4567 return 1;
4568 }
4569
4570
4571 \f
4572 /***********************************************************************
4573 Moving an iterator without producing glyphs
4574 ***********************************************************************/
4575
4576 /* Move iterator IT to a specified buffer or X position within one
4577 line on the display without producing glyphs.
4578
4579 Begin to skip at IT's current position. Skip to TO_CHARPOS or TO_X
4580 whichever is reached first.
4581
4582 TO_CHARPOS <= 0 means no TO_CHARPOS is specified.
4583
4584 TO_X < 0 means that no TO_X is specified. TO_X is normally a value
4585 0 <= TO_X <= IT->last_visible_x. This means in particular, that
4586 TO_X includes the amount by which a window is horizontally
4587 scrolled.
4588
4589 Value is
4590
4591 MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV
4592 - when TO_POS or ZV was reached.
4593
4594 MOVE_X_REACHED
4595 -when TO_X was reached before TO_POS or ZV were reached.
4596
4597 MOVE_LINE_CONTINUED
4598 - when we reached the end of the display area and the line must
4599 be continued.
4600
4601 MOVE_LINE_TRUNCATED
4602 - when we reached the end of the display area and the line is
4603 truncated.
4604
4605 MOVE_NEWLINE_OR_CR
4606 - when we stopped at a line end, i.e. a newline or a CR and selective
4607 display is on. */
4608
4609 static enum move_it_result
4610 move_it_in_display_line_to (it, to_charpos, to_x, op)
4611 struct it *it;
4612 int to_charpos, to_x, op;
4613 {
4614 enum move_it_result result = MOVE_UNDEFINED;
4615 struct glyph_row *saved_glyph_row;
4616
4617 /* Don't produce glyphs in produce_glyphs. */
4618 saved_glyph_row = it->glyph_row;
4619 it->glyph_row = NULL;
4620
4621 while (1)
4622 {
4623 int x, i, ascent = 0, descent = 0;
4624
4625 /* Stop when ZV or TO_CHARPOS reached. */
4626 if (!get_next_display_element (it)
4627 || ((op & MOVE_TO_POS) != 0
4628 && BUFFERP (it->object)
4629 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= to_charpos))
4630 {
4631 result = MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV;
4632 break;
4633 }
4634
4635 /* The call to produce_glyphs will get the metrics of the
4636 display element IT is loaded with. We record in x the
4637 x-position before this display element in case it does not
4638 fit on the line. */
4639 x = it->current_x;
4640
4641 /* Remember the line height so far in case the next element doesn't
4642 fit on the line. */
4643 if (!it->truncate_lines_p)
4644 {
4645 ascent = it->max_ascent;
4646 descent = it->max_descent;
4647 }
4648
4649 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it);
4650
4651 if (it->area != TEXT_AREA)
4652 {
4653 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
4654 continue;
4655 }
4656
4657 /* The number of glyphs we get back in IT->nglyphs will normally
4658 be 1 except when IT->c is (i) a TAB, or (ii) a multi-glyph
4659 character on a terminal frame, or (iii) a line end. For the
4660 second case, IT->nglyphs - 1 padding glyphs will be present
4661 (on X frames, there is only one glyph produced for a
4662 composite character.
4663
4664 The behavior implemented below means, for continuation lines,
4665 that as many spaces of a TAB as fit on the current line are
4666 displayed there. For terminal frames, as many glyphs of a
4667 multi-glyph character are displayed in the current line, too.
4668 This is what the old redisplay code did, and we keep it that
4669 way. Under X, the whole shape of a complex character must
4670 fit on the line or it will be completely displayed in the
4671 next line.
4672
4673 Note that both for tabs and padding glyphs, all glyphs have
4674 the same width. */
4675 if (it->nglyphs)
4676 {
4677 /* More than one glyph or glyph doesn't fit on line. All
4678 glyphs have the same width. */
4679 int single_glyph_width = it->pixel_width / it->nglyphs;
4680 int new_x;
4681
4682 for (i = 0; i < it->nglyphs; ++i, x = new_x)
4683 {
4684 new_x = x + single_glyph_width;
4685
4686 /* We want to leave anything reaching TO_X to the caller. */
4687 if ((op & MOVE_TO_X) && new_x > to_x)
4688 {
4689 it->current_x = x;
4690 result = MOVE_X_REACHED;
4691 break;
4692 }
4693 else if (/* Lines are continued. */
4694 !it->truncate_lines_p
4695 && (/* And glyph doesn't fit on the line. */
4696 new_x > it->last_visible_x
4697 /* Or it fits exactly and we're on a window
4698 system frame. */
4699 || (new_x == it->last_visible_x
4700 && FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))))
4701 {
4702 if (/* IT->hpos == 0 means the very first glyph
4703 doesn't fit on the line, e.g. a wide image. */
4704 it->hpos == 0
4705 || (new_x == it->last_visible_x
4706 && FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f)))
4707 {
4708 ++it->hpos;
4709 it->current_x = new_x;
4710 if (i == it->nglyphs - 1)
4711 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
4712 }
4713 else
4714 {
4715 it->current_x = x;
4716 it->max_ascent = ascent;
4717 it->max_descent = descent;
4718 }
4719
4720 TRACE_MOVE ((stderr, "move_it_in: continued at %d\n",
4721 IT_CHARPOS (*it)));
4722 result = MOVE_LINE_CONTINUED;
4723 break;
4724 }
4725 else if (new_x > it->first_visible_x)
4726 {
4727 /* Glyph is visible. Increment number of glyphs that
4728 would be displayed. */
4729 ++it->hpos;
4730 }
4731 else
4732 {
4733 /* Glyph is completely off the left margin of the display
4734 area. Nothing to do. */
4735 }
4736 }
4737
4738 if (result != MOVE_UNDEFINED)
4739 break;
4740 }
4741 else if ((op & MOVE_TO_X) && it->current_x >= to_x)
4742 {
4743 /* Stop when TO_X specified and reached. This check is
4744 necessary here because of lines consisting of a line end,
4745 only. The line end will not produce any glyphs and we
4746 would never get MOVE_X_REACHED. */
4747 xassert (it->nglyphs == 0);
4748 result = MOVE_X_REACHED;
4749 break;
4750 }
4751
4752 /* Is this a line end? If yes, we're done. */
4753 if (ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it))
4754 {
4755 result = MOVE_NEWLINE_OR_CR;
4756 break;
4757 }
4758
4759 /* The current display element has been consumed. Advance
4760 to the next. */
4761 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
4762
4763 /* Stop if lines are truncated and IT's current x-position is
4764 past the right edge of the window now. */
4765 if (it->truncate_lines_p
4766 && it->current_x >= it->last_visible_x)
4767 {
4768 result = MOVE_LINE_TRUNCATED;
4769 break;
4770 }
4771 }
4772
4773 /* Restore the iterator settings altered at the beginning of this
4774 function. */
4775 it->glyph_row = saved_glyph_row;
4776 return result;
4777 }
4778
4779
4780 /* Move IT forward to a specified buffer position TO_CHARPOS, TO_X,
4781 TO_Y, TO_VPOS. OP is a bit-mask that specifies where to stop. See
4782 the description of enum move_operation_enum.
4783
4784 If TO_CHARPOS is in invisible text, e.g. a truncated part of a
4785 screen line, this function will set IT to the next position >
4786 TO_CHARPOS. */
4787
4788 void
4789 move_it_to (it, to_charpos, to_x, to_y, to_vpos, op)
4790 struct it *it;
4791 int to_charpos, to_x, to_y, to_vpos;
4792 int op;
4793 {
4794 enum move_it_result skip, skip2 = MOVE_X_REACHED;
4795 int line_height;
4796 int reached = 0;
4797
4798 for (;;)
4799 {
4800 if (op & MOVE_TO_VPOS)
4801 {
4802 /* If no TO_CHARPOS and no TO_X specified, stop at the
4803 start of the line TO_VPOS. */
4804 if ((op & (MOVE_TO_X | MOVE_TO_POS)) == 0)
4805 {
4806 if (it->vpos == to_vpos)
4807 {
4808 reached = 1;
4809 break;
4810 }
4811 else
4812 skip = move_it_in_display_line_to (it, -1, -1, 0);
4813 }
4814 else
4815 {
4816 /* TO_VPOS >= 0 means stop at TO_X in the line at
4817 TO_VPOS, or at TO_POS, whichever comes first. */
4818 if (it->vpos == to_vpos)
4819 {
4820 reached = 2;
4821 break;
4822 }
4823
4824 skip = move_it_in_display_line_to (it, to_charpos, to_x, op);
4825
4826 if (skip == MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV || it->vpos == to_vpos)
4827 {
4828 reached = 3;
4829 break;
4830 }
4831 else if (skip == MOVE_X_REACHED && it->vpos != to_vpos)
4832 {
4833 /* We have reached TO_X but not in the line we want. */
4834 skip = move_it_in_display_line_to (it, to_charpos,
4835 -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
4836 if (skip == MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV)
4837 {
4838 reached = 4;
4839 break;
4840 }
4841 }
4842 }
4843 }
4844 else if (op & MOVE_TO_Y)
4845 {
4846 struct it it_backup;
4847
4848 /* TO_Y specified means stop at TO_X in the line containing
4849 TO_Y---or at TO_CHARPOS if this is reached first. The
4850 problem is that we can't really tell whether the line
4851 contains TO_Y before we have completely scanned it, and
4852 this may skip past TO_X. What we do is to first scan to
4853 TO_X.
4854
4855 If TO_X is not specified, use a TO_X of zero. The reason
4856 is to make the outcome of this function more predictable.
4857 If we didn't use TO_X == 0, we would stop at the end of
4858 the line which is probably not what a caller would expect
4859 to happen. */
4860 skip = move_it_in_display_line_to (it, to_charpos,
4861 ((op & MOVE_TO_X)
4862 ? to_x : 0),
4863 (MOVE_TO_X
4864 | (op & MOVE_TO_POS)));
4865
4866 /* If TO_CHARPOS is reached or ZV, we don't have to do more. */
4867 if (skip == MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV)
4868 {
4869 reached = 5;
4870 break;
4871 }
4872
4873 /* If TO_X was reached, we would like to know whether TO_Y
4874 is in the line. This can only be said if we know the
4875 total line height which requires us to scan the rest of
4876 the line. */
4877 if (skip == MOVE_X_REACHED)
4878 {
4879 it_backup = *it;
4880 TRACE_MOVE ((stderr, "move_it: from %d\n", IT_CHARPOS (*it)));
4881 skip2 = move_it_in_display_line_to (it, to_charpos, -1,
4882 op & MOVE_TO_POS);
4883 TRACE_MOVE ((stderr, "move_it: to %d\n", IT_CHARPOS (*it)));
4884 }
4885
4886 /* Now, decide whether TO_Y is in this line. */
4887 line_height = it->max_ascent + it->max_descent;
4888 TRACE_MOVE ((stderr, "move_it: line_height = %d\n", line_height));
4889
4890 if (to_y >= it->current_y
4891 && to_y < it->current_y + line_height)
4892 {
4893 if (skip == MOVE_X_REACHED)
4894 /* If TO_Y is in this line and TO_X was reached above,
4895 we scanned too far. We have to restore IT's settings
4896 to the ones before skipping. */
4897 *it = it_backup;
4898 reached = 6;
4899 }
4900 else if (skip == MOVE_X_REACHED)
4901 {
4902 skip = skip2;
4903 if (skip == MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV)
4904 reached = 7;
4905 }
4906
4907 if (reached)
4908 break;
4909 }
4910 else
4911 skip = move_it_in_display_line_to (it, to_charpos, -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
4912
4913 switch (skip)
4914 {
4915 case MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV:
4916 reached = 8;
4917 goto out;
4918
4919 case MOVE_NEWLINE_OR_CR:
4920 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
4921 it->continuation_lines_width = 0;
4922 break;
4923
4924 case MOVE_LINE_TRUNCATED:
4925 it->continuation_lines_width = 0;
4926 reseat_at_next_visible_line_start (it, 0);
4927 if ((op & MOVE_TO_POS) != 0
4928 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) > to_charpos)
4929 {
4930 reached = 9;
4931 goto out;
4932 }
4933 break;
4934
4935 case MOVE_LINE_CONTINUED:
4936 it->continuation_lines_width += it->current_x;
4937 break;
4938
4939 default:
4940 abort ();
4941 }
4942
4943 /* Reset/increment for the next run. */
4944 recenter_overlay_lists (current_buffer, IT_CHARPOS (*it));
4945 it->current_x = it->hpos = 0;
4946 it->current_y += it->max_ascent + it->max_descent;
4947 ++it->vpos;
4948 last_height = it->max_ascent + it->max_descent;
4949 last_max_ascent = it->max_ascent;
4950 it->max_ascent = it->max_descent = 0;
4951 }
4952
4953 out:
4954
4955 TRACE_MOVE ((stderr, "move_it_to: reached %d\n", reached));
4956 }
4957
4958
4959 /* Move iterator IT backward by a specified y-distance DY, DY >= 0.
4960
4961 If DY > 0, move IT backward at least that many pixels. DY = 0
4962 means move IT backward to the preceding line start or BEGV. This
4963 function may move over more than DY pixels if IT->current_y - DY
4964 ends up in the middle of a line; in this case IT->current_y will be
4965 set to the top of the line moved to. */
4966
4967 void
4968 move_it_vertically_backward (it, dy)
4969 struct it *it;
4970 int dy;
4971 {
4972 int nlines, h, line_height;
4973 struct it it2;
4974 int start_pos = IT_CHARPOS (*it);
4975
4976 xassert (dy >= 0);
4977
4978 /* Estimate how many newlines we must move back. */
4979 nlines = max (1, dy / CANON_Y_UNIT (it->f));
4980
4981 /* Set the iterator's position that many lines back. */
4982 while (nlines-- && IT_CHARPOS (*it) > BEGV)
4983 back_to_previous_visible_line_start (it);
4984
4985 /* Reseat the iterator here. When moving backward, we don't want
4986 reseat to skip forward over invisible text, set up the iterator
4987 to deliver from overlay strings at the new position etc. So,
4988 use reseat_1 here. */
4989 reseat_1 (it, it->current.pos, 1);
4990
4991 /* We are now surely at a line start. */
4992 it->current_x = it->hpos = 0;
4993
4994 /* Move forward and see what y-distance we moved. First move to the
4995 start of the next line so that we get its height. We need this
4996 height to be able to tell whether we reached the specified
4997 y-distance. */
4998 it2 = *it;
4999 it2.max_ascent = it2.max_descent = 0;
5000 move_it_to (&it2, start_pos, -1, -1, it2.vpos + 1,
5001 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_VPOS);
5002 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= BEGV);
5003 line_height = it2.max_ascent + it2.max_descent;
5004
5005 move_it_to (&it2, start_pos, -1, -1, -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
5006 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= BEGV);
5007 h = it2.current_y - it->current_y;
5008 nlines = it2.vpos - it->vpos;
5009
5010 /* Correct IT's y and vpos position. */
5011 it->vpos -= nlines;
5012 it->current_y -= h;
5013
5014 if (dy == 0)
5015 {
5016 /* DY == 0 means move to the start of the screen line. The
5017 value of nlines is > 0 if continuation lines were involved. */
5018 if (nlines > 0)
5019 move_it_by_lines (it, nlines, 1);
5020 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) <= start_pos);
5021 }
5022 else if (nlines)
5023 {
5024 /* The y-position we try to reach. Note that h has been
5025 subtracted in front of the if-statement. */
5026 int target_y = it->current_y + h - dy;
5027
5028 /* If we did not reach target_y, try to move further backward if
5029 we can. If we moved too far backward, try to move forward. */
5030 if (target_y < it->current_y
5031 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) > BEGV)
5032 {
5033 move_it_vertically (it, target_y - it->current_y);
5034 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= BEGV);
5035 }
5036 else if (target_y >= it->current_y + line_height
5037 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) < ZV)
5038 {
5039 move_it_vertically (it, target_y - (it->current_y + line_height));
5040 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= BEGV);
5041 }
5042 }
5043 }
5044
5045
5046 /* Move IT by a specified amount of pixel lines DY. DY negative means
5047 move backwards. DY = 0 means move to start of screen line. At the
5048 end, IT will be on the start of a screen line. */
5049
5050 void
5051 move_it_vertically (it, dy)
5052 struct it *it;
5053 int dy;
5054 {
5055 if (dy <= 0)
5056 move_it_vertically_backward (it, -dy);
5057 else if (dy > 0)
5058 {
5059 TRACE_MOVE ((stderr, "move_it_v: from %d, %d\n", IT_CHARPOS (*it), dy));
5060 move_it_to (it, ZV, -1, it->current_y + dy, -1,
5061 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_Y);
5062 TRACE_MOVE ((stderr, "move_it_v: to %d\n", IT_CHARPOS (*it)));
5063
5064 /* If buffer ends in ZV without a newline, move to the start of
5065 the line to satisfy the post-condition. */
5066 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) == ZV
5067 && FETCH_BYTE (IT_BYTEPOS (*it) - 1) != '\n')
5068 move_it_by_lines (it, 0, 0);
5069 }
5070 }
5071
5072
5073 /* Return non-zero if some text between buffer positions START_CHARPOS
5074 and END_CHARPOS is invisible. IT->window is the window for text
5075 property lookup. */
5076
5077 static int
5078 invisible_text_between_p (it, start_charpos, end_charpos)
5079 struct it *it;
5080 int start_charpos, end_charpos;
5081 {
5082 Lisp_Object prop, limit;
5083 int invisible_found_p;
5084
5085 xassert (it != NULL && start_charpos <= end_charpos);
5086
5087 /* Is text at START invisible? */
5088 prop = Fget_char_property (make_number (start_charpos), Qinvisible,
5089 it->window);
5090 if (TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE (prop))
5091 invisible_found_p = 1;
5092 else
5093 {
5094 limit = Fnext_single_char_property_change (make_number (start_charpos),
5095 Qinvisible, Qnil,
5096 make_number (end_charpos));
5097 invisible_found_p = XFASTINT (limit) < end_charpos;
5098 }
5099
5100 return invisible_found_p;
5101 }
5102
5103
5104 /* Move IT by a specified number DVPOS of screen lines down. DVPOS
5105 negative means move up. DVPOS == 0 means move to the start of the
5106 screen line. NEED_Y_P non-zero means calculate IT->current_y. If
5107 NEED_Y_P is zero, IT->current_y will be left unchanged.
5108
5109 Further optimization ideas: If we would know that IT->f doesn't use
5110 a face with proportional font, we could be faster for
5111 truncate-lines nil. */
5112
5113 void
5114 move_it_by_lines (it, dvpos, need_y_p)
5115 struct it *it;
5116 int dvpos, need_y_p;
5117 {
5118 struct position pos;
5119
5120 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
5121 {
5122 struct text_pos textpos;
5123
5124 /* We can use vmotion on frames without proportional fonts. */
5125 pos = *vmotion (IT_CHARPOS (*it), dvpos, it->w);
5126 SET_TEXT_POS (textpos, pos.bufpos, pos.bytepos);
5127 reseat (it, textpos, 1);
5128 it->vpos += pos.vpos;
5129 it->current_y += pos.vpos;
5130 }
5131 else if (dvpos == 0)
5132 {
5133 /* DVPOS == 0 means move to the start of the screen line. */
5134 move_it_vertically_backward (it, 0);
5135 xassert (it->current_x == 0 && it->hpos == 0);
5136 }
5137 else if (dvpos > 0)
5138 {
5139 /* If there are no continuation lines, and if there is no
5140 selective display, try the simple method of moving forward
5141 DVPOS newlines, then see where we are. */
5142 if (!need_y_p && it->truncate_lines_p && it->selective == 0)
5143 {
5144 int shortage = 0, charpos;
5145
5146 if (FETCH_BYTE (IT_BYTEPOS (*it)) == '\n')
5147 charpos = IT_CHARPOS (*it) + 1;
5148 else
5149 charpos = scan_buffer ('\n', IT_CHARPOS (*it), 0, dvpos,
5150 &shortage, 0);
5151
5152 if (!invisible_text_between_p (it, IT_CHARPOS (*it), charpos))
5153 {
5154 struct text_pos pos;
5155 CHARPOS (pos) = charpos;
5156 BYTEPOS (pos) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (charpos);
5157 reseat (it, pos, 1);
5158 it->vpos += dvpos - shortage;
5159 it->hpos = it->current_x = 0;
5160 return;
5161 }
5162 }
5163
5164 move_it_to (it, -1, -1, -1, it->vpos + dvpos, MOVE_TO_VPOS);
5165 }
5166 else
5167 {
5168 struct it it2;
5169 int start_charpos, i;
5170
5171 /* If there are no continuation lines, and if there is no
5172 selective display, try the simple method of moving backward
5173 -DVPOS newlines. */
5174 if (!need_y_p && it->truncate_lines_p && it->selective == 0)
5175 {
5176 int shortage;
5177 int charpos = IT_CHARPOS (*it);
5178 int bytepos = IT_BYTEPOS (*it);
5179
5180 /* If in the middle of a line, go to its start. */
5181 if (charpos > BEGV && FETCH_BYTE (bytepos - 1) != '\n')
5182 {
5183 charpos = find_next_newline_no_quit (charpos, -1);
5184 bytepos = CHAR_TO_BYTE (charpos);
5185 }
5186
5187 if (charpos == BEGV)
5188 {
5189 struct text_pos pos;
5190 CHARPOS (pos) = charpos;
5191 BYTEPOS (pos) = bytepos;
5192 reseat (it, pos, 1);
5193 it->hpos = it->current_x = 0;
5194 return;
5195 }
5196 else
5197 {
5198 charpos = scan_buffer ('\n', charpos - 1, 0, dvpos, &shortage, 0);
5199 if (!invisible_text_between_p (it, charpos, IT_CHARPOS (*it)))
5200 {
5201 struct text_pos pos;
5202 CHARPOS (pos) = charpos;
5203 BYTEPOS (pos) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (charpos);
5204 reseat (it, pos, 1);
5205 it->vpos += dvpos + (shortage ? shortage - 1 : 0);
5206 it->hpos = it->current_x = 0;
5207 return;
5208 }
5209 }
5210 }
5211
5212 /* Go back -DVPOS visible lines and reseat the iterator there. */
5213 start_charpos = IT_CHARPOS (*it);
5214 for (i = -dvpos; i && IT_CHARPOS (*it) > BEGV; --i)
5215 back_to_previous_visible_line_start (it);
5216 reseat (it, it->current.pos, 1);
5217 it->current_x = it->hpos = 0;
5218
5219 /* Above call may have moved too far if continuation lines
5220 are involved. Scan forward and see if it did. */
5221 it2 = *it;
5222 it2.vpos = it2.current_y = 0;
5223 move_it_to (&it2, start_charpos, -1, -1, -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
5224 it->vpos -= it2.vpos;
5225 it->current_y -= it2.current_y;
5226 it->current_x = it->hpos = 0;
5227
5228 /* If we moved too far, move IT some lines forward. */
5229 if (it2.vpos > -dvpos)
5230 {
5231 int delta = it2.vpos + dvpos;
5232 move_it_to (it, -1, -1, -1, it->vpos + delta, MOVE_TO_VPOS);
5233 }
5234 }
5235 }
5236
5237
5238 \f
5239 /***********************************************************************
5240 Messages
5241 ***********************************************************************/
5242
5243
5244 /* Add a message with format string FORMAT and arguments ARG1 and ARG2
5245 to *Messages*. */
5246
5247 void
5248 add_to_log (format, arg1, arg2)
5249 char *format;
5250 Lisp_Object arg1, arg2;
5251 {
5252 Lisp_Object args[3];
5253 Lisp_Object msg, fmt;
5254 char *buffer;
5255 int len;
5256 struct gcpro gcpro1, gcpro2, gcpro3, gcpro4;
5257
5258 fmt = msg = Qnil;
5259 GCPRO4 (fmt, msg, arg1, arg2);
5260
5261 args[0] = fmt = build_string (format);
5262 args[1] = arg1;
5263 args[2] = arg2;
5264 msg = Fformat (3, args);
5265
5266 len = STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (msg)) + 1;
5267 buffer = (char *) alloca (len);
5268 strcpy (buffer, XSTRING (msg)->data);
5269
5270 message_dolog (buffer, len - 1, 1, 0);
5271 UNGCPRO;
5272 }
5273
5274
5275 /* Output a newline in the *Messages* buffer if "needs" one. */
5276
5277 void
5278 message_log_maybe_newline ()
5279 {
5280 if (message_log_need_newline)
5281 message_dolog ("", 0, 1, 0);
5282 }
5283
5284
5285 /* Add a string M of length LEN to the message log, optionally
5286 terminated with a newline when NLFLAG is non-zero. MULTIBYTE, if
5287 nonzero, means interpret the contents of M as multibyte. This
5288 function calls low-level routines in order to bypass text property
5289 hooks, etc. which might not be safe to run. */
5290
5291 void
5292 message_dolog (m, len, nlflag, multibyte)
5293 char *m;
5294 int len, nlflag, multibyte;
5295 {
5296 if (!NILP (Vmessage_log_max))
5297 {
5298 struct buffer *oldbuf;
5299 Lisp_Object oldpoint, oldbegv, oldzv;
5300 int old_windows_or_buffers_changed = windows_or_buffers_changed;
5301 int point_at_end = 0;
5302 int zv_at_end = 0;
5303 Lisp_Object old_deactivate_mark, tem;
5304 struct gcpro gcpro1, gcpro2, gcpro3, gcpro4;
5305
5306 old_deactivate_mark = Vdeactivate_mark;
5307 oldbuf = current_buffer;
5308 Fset_buffer (Fget_buffer_create (Vmessages_buffer_name));
5309 current_buffer->undo_list = Qt;
5310
5311 oldpoint = Fpoint_marker ();
5312 oldbegv = Fpoint_min_marker ();
5313 oldzv = Fpoint_max_marker ();
5314 GCPRO4 (oldpoint, oldbegv, oldzv, old_deactivate_mark);
5315
5316 if (PT == Z)
5317 point_at_end = 1;
5318 if (ZV == Z)
5319 zv_at_end = 1;
5320
5321 BEGV = BEG;
5322 BEGV_BYTE = BEG_BYTE;
5323 ZV = Z;
5324 ZV_BYTE = Z_BYTE;
5325 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (Z, Z_BYTE);
5326
5327 /* Insert the string--maybe converting multibyte to single byte
5328 or vice versa, so that all the text fits the buffer. */
5329 if (multibyte
5330 && NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters))
5331 {
5332 int i, c, nbytes;
5333 unsigned char work[1];
5334
5335 /* Convert a multibyte string to single-byte
5336 for the *Message* buffer. */
5337 for (i = 0; i < len; i += nbytes)
5338 {
5339 c = string_char_and_length (m + i, len - i, &nbytes);
5340 work[0] = (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (c)
5341 ? c
5342 : multibyte_char_to_unibyte (c, Qnil));
5343 insert_1_both (work, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0);
5344 }
5345 }
5346 else if (! multibyte
5347 && ! NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters))
5348 {
5349 int i, c, nbytes;
5350 unsigned char *msg = (unsigned char *) m;
5351 unsigned char str[MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH];
5352 /* Convert a single-byte string to multibyte
5353 for the *Message* buffer. */
5354 for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
5355 {
5356 c = unibyte_char_to_multibyte (msg[i]);
5357 nbytes = CHAR_STRING (c, str);
5358 insert_1_both (str, 1, nbytes, 1, 0, 0);
5359 }
5360 }
5361 else if (len)
5362 insert_1 (m, len, 1, 0, 0);
5363
5364 if (nlflag)
5365 {
5366 int this_bol, this_bol_byte, prev_bol, prev_bol_byte, dup;
5367 insert_1 ("\n", 1, 1, 0, 0);
5368
5369 scan_newline (Z, Z_BYTE, BEG, BEG_BYTE, -2, 0);
5370 this_bol = PT;
5371 this_bol_byte = PT_BYTE;
5372
5373 if (this_bol > BEG)
5374 {
5375 scan_newline (PT, PT_BYTE, BEG, BEG_BYTE, -2, 0);
5376 prev_bol = PT;
5377 prev_bol_byte = PT_BYTE;
5378
5379 dup = message_log_check_duplicate (prev_bol, prev_bol_byte,
5380 this_bol, this_bol_byte);
5381 if (dup)
5382 {
5383 del_range_both (prev_bol, prev_bol_byte,
5384 this_bol, this_bol_byte, 0);
5385 if (dup > 1)
5386 {
5387 char dupstr[40];
5388 int duplen;
5389
5390 /* If you change this format, don't forget to also
5391 change message_log_check_duplicate. */
5392 sprintf (dupstr, " [%d times]", dup);
5393 duplen = strlen (dupstr);
5394 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (Z - 1, Z_BYTE - 1);
5395 insert_1 (dupstr, duplen, 1, 0, 1);
5396 }
5397 }
5398 }
5399
5400 if (NATNUMP (Vmessage_log_max))
5401 {
5402 scan_newline (Z, Z_BYTE, BEG, BEG_BYTE,
5403 -XFASTINT (Vmessage_log_max) - 1, 0);
5404 del_range_both (BEG, BEG_BYTE, PT, PT_BYTE, 0);
5405 }
5406 }
5407 BEGV = XMARKER (oldbegv)->charpos;
5408 BEGV_BYTE = marker_byte_position (oldbegv);
5409
5410 if (zv_at_end)
5411 {
5412 ZV = Z;
5413 ZV_BYTE = Z_BYTE;
5414 }
5415 else
5416 {
5417 ZV = XMARKER (oldzv)->charpos;
5418 ZV_BYTE = marker_byte_position (oldzv);
5419 }
5420
5421 if (point_at_end)
5422 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (Z, Z_BYTE);
5423 else
5424 /* We can't do Fgoto_char (oldpoint) because it will run some
5425 Lisp code. */
5426 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (XMARKER (oldpoint)->charpos,
5427 XMARKER (oldpoint)->bytepos);
5428
5429 UNGCPRO;
5430 free_marker (oldpoint);
5431 free_marker (oldbegv);
5432 free_marker (oldzv);
5433
5434 tem = Fget_buffer_window (Fcurrent_buffer (), Qt);
5435 set_buffer_internal (oldbuf);
5436 if (NILP (tem))
5437 windows_or_buffers_changed = old_windows_or_buffers_changed;
5438 message_log_need_newline = !nlflag;
5439 Vdeactivate_mark = old_deactivate_mark;
5440 }
5441 }
5442
5443
5444 /* We are at the end of the buffer after just having inserted a newline.
5445 (Note: We depend on the fact we won't be crossing the gap.)
5446 Check to see if the most recent message looks a lot like the previous one.
5447 Return 0 if different, 1 if the new one should just replace it, or a
5448 value N > 1 if we should also append " [N times]". */
5449
5450 static int
5451 message_log_check_duplicate (prev_bol, prev_bol_byte, this_bol, this_bol_byte)
5452 int prev_bol, this_bol;
5453 int prev_bol_byte, this_bol_byte;
5454 {
5455 int i;
5456 int len = Z_BYTE - 1 - this_bol_byte;
5457 int seen_dots = 0;
5458 unsigned char *p1 = BUF_BYTE_ADDRESS (current_buffer, prev_bol_byte);
5459 unsigned char *p2 = BUF_BYTE_ADDRESS (current_buffer, this_bol_byte);
5460
5461 for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
5462 {
5463 if (i >= 3 && p1[i-3] == '.' && p1[i-2] == '.' && p1[i-1] == '.')
5464 seen_dots = 1;
5465 if (p1[i] != p2[i])
5466 return seen_dots;
5467 }
5468 p1 += len;
5469 if (*p1 == '\n')
5470 return 2;
5471 if (*p1++ == ' ' && *p1++ == '[')
5472 {
5473 int n = 0;
5474 while (*p1 >= '0' && *p1 <= '9')
5475 n = n * 10 + *p1++ - '0';
5476 if (strncmp (p1, " times]\n", 8) == 0)
5477 return n+1;
5478 }
5479 return 0;
5480 }
5481
5482
5483 /* Display an echo area message M with a specified length of LEN
5484 chars. The string may include null characters. If M is 0, clear
5485 out any existing message, and let the mini-buffer text show through.
5486
5487 The buffer M must continue to exist until after the echo area gets
5488 cleared or some other message gets displayed there. This means do
5489 not pass text that is stored in a Lisp string; do not pass text in
5490 a buffer that was alloca'd. */
5491
5492 void
5493 message2 (m, len, multibyte)
5494 char *m;
5495 int len;
5496 int multibyte;
5497 {
5498 /* First flush out any partial line written with print. */
5499 message_log_maybe_newline ();
5500 if (m)
5501 message_dolog (m, len, 1, multibyte);
5502 message2_nolog (m, len, multibyte);
5503 }
5504
5505
5506 /* The non-logging counterpart of message2. */
5507
5508 void
5509 message2_nolog (m, len, multibyte)
5510 char *m;
5511 int len;
5512 {
5513 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
5514 message_enable_multibyte = multibyte;
5515
5516 if (noninteractive)
5517 {
5518 if (noninteractive_need_newline)
5519 putc ('\n', stderr);
5520 noninteractive_need_newline = 0;
5521 if (m)
5522 fwrite (m, len, 1, stderr);
5523 if (cursor_in_echo_area == 0)
5524 fprintf (stderr, "\n");
5525 fflush (stderr);
5526 }
5527 /* A null message buffer means that the frame hasn't really been
5528 initialized yet. Error messages get reported properly by
5529 cmd_error, so this must be just an informative message; toss it. */
5530 else if (INTERACTIVE
5531 && sf->glyphs_initialized_p
5532 && FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (sf))
5533 {
5534 Lisp_Object mini_window;
5535 struct frame *f;
5536
5537 /* Get the frame containing the mini-buffer
5538 that the selected frame is using. */
5539 mini_window = FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf);
5540 f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window)));
5541
5542 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f);
5543 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (sf)
5544 && ! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f))
5545 Fmake_frame_visible (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window)));
5546
5547 if (m)
5548 {
5549 set_message (m, Qnil, len, multibyte);
5550 if (minibuffer_auto_raise)
5551 Fraise_frame (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window)));
5552 }
5553 else
5554 clear_message (1, 1);
5555
5556 do_pending_window_change (0);
5557 echo_area_display (1);
5558 do_pending_window_change (0);
5559 if (frame_up_to_date_hook != 0 && ! gc_in_progress)
5560 (*frame_up_to_date_hook) (f);
5561 }
5562 }
5563
5564
5565 /* Display an echo area message M with a specified length of NBYTES
5566 bytes. The string may include null characters. If M is not a
5567 string, clear out any existing message, and let the mini-buffer
5568 text show through. */
5569
5570 void
5571 message3 (m, nbytes, multibyte)
5572 Lisp_Object m;
5573 int nbytes;
5574 int multibyte;
5575 {
5576 struct gcpro gcpro1;
5577
5578 GCPRO1 (m);
5579
5580 /* First flush out any partial line written with print. */
5581 message_log_maybe_newline ();
5582 if (STRINGP (m))
5583 message_dolog (XSTRING (m)->data, nbytes, 1, multibyte);
5584 message3_nolog (m, nbytes, multibyte);
5585
5586 UNGCPRO;
5587 }
5588
5589
5590 /* The non-logging version of message3. */
5591
5592 void
5593 message3_nolog (m, nbytes, multibyte)
5594 Lisp_Object m;
5595 int nbytes, multibyte;
5596 {
5597 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
5598 message_enable_multibyte = multibyte;
5599
5600 if (noninteractive)
5601 {
5602 if (noninteractive_need_newline)
5603 putc ('\n', stderr);
5604 noninteractive_need_newline = 0;
5605 if (STRINGP (m))
5606 fwrite (XSTRING (m)->data, nbytes, 1, stderr);
5607 if (cursor_in_echo_area == 0)
5608 fprintf (stderr, "\n");
5609 fflush (stderr);
5610 }
5611 /* A null message buffer means that the frame hasn't really been
5612 initialized yet. Error messages get reported properly by
5613 cmd_error, so this must be just an informative message; toss it. */
5614 else if (INTERACTIVE
5615 && sf->glyphs_initialized_p
5616 && FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (sf))
5617 {
5618 Lisp_Object mini_window;
5619 Lisp_Object frame;
5620 struct frame *f;
5621
5622 /* Get the frame containing the mini-buffer
5623 that the selected frame is using. */
5624 mini_window = FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf);
5625 frame = XWINDOW (mini_window)->frame;
5626 f = XFRAME (frame);
5627
5628 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f);
5629 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (sf)
5630 && !FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f))
5631 Fmake_frame_visible (frame);
5632
5633 if (STRINGP (m) && XSTRING (m)->size)
5634 {
5635 set_message (NULL, m, nbytes, multibyte);
5636 if (minibuffer_auto_raise)
5637 Fraise_frame (frame);
5638 }
5639 else
5640 clear_message (1, 1);
5641
5642 do_pending_window_change (0);
5643 echo_area_display (1);
5644 do_pending_window_change (0);
5645 if (frame_up_to_date_hook != 0 && ! gc_in_progress)
5646 (*frame_up_to_date_hook) (f);
5647 }
5648 }
5649
5650
5651 /* Display a null-terminated echo area message M. If M is 0, clear
5652 out any existing message, and let the mini-buffer text show through.
5653
5654 The buffer M must continue to exist until after the echo area gets
5655 cleared or some other message gets displayed there. Do not pass
5656 text that is stored in a Lisp string. Do not pass text in a buffer
5657 that was alloca'd. */
5658
5659 void
5660 message1 (m)
5661 char *m;
5662 {
5663 message2 (m, (m ? strlen (m) : 0), 0);
5664 }
5665
5666
5667 /* The non-logging counterpart of message1. */
5668
5669 void
5670 message1_nolog (m)
5671 char *m;
5672 {
5673 message2_nolog (m, (m ? strlen (m) : 0), 0);
5674 }
5675
5676 /* Display a message M which contains a single %s
5677 which gets replaced with STRING. */
5678
5679 void
5680 message_with_string (m, string, log)
5681 char *m;
5682 Lisp_Object string;
5683 int log;
5684 {
5685 if (noninteractive)
5686 {
5687 if (m)
5688 {
5689 if (noninteractive_need_newline)
5690 putc ('\n', stderr);
5691 noninteractive_need_newline = 0;
5692 fprintf (stderr, m, XSTRING (string)->data);
5693 if (cursor_in_echo_area == 0)
5694 fprintf (stderr, "\n");
5695 fflush (stderr);
5696 }
5697 }
5698 else if (INTERACTIVE)
5699 {
5700 /* The frame whose minibuffer we're going to display the message on.
5701 It may be larger than the selected frame, so we need
5702 to use its buffer, not the selected frame's buffer. */
5703 Lisp_Object mini_window;
5704 struct frame *f, *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
5705
5706 /* Get the frame containing the minibuffer
5707 that the selected frame is using. */
5708 mini_window = FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf);
5709 f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window)));
5710
5711 /* A null message buffer means that the frame hasn't really been
5712 initialized yet. Error messages get reported properly by
5713 cmd_error, so this must be just an informative message; toss it. */
5714 if (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f))
5715 {
5716 int len;
5717 char *a[1];
5718 a[0] = (char *) XSTRING (string)->data;
5719
5720 len = doprnt (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f),
5721 FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF_SIZE (f), m, (char *)0, 3, a);
5722
5723 if (log)
5724 message2 (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f), len,
5725 STRING_MULTIBYTE (string));
5726 else
5727 message2_nolog (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f), len,
5728 STRING_MULTIBYTE (string));
5729
5730 /* Print should start at the beginning of the message
5731 buffer next time. */
5732 message_buf_print = 0;
5733 }
5734 }
5735 }
5736
5737
5738 /* Dump an informative message to the minibuf. If M is 0, clear out
5739 any existing message, and let the mini-buffer text show through. */
5740
5741 /* VARARGS 1 */
5742 void
5743 message (m, a1, a2, a3)
5744 char *m;
5745 EMACS_INT a1, a2, a3;
5746 {
5747 if (noninteractive)
5748 {
5749 if (m)
5750 {
5751 if (noninteractive_need_newline)
5752 putc ('\n', stderr);
5753 noninteractive_need_newline = 0;
5754 fprintf (stderr, m, a1, a2, a3);
5755 if (cursor_in_echo_area == 0)
5756 fprintf (stderr, "\n");
5757 fflush (stderr);
5758 }
5759 }
5760 else if (INTERACTIVE)
5761 {
5762 /* The frame whose mini-buffer we're going to display the message
5763 on. It may be larger than the selected frame, so we need to
5764 use its buffer, not the selected frame's buffer. */
5765 Lisp_Object mini_window;
5766 struct frame *f, *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
5767
5768 /* Get the frame containing the mini-buffer
5769 that the selected frame is using. */
5770 mini_window = FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf);
5771 f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window)));
5772
5773 /* A null message buffer means that the frame hasn't really been
5774 initialized yet. Error messages get reported properly by
5775 cmd_error, so this must be just an informative message; toss
5776 it. */
5777 if (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f))
5778 {
5779 if (m)
5780 {
5781 int len;
5782 #ifdef NO_ARG_ARRAY
5783 char *a[3];
5784 a[0] = (char *) a1;
5785 a[1] = (char *) a2;
5786 a[2] = (char *) a3;
5787
5788 len = doprnt (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f),
5789 FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF_SIZE (f), m, (char *)0, 3, a);
5790 #else
5791 len = doprnt (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f),
5792 FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF_SIZE (f), m, (char *)0, 3,
5793 (char **) &a1);
5794 #endif /* NO_ARG_ARRAY */
5795
5796 message2 (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f), len, 0);
5797 }
5798 else
5799 message1 (0);
5800
5801 /* Print should start at the beginning of the message
5802 buffer next time. */
5803 message_buf_print = 0;
5804 }
5805 }
5806 }
5807
5808
5809 /* The non-logging version of message. */
5810
5811 void
5812 message_nolog (m, a1, a2, a3)
5813 char *m;
5814 EMACS_INT a1, a2, a3;
5815 {
5816 Lisp_Object old_log_max;
5817 old_log_max = Vmessage_log_max;
5818 Vmessage_log_max = Qnil;
5819 message (m, a1, a2, a3);
5820 Vmessage_log_max = old_log_max;
5821 }
5822
5823
5824 /* Display the current message in the current mini-buffer. This is
5825 only called from error handlers in process.c, and is not time
5826 critical. */
5827
5828 void
5829 update_echo_area ()
5830 {
5831 if (!NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]))
5832 {
5833 Lisp_Object string;
5834 string = Fcurrent_message ();
5835 message3 (string, XSTRING (string)->size,
5836 !NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters));
5837 }
5838 }
5839
5840
5841 /* Make sure echo area buffers in echo_buffers[] are life. If they
5842 aren't, make new ones. */
5843
5844 static void
5845 ensure_echo_area_buffers ()
5846 {
5847 int i;
5848
5849 for (i = 0; i < 2; ++i)
5850 if (!BUFFERP (echo_buffer[i])
5851 || NILP (XBUFFER (echo_buffer[i])->name))
5852 {
5853 char name[30];
5854 Lisp_Object old_buffer;
5855 int j;
5856
5857 old_buffer = echo_buffer[i];
5858 sprintf (name, " *Echo Area %d*", i);
5859 echo_buffer[i] = Fget_buffer_create (build_string (name));
5860 XBUFFER (echo_buffer[i])->truncate_lines = Qnil;
5861
5862 for (j = 0; j < 2; ++j)
5863 if (EQ (old_buffer, echo_area_buffer[j]))
5864 echo_area_buffer[j] = echo_buffer[i];
5865 }
5866 }
5867
5868
5869 /* Call FN with args A1..A4 with either the current or last displayed
5870 echo_area_buffer as current buffer.
5871
5872 WHICH zero means use the current message buffer
5873 echo_area_buffer[0]. If that is nil, choose a suitable buffer
5874 from echo_buffer[] and clear it.
5875
5876 WHICH > 0 means use echo_area_buffer[1]. If that is nil, choose a
5877 suitable buffer from echo_buffer[] and clear it.
5878
5879 If WHICH < 0, set echo_area_buffer[1] to echo_area_buffer[0], so
5880 that the current message becomes the last displayed one, make
5881 choose a suitable buffer for echo_area_buffer[0], and clear it.
5882
5883 Value is what FN returns. */
5884
5885 static int
5886 with_echo_area_buffer (w, which, fn, a1, a2, a3, a4)
5887 struct window *w;
5888 int which;
5889 int (*fn) P_ ((EMACS_INT, Lisp_Object, EMACS_INT, EMACS_INT));
5890 EMACS_INT a1;
5891 Lisp_Object a2;
5892 EMACS_INT a3, a4;
5893 {
5894 Lisp_Object buffer;
5895 int this_one, the_other, clear_buffer_p, rc;
5896 int count = BINDING_STACK_SIZE ();
5897
5898 /* If buffers aren't life, make new ones. */
5899 ensure_echo_area_buffers ();
5900
5901 clear_buffer_p = 0;
5902
5903 if (which == 0)
5904 this_one = 0, the_other = 1;
5905 else if (which > 0)
5906 this_one = 1, the_other = 0;
5907 else
5908 {
5909 this_one = 0, the_other = 1;
5910 clear_buffer_p = 1;
5911
5912 /* We need a fresh one in case the current echo buffer equals
5913 the one containing the last displayed echo area message. */
5914 if (!NILP (echo_area_buffer[this_one])
5915 && EQ (echo_area_buffer[this_one], echo_area_buffer[the_other]))
5916 echo_area_buffer[this_one] = Qnil;
5917 }
5918
5919 /* Choose a suitable buffer from echo_buffer[] is we don't
5920 have one. */
5921 if (NILP (echo_area_buffer[this_one]))
5922 {
5923 echo_area_buffer[this_one]
5924 = (EQ (echo_area_buffer[the_other], echo_buffer[this_one])
5925 ? echo_buffer[the_other]
5926 : echo_buffer[this_one]);
5927 clear_buffer_p = 1;
5928 }
5929
5930 buffer = echo_area_buffer[this_one];
5931
5932 record_unwind_protect (unwind_with_echo_area_buffer,
5933 with_echo_area_buffer_unwind_data (w));
5934
5935 /* Make the echo area buffer current. Note that for display
5936 purposes, it is not necessary that the displayed window's buffer
5937 == current_buffer, except for text property lookup. So, let's
5938 only set that buffer temporarily here without doing a full
5939 Fset_window_buffer. We must also change w->pointm, though,
5940 because otherwise an assertions in unshow_buffer fails, and Emacs
5941 aborts. */
5942 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (buffer));
5943 if (w)
5944 {
5945 w->buffer = buffer;
5946 set_marker_both (w->pointm, buffer, BEG, BEG_BYTE);
5947 }
5948
5949 current_buffer->undo_list = Qt;
5950 current_buffer->read_only = Qnil;
5951 specbind (Qinhibit_read_only, Qt);
5952
5953 if (clear_buffer_p && Z > BEG)
5954 del_range (BEG, Z);
5955
5956 xassert (BEGV >= BEG);
5957 xassert (ZV <= Z && ZV >= BEGV);
5958
5959 rc = fn (a1, a2, a3, a4);
5960
5961 xassert (BEGV >= BEG);
5962 xassert (ZV <= Z && ZV >= BEGV);
5963
5964 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
5965 return rc;
5966 }
5967
5968
5969 /* Save state that should be preserved around the call to the function
5970 FN called in with_echo_area_buffer. */
5971
5972 static Lisp_Object
5973 with_echo_area_buffer_unwind_data (w)
5974 struct window *w;
5975 {
5976 int i = 0;
5977 Lisp_Object vector;
5978
5979 /* Reduce consing by keeping one vector in
5980 Vwith_echo_area_save_vector. */
5981 vector = Vwith_echo_area_save_vector;
5982 Vwith_echo_area_save_vector = Qnil;
5983
5984 if (NILP (vector))
5985 vector = Fmake_vector (make_number (7), Qnil);
5986
5987 XSETBUFFER (XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i], current_buffer); ++i;
5988 XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i++] = Vdeactivate_mark;
5989 XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i++] = make_number (windows_or_buffers_changed);
5990
5991 if (w)
5992 {
5993 XSETWINDOW (XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i], w); ++i;
5994 XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i++] = w->buffer;
5995 XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i++]
5996 = make_number (XMARKER (w->pointm)->charpos);
5997 XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i++]
5998 = make_number (XMARKER (w->pointm)->bytepos);
5999 }
6000 else
6001 {
6002 int end = i + 4;
6003 while (i < end)
6004 XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i++] = Qnil;
6005 }
6006
6007 xassert (i == XVECTOR (vector)->size);
6008 return vector;
6009 }
6010
6011
6012 /* Restore global state from VECTOR which was created by
6013 with_echo_area_buffer_unwind_data. */
6014
6015 static Lisp_Object
6016 unwind_with_echo_area_buffer (vector)
6017 Lisp_Object vector;
6018 {
6019 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (AREF (vector, 0)));
6020 Vdeactivate_mark = AREF (vector, 1);
6021 windows_or_buffers_changed = XFASTINT (AREF (vector, 2));
6022
6023 if (WINDOWP (AREF (vector, 3)))
6024 {
6025 struct window *w;
6026 Lisp_Object buffer, charpos, bytepos;
6027
6028 w = XWINDOW (AREF (vector, 3));
6029 buffer = AREF (vector, 4);
6030 charpos = AREF (vector, 5);
6031 bytepos = AREF (vector, 6);
6032
6033 w->buffer = buffer;
6034 set_marker_both (w->pointm, buffer,
6035 XFASTINT (charpos), XFASTINT (bytepos));
6036 }
6037
6038 Vwith_echo_area_save_vector = vector;
6039 return Qnil;
6040 }
6041
6042
6043 /* Set up the echo area for use by print functions. MULTIBYTE_P
6044 non-zero means we will print multibyte. */
6045
6046 void
6047 setup_echo_area_for_printing (multibyte_p)
6048 int multibyte_p;
6049 {
6050 ensure_echo_area_buffers ();
6051
6052 if (!message_buf_print)
6053 {
6054 /* A message has been output since the last time we printed.
6055 Choose a fresh echo area buffer. */
6056 if (EQ (echo_area_buffer[1], echo_buffer[0]))
6057 echo_area_buffer[0] = echo_buffer[1];
6058 else
6059 echo_area_buffer[0] = echo_buffer[0];
6060
6061 /* Switch to that buffer and clear it. */
6062 set_buffer_internal (XBUFFER (echo_area_buffer[0]));
6063
6064 if (Z > BEG)
6065 {
6066 int count = BINDING_STACK_SIZE ();
6067 specbind (Qinhibit_read_only, Qt);
6068 del_range (BEG, Z);
6069 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
6070 }
6071 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (BEG, BEG_BYTE);
6072
6073 /* Set up the buffer for the multibyteness we need. */
6074 if (multibyte_p
6075 != !NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters))
6076 Fset_buffer_multibyte (multibyte_p ? Qt : Qnil);
6077
6078 /* Raise the frame containing the echo area. */
6079 if (minibuffer_auto_raise)
6080 {
6081 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
6082 Lisp_Object mini_window;
6083 mini_window = FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf);
6084 Fraise_frame (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window)));
6085 }
6086
6087 message_log_maybe_newline ();
6088 message_buf_print = 1;
6089 }
6090 else
6091 {
6092 if (NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]))
6093 {
6094 if (EQ (echo_area_buffer[1], echo_buffer[0]))
6095 echo_area_buffer[0] = echo_buffer[1];
6096 else
6097 echo_area_buffer[0] = echo_buffer[0];
6098 }
6099
6100 if (current_buffer != XBUFFER (echo_area_buffer[0]))
6101 /* Someone switched buffers between print requests. */
6102 set_buffer_internal (XBUFFER (echo_area_buffer[0]));
6103 }
6104 }
6105
6106
6107 /* Display an echo area message in window W. Value is non-zero if W's
6108 height is changed. If display_last_displayed_message_p is
6109 non-zero, display the message that was last displayed, otherwise
6110 display the current message. */
6111
6112 static int
6113 display_echo_area (w)
6114 struct window *w;
6115 {
6116 int i, no_message_p, window_height_changed_p, count;
6117
6118 /* Temporarily disable garbage collections while displaying the echo
6119 area. This is done because a GC can print a message itself.
6120 That message would modify the echo area buffer's contents while a
6121 redisplay of the buffer is going on, and seriously confuse
6122 redisplay. */
6123 count = inhibit_garbage_collection ();
6124
6125 /* If there is no message, we must call display_echo_area_1
6126 nevertheless because it resizes the window. But we will have to
6127 reset the echo_area_buffer in question to nil at the end because
6128 with_echo_area_buffer will sets it to an empty buffer. */
6129 i = display_last_displayed_message_p ? 1 : 0;
6130 no_message_p = NILP (echo_area_buffer[i]);
6131
6132 window_height_changed_p
6133 = with_echo_area_buffer (w, display_last_displayed_message_p,
6134 display_echo_area_1,
6135 (EMACS_INT) w, Qnil, 0, 0);
6136
6137 if (no_message_p)
6138 echo_area_buffer[i] = Qnil;
6139
6140 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
6141 return window_height_changed_p;
6142 }
6143
6144
6145 /* Helper for display_echo_area. Display the current buffer which
6146 contains the current echo area message in window W, a mini-window,
6147 a pointer to which is passed in A1. A2..A4 are currently not used.
6148 Change the height of W so that all of the message is displayed.
6149 Value is non-zero if height of W was changed. */
6150
6151 static int
6152 display_echo_area_1 (a1, a2, a3, a4)
6153 EMACS_INT a1;
6154 Lisp_Object a2;
6155 EMACS_INT a3, a4;
6156 {
6157 struct window *w = (struct window *) a1;
6158 Lisp_Object window;
6159 struct text_pos start;
6160 int window_height_changed_p = 0;
6161
6162 /* Do this before displaying, so that we have a large enough glyph
6163 matrix for the display. */
6164 window_height_changed_p = resize_mini_window (w, 0);
6165
6166 /* Display. */
6167 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
6168 XSETWINDOW (window, w);
6169 SET_TEXT_POS (start, BEG, BEG_BYTE);
6170 try_window (window, start);
6171
6172 return window_height_changed_p;
6173 }
6174
6175
6176 /* Resize the echo area window to exactly the size needed for the
6177 currently displayed message, if there is one. */
6178
6179 void
6180 resize_echo_area_axactly ()
6181 {
6182 if (BUFFERP (echo_area_buffer[0])
6183 && WINDOWP (echo_area_window))
6184 {
6185 struct window *w = XWINDOW (echo_area_window);
6186 int resized_p;
6187
6188 resized_p = with_echo_area_buffer (w, 0, resize_mini_window_1,
6189 (EMACS_INT) w, Qnil, 0, 0);
6190 if (resized_p)
6191 {
6192 ++windows_or_buffers_changed;
6193 ++update_mode_lines;
6194 redisplay_internal (0);
6195 }
6196 }
6197 }
6198
6199
6200 /* Callback function for with_echo_area_buffer, when used from
6201 resize_echo_area_axactly. A1 contains a pointer to the window to
6202 resize, A2 to A4 are not used. Value is what resize_mini_window
6203 returns. */
6204
6205 static int
6206 resize_mini_window_1 (a1, a2, a3, a4)
6207 EMACS_INT a1;
6208 Lisp_Object a2;
6209 EMACS_INT a3, a4;
6210 {
6211 return resize_mini_window ((struct window *) a1, 1);
6212 }
6213
6214
6215 /* Resize mini-window W to fit the size of its contents. EXACT:P
6216 means size the window exactly to the size needed. Otherwise, it's
6217 only enlarged until W's buffer is empty. Value is non-zero if
6218 the window height has been changed. */
6219
6220 int
6221 resize_mini_window (w, exact_p)
6222 struct window *w;
6223 int exact_p;
6224 {
6225 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
6226 int window_height_changed_p = 0;
6227
6228 xassert (MINI_WINDOW_P (w));
6229
6230 /* Nil means don't try to resize. */
6231 if (NILP (Vresize_mini_windows)
6232 || (FRAME_X_P (f) && f->output_data.x == NULL))
6233 return 0;
6234
6235 if (!FRAME_MINIBUF_ONLY_P (f))
6236 {
6237 struct it it;
6238 struct window *root = XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f));
6239 int total_height = XFASTINT (root->height) + XFASTINT (w->height);
6240 int height, max_height;
6241 int unit = CANON_Y_UNIT (f);
6242 struct text_pos start;
6243 struct buffer *old_current_buffer = NULL;
6244
6245 if (current_buffer != XBUFFER (w->buffer))
6246 {
6247 old_current_buffer = current_buffer;
6248 set_buffer_internal (XBUFFER (w->buffer));
6249 }
6250
6251 init_iterator (&it, w, BEGV, BEGV_BYTE, NULL, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
6252
6253 /* Compute the max. number of lines specified by the user. */
6254 if (FLOATP (Vmax_mini_window_height))
6255 max_height = XFLOATINT (Vmax_mini_window_height) * total_height;
6256 else if (INTEGERP (Vmax_mini_window_height))
6257 max_height = XINT (Vmax_mini_window_height);
6258 else
6259 max_height = total_height / 4;
6260
6261 /* Correct that max. height if it's bogus. */
6262 max_height = max (1, max_height);
6263 max_height = min (total_height, max_height);
6264
6265 /* Find out the height of the text in the window. */
6266 if (it.truncate_lines_p)
6267 height = 1;
6268 else
6269 {
6270 last_height = 0;
6271 move_it_to (&it, ZV, -1, -1, -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
6272 if (it.max_ascent == 0 && it.max_descent == 0)
6273 height = it.current_y + last_height;
6274 else
6275 height = it.current_y + it.max_ascent + it.max_descent;
6276 height -= it.extra_line_spacing;
6277 height = (height + unit - 1) / unit;
6278 }
6279
6280 /* Compute a suitable window start. */
6281 if (height > max_height)
6282 {
6283 height = max_height;
6284 init_iterator (&it, w, PT, PT_BYTE, NULL, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
6285 move_it_vertically_backward (&it, (height - 1) * unit);
6286 start = it.current.pos;
6287 }
6288 else
6289 SET_TEXT_POS (start, BEGV, BEGV_BYTE);
6290 SET_MARKER_FROM_TEXT_POS (w->start, start);
6291
6292 if (EQ (Vresize_mini_windows, Qgrow_only))
6293 {
6294 /* Let it grow only, until we display an empty message, in which
6295 case the window shrinks again. */
6296 if (height > XFASTINT (w->height))
6297 {
6298 int old_height = XFASTINT (w->height);
6299 freeze_window_starts (f, 1);
6300 grow_mini_window (w, height - XFASTINT (w->height));
6301 window_height_changed_p = XFASTINT (w->height) != old_height;
6302 }
6303 else if (height < XFASTINT (w->height)
6304 && (exact_p || BEGV == ZV))
6305 {
6306 int old_height = XFASTINT (w->height);
6307 freeze_window_starts (f, 0);
6308 shrink_mini_window (w);
6309 window_height_changed_p = XFASTINT (w->height) != old_height;
6310 }
6311 }
6312 else
6313 {
6314 /* Always resize to exact size needed. */
6315 if (height > XFASTINT (w->height))
6316 {
6317 int old_height = XFASTINT (w->height);
6318 freeze_window_starts (f, 1);
6319 grow_mini_window (w, height - XFASTINT (w->height));
6320 window_height_changed_p = XFASTINT (w->height) != old_height;
6321 }
6322 else if (height < XFASTINT (w->height))
6323 {
6324 int old_height = XFASTINT (w->height);
6325 freeze_window_starts (f, 0);
6326 shrink_mini_window (w);
6327
6328 if (height)
6329 {
6330 freeze_window_starts (f, 1);
6331 grow_mini_window (w, height - XFASTINT (w->height));
6332 }
6333
6334 window_height_changed_p = XFASTINT (w->height) != old_height;
6335 }
6336 }
6337
6338 if (old_current_buffer)
6339 set_buffer_internal (old_current_buffer);
6340 }
6341
6342 return window_height_changed_p;
6343 }
6344
6345
6346 /* Value is the current message, a string, or nil if there is no
6347 current message. */
6348
6349 Lisp_Object
6350 current_message ()
6351 {
6352 Lisp_Object msg;
6353
6354 if (NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]))
6355 msg = Qnil;
6356 else
6357 {
6358 with_echo_area_buffer (0, 0, current_message_1,
6359 (EMACS_INT) &msg, Qnil, 0, 0);
6360 if (NILP (msg))
6361 echo_area_buffer[0] = Qnil;
6362 }
6363
6364 return msg;
6365 }
6366
6367
6368 static int
6369 current_message_1 (a1, a2, a3, a4)
6370 EMACS_INT a1;
6371 Lisp_Object a2;
6372 EMACS_INT a3, a4;
6373 {
6374 Lisp_Object *msg = (Lisp_Object *) a1;
6375
6376 if (Z > BEG)
6377 *msg = make_buffer_string (BEG, Z, 1);
6378 else
6379 *msg = Qnil;
6380 return 0;
6381 }
6382
6383
6384 /* Push the current message on Vmessage_stack for later restauration
6385 by restore_message. Value is non-zero if the current message isn't
6386 empty. This is a relatively infrequent operation, so it's not
6387 worth optimizing. */
6388
6389 int
6390 push_message ()
6391 {
6392 Lisp_Object msg;
6393 msg = current_message ();
6394 Vmessage_stack = Fcons (msg, Vmessage_stack);
6395 return STRINGP (msg);
6396 }
6397
6398
6399 /* Restore message display from the top of Vmessage_stack. */
6400
6401 void
6402 restore_message ()
6403 {
6404 Lisp_Object msg;
6405
6406 xassert (CONSP (Vmessage_stack));
6407 msg = XCAR (Vmessage_stack);
6408 if (STRINGP (msg))
6409 message3_nolog (msg, STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (msg)), STRING_MULTIBYTE (msg));
6410 else
6411 message3_nolog (msg, 0, 0);
6412 }
6413
6414
6415 /* Pop the top-most entry off Vmessage_stack. */
6416
6417 void
6418 pop_message ()
6419 {
6420 xassert (CONSP (Vmessage_stack));
6421 Vmessage_stack = XCDR (Vmessage_stack);
6422 }
6423
6424
6425 /* Check that Vmessage_stack is nil. Called from emacs.c when Emacs
6426 exits. If the stack is not empty, we have a missing pop_message
6427 somewhere. */
6428
6429 void
6430 check_message_stack ()
6431 {
6432 if (!NILP (Vmessage_stack))
6433 abort ();
6434 }
6435
6436
6437 /* Truncate to NCHARS what will be displayed in the echo area the next
6438 time we display it---but don't redisplay it now. */
6439
6440 void
6441 truncate_echo_area (nchars)
6442 int nchars;
6443 {
6444 if (nchars == 0)
6445 echo_area_buffer[0] = Qnil;
6446 /* A null message buffer means that the frame hasn't really been
6447 initialized yet. Error messages get reported properly by
6448 cmd_error, so this must be just an informative message; toss it. */
6449 else if (!noninteractive
6450 && INTERACTIVE
6451 && !NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]))
6452 {
6453 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
6454 if (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (sf))
6455 with_echo_area_buffer (0, 0, truncate_message_1, nchars, Qnil, 0, 0);
6456 }
6457 }
6458
6459
6460 /* Helper function for truncate_echo_area. Truncate the current
6461 message to at most NCHARS characters. */
6462
6463 static int
6464 truncate_message_1 (nchars, a2, a3, a4)
6465 EMACS_INT nchars;
6466 Lisp_Object a2;
6467 EMACS_INT a3, a4;
6468 {
6469 if (BEG + nchars < Z)
6470 del_range (BEG + nchars, Z);
6471 if (Z == BEG)
6472 echo_area_buffer[0] = Qnil;
6473 return 0;
6474 }
6475
6476
6477 /* Set the current message to a substring of S or STRING.
6478
6479 If STRING is a Lisp string, set the message to the first NBYTES
6480 bytes from STRING. NBYTES zero means use the whole string. If
6481 STRING is multibyte, the message will be displayed multibyte.
6482
6483 If S is not null, set the message to the first LEN bytes of S. LEN
6484 zero means use the whole string. MULTIBYTE_P non-zero means S is
6485 multibyte. Display the message multibyte in that case. */
6486
6487 void
6488 set_message (s, string, nbytes, multibyte_p)
6489 char *s;
6490 Lisp_Object string;
6491 int nbytes;
6492 {
6493 message_enable_multibyte
6494 = ((s && multibyte_p)
6495 || (STRINGP (string) && STRING_MULTIBYTE (string)));
6496
6497 with_echo_area_buffer (0, -1, set_message_1,
6498 (EMACS_INT) s, string, nbytes, multibyte_p);
6499 message_buf_print = 0;
6500 help_echo_showing_p = 0;
6501 }
6502
6503
6504 /* Helper function for set_message. Arguments have the same meaning
6505 as there, with A1 corresponding to S and A2 corresponding to STRING
6506 This function is called with the echo area buffer being
6507 current. */
6508
6509 static int
6510 set_message_1 (a1, a2, nbytes, multibyte_p)
6511 EMACS_INT a1;
6512 Lisp_Object a2;
6513 EMACS_INT nbytes, multibyte_p;
6514 {
6515 char *s = (char *) a1;
6516 Lisp_Object string = a2;
6517
6518 xassert (BEG == Z);
6519
6520 /* Change multibyteness of the echo buffer appropriately. */
6521 if (message_enable_multibyte
6522 != !NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters))
6523 Fset_buffer_multibyte (message_enable_multibyte ? Qt : Qnil);
6524
6525 current_buffer->truncate_lines = message_truncate_lines ? Qt : Qnil;
6526
6527 /* Insert new message at BEG. */
6528 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (BEG, BEG_BYTE);
6529
6530 if (STRINGP (string))
6531 {
6532 int nchars;
6533
6534 if (nbytes == 0)
6535 nbytes = XSTRING (string)->size_byte;
6536 nchars = string_byte_to_char (string, nbytes);
6537
6538 /* This function takes care of single/multibyte conversion. We
6539 just have to ensure that the echo area buffer has the right
6540 setting of enable_multibyte_characters. */
6541 insert_from_string (string, 0, 0, nchars, nbytes, 1);
6542 }
6543 else if (s)
6544 {
6545 if (nbytes == 0)
6546 nbytes = strlen (s);
6547
6548 if (multibyte_p && NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters))
6549 {
6550 /* Convert from multi-byte to single-byte. */
6551 int i, c, n;
6552 unsigned char work[1];
6553
6554 /* Convert a multibyte string to single-byte. */
6555 for (i = 0; i < nbytes; i += n)
6556 {
6557 c = string_char_and_length (s + i, nbytes - i, &n);
6558 work[0] = (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (c)
6559 ? c
6560 : multibyte_char_to_unibyte (c, Qnil));
6561 insert_1_both (work, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0);
6562 }
6563 }
6564 else if (!multibyte_p
6565 && !NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters))
6566 {
6567 /* Convert from single-byte to multi-byte. */
6568 int i, c, n;
6569 unsigned char *msg = (unsigned char *) s;
6570 unsigned char str[MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH];
6571
6572 /* Convert a single-byte string to multibyte. */
6573 for (i = 0; i < nbytes; i++)
6574 {
6575 c = unibyte_char_to_multibyte (msg[i]);
6576 n = CHAR_STRING (c, str);
6577 insert_1_both (str, 1, n, 1, 0, 0);
6578 }
6579 }
6580 else
6581 insert_1 (s, nbytes, 1, 0, 0);
6582 }
6583
6584 return 0;
6585 }
6586
6587
6588 /* Clear messages. CURRENT_P non-zero means clear the current
6589 message. LAST_DISPLAYED_P non-zero means clear the message
6590 last displayed. */
6591
6592 void
6593 clear_message (current_p, last_displayed_p)
6594 int current_p, last_displayed_p;
6595 {
6596 if (current_p)
6597 echo_area_buffer[0] = Qnil;
6598
6599 if (last_displayed_p)
6600 echo_area_buffer[1] = Qnil;
6601
6602 message_buf_print = 0;
6603 }
6604
6605 /* Clear garbaged frames.
6606
6607 This function is used where the old redisplay called
6608 redraw_garbaged_frames which in turn called redraw_frame which in
6609 turn called clear_frame. The call to clear_frame was a source of
6610 flickering. I believe a clear_frame is not necessary. It should
6611 suffice in the new redisplay to invalidate all current matrices,
6612 and ensure a complete redisplay of all windows. */
6613
6614 static void
6615 clear_garbaged_frames ()
6616 {
6617 if (frame_garbaged)
6618 {
6619 Lisp_Object tail, frame;
6620
6621 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
6622 {
6623 struct frame *f = XFRAME (frame);
6624
6625 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) && FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f))
6626 {
6627 clear_current_matrices (f);
6628 f->garbaged = 0;
6629 }
6630 }
6631
6632 frame_garbaged = 0;
6633 ++windows_or_buffers_changed;
6634 }
6635 }
6636
6637
6638 /* Redisplay the echo area of the selected frame. If UPDATE_FRAME_P
6639 is non-zero update selected_frame. Value is non-zero if the
6640 mini-windows height has been changed. */
6641
6642 static int
6643 echo_area_display (update_frame_p)
6644 int update_frame_p;
6645 {
6646 Lisp_Object mini_window;
6647 struct window *w;
6648 struct frame *f;
6649 int window_height_changed_p = 0;
6650 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
6651
6652 mini_window = FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf);
6653 w = XWINDOW (mini_window);
6654 f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
6655
6656 /* Don't display if frame is invisible or not yet initialized. */
6657 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) || !f->glyphs_initialized_p)
6658 return 0;
6659
6660 /* The terminal frame is used as the first Emacs frame on the Mac OS. */
6661 #ifndef macintosh
6662 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
6663 /* When Emacs starts, selected_frame may be a visible terminal
6664 frame, even if we run under a window system. If we let this
6665 through, a message would be displayed on the terminal. */
6666 if (EQ (selected_frame, Vterminal_frame)
6667 && !NILP (Vwindow_system))
6668 return 0;
6669 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
6670 #endif
6671
6672 /* Redraw garbaged frames. */
6673 if (frame_garbaged)
6674 clear_garbaged_frames ();
6675
6676 if (!NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]) || minibuf_level == 0)
6677 {
6678 echo_area_window = mini_window;
6679 window_height_changed_p = display_echo_area (w);
6680 w->must_be_updated_p = 1;
6681
6682 /* Update the display, unless called from redisplay_internal.
6683 Also don't update the screen during redisplay itself. The
6684 update will happen at the end of redisplay, and an update
6685 here could cause confusion. */
6686 if (update_frame_p && !redisplaying_p)
6687 {
6688 int n = 0;
6689
6690 /* If the display update has been interrupted by pending
6691 input, update mode lines in the frame. Due to the
6692 pending input, it might have been that redisplay hasn't
6693 been called, so that mode lines above the echo area are
6694 garbaged. This looks odd, so we prevent it here. */
6695 if (!display_completed)
6696 n = redisplay_mode_lines (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f), 0);
6697
6698 if (window_height_changed_p)
6699 {
6700 /* Must update other windows. */
6701 windows_or_buffers_changed = 1;
6702 redisplay_internal (0);
6703 }
6704 else if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f) && n == 0)
6705 {
6706 /* Window configuration is the same as before.
6707 Can do with a display update of the echo area,
6708 unless we displayed some mode lines. */
6709 update_single_window (w, 1);
6710 rif->flush_display (f);
6711 }
6712 else
6713 update_frame (f, 1, 1);
6714
6715 /* If cursor is in the echo area, make sure that the next
6716 redisplay displays the minibuffer, so that the cursor will
6717 be replaced with what the minibuffer wants. */
6718 if (cursor_in_echo_area)
6719 ++windows_or_buffers_changed;
6720 }
6721 }
6722 else if (!EQ (mini_window, selected_window))
6723 windows_or_buffers_changed++;
6724
6725 /* Last displayed message is now the current message. */
6726 echo_area_buffer[1] = echo_area_buffer[0];
6727
6728 /* Prevent redisplay optimization in redisplay_internal by resetting
6729 this_line_start_pos. This is done because the mini-buffer now
6730 displays the message instead of its buffer text. */
6731 if (EQ (mini_window, selected_window))
6732 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos) = 0;
6733
6734 return window_height_changed_p;
6735 }
6736
6737
6738 \f
6739 /***********************************************************************
6740 Frame Titles
6741 ***********************************************************************/
6742
6743
6744 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
6745
6746 /* A buffer for constructing frame titles in it; allocated from the
6747 heap in init_xdisp and resized as needed in store_frame_title_char. */
6748
6749 static char *frame_title_buf;
6750
6751 /* The buffer's end, and a current output position in it. */
6752
6753 static char *frame_title_buf_end;
6754 static char *frame_title_ptr;
6755
6756
6757 /* Store a single character C for the frame title in frame_title_buf.
6758 Re-allocate frame_title_buf if necessary. */
6759
6760 static void
6761 store_frame_title_char (c)
6762 char c;
6763 {
6764 /* If output position has reached the end of the allocated buffer,
6765 double the buffer's size. */
6766 if (frame_title_ptr == frame_title_buf_end)
6767 {
6768 int len = frame_title_ptr - frame_title_buf;
6769 int new_size = 2 * len * sizeof *frame_title_buf;
6770 frame_title_buf = (char *) xrealloc (frame_title_buf, new_size);
6771 frame_title_buf_end = frame_title_buf + new_size;
6772 frame_title_ptr = frame_title_buf + len;
6773 }
6774
6775 *frame_title_ptr++ = c;
6776 }
6777
6778
6779 /* Store part of a frame title in frame_title_buf, beginning at
6780 frame_title_ptr. STR is the string to store. Do not copy more
6781 than PRECISION number of bytes from STR; PRECISION <= 0 means copy
6782 the whole string. Pad with spaces until FIELD_WIDTH number of
6783 characters have been copied; FIELD_WIDTH <= 0 means don't pad.
6784 Called from display_mode_element when it is used to build a frame
6785 title. */
6786
6787 static int
6788 store_frame_title (str, field_width, precision)
6789 unsigned char *str;
6790 int field_width, precision;
6791 {
6792 int n = 0;
6793
6794 /* Copy at most PRECISION chars from STR. */
6795 while ((precision <= 0 || n < precision)
6796 && *str)
6797 {
6798 store_frame_title_char (*str++);
6799 ++n;
6800 }
6801
6802 /* Fill up with spaces until FIELD_WIDTH reached. */
6803 while (field_width > 0
6804 && n < field_width)
6805 {
6806 store_frame_title_char (' ');
6807 ++n;
6808 }
6809
6810 return n;
6811 }
6812
6813
6814 /* Set the title of FRAME, if it has changed. The title format is
6815 Vicon_title_format if FRAME is iconified, otherwise it is
6816 frame_title_format. */
6817
6818 static void
6819 x_consider_frame_title (frame)
6820 Lisp_Object frame;
6821 {
6822 struct frame *f = XFRAME (frame);
6823
6824 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
6825 || FRAME_MINIBUF_ONLY_P (f)
6826 || f->explicit_name)
6827 {
6828 /* Do we have more than one visible frame on this X display? */
6829 Lisp_Object tail;
6830 Lisp_Object fmt;
6831 struct buffer *obuf;
6832 int len;
6833 struct it it;
6834
6835 for (tail = Vframe_list; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail))
6836 {
6837 struct frame *tf = XFRAME (XCAR (tail));
6838
6839 if (tf != f
6840 && FRAME_KBOARD (tf) == FRAME_KBOARD (f)
6841 && !FRAME_MINIBUF_ONLY_P (tf)
6842 && (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (tf) || FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (tf)))
6843 break;
6844 }
6845
6846 /* Set global variable indicating that multiple frames exist. */
6847 multiple_frames = CONSP (tail);
6848
6849 /* Switch to the buffer of selected window of the frame. Set up
6850 frame_title_ptr so that display_mode_element will output into it;
6851 then display the title. */
6852 obuf = current_buffer;
6853 Fset_buffer (XWINDOW (f->selected_window)->buffer);
6854 fmt = FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f) ? Vicon_title_format : Vframe_title_format;
6855 frame_title_ptr = frame_title_buf;
6856 init_iterator (&it, XWINDOW (f->selected_window), -1, -1,
6857 NULL, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
6858 len = display_mode_element (&it, 0, -1, -1, fmt);
6859 frame_title_ptr = NULL;
6860 set_buffer_internal (obuf);
6861
6862 /* Set the title only if it's changed. This avoids consing in
6863 the common case where it hasn't. (If it turns out that we've
6864 already wasted too much time by walking through the list with
6865 display_mode_element, then we might need to optimize at a
6866 higher level than this.) */
6867 if (! STRINGP (f->name)
6868 || STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (f->name)) != len
6869 || bcmp (frame_title_buf, XSTRING (f->name)->data, len) != 0)
6870 x_implicitly_set_name (f, make_string (frame_title_buf, len), Qnil);
6871 }
6872 }
6873
6874 #else /* not HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
6875
6876 #define frame_title_ptr ((char *)0)
6877 #define store_frame_title(str, mincol, maxcol) 0
6878
6879 #endif /* not HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
6880
6881
6882
6883 \f
6884 /***********************************************************************
6885 Menu Bars
6886 ***********************************************************************/
6887
6888
6889 /* Prepare for redisplay by updating menu-bar item lists when
6890 appropriate. This can call eval. */
6891
6892 void
6893 prepare_menu_bars ()
6894 {
6895 int all_windows;
6896 struct gcpro gcpro1, gcpro2;
6897 struct frame *f;
6898 Lisp_Object tooltip_frame;
6899
6900 #ifdef HAVE_X_WINDOWS
6901 tooltip_frame = tip_frame;
6902 #else
6903 tooltip_frame = Qnil;
6904 #endif
6905
6906 /* Update all frame titles based on their buffer names, etc. We do
6907 this before the menu bars so that the buffer-menu will show the
6908 up-to-date frame titles. */
6909 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
6910 if (windows_or_buffers_changed || update_mode_lines)
6911 {
6912 Lisp_Object tail, frame;
6913
6914 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
6915 {
6916 f = XFRAME (frame);
6917 if (!EQ (frame, tooltip_frame)
6918 && (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) || FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f)))
6919 x_consider_frame_title (frame);
6920 }
6921 }
6922 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
6923
6924 /* Update the menu bar item lists, if appropriate. This has to be
6925 done before any actual redisplay or generation of display lines. */
6926 all_windows = (update_mode_lines
6927 || buffer_shared > 1
6928 || windows_or_buffers_changed);
6929 if (all_windows)
6930 {
6931 Lisp_Object tail, frame;
6932 int count = BINDING_STACK_SIZE ();
6933
6934 record_unwind_protect (Fset_match_data, Fmatch_data (Qnil, Qnil));
6935
6936 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
6937 {
6938 f = XFRAME (frame);
6939
6940 /* Ignore tooltip frame. */
6941 if (EQ (frame, tooltip_frame))
6942 continue;
6943
6944 /* If a window on this frame changed size, report that to
6945 the user and clear the size-change flag. */
6946 if (FRAME_WINDOW_SIZES_CHANGED (f))
6947 {
6948 Lisp_Object functions;
6949
6950 /* Clear flag first in case we get an error below. */
6951 FRAME_WINDOW_SIZES_CHANGED (f) = 0;
6952 functions = Vwindow_size_change_functions;
6953 GCPRO2 (tail, functions);
6954
6955 while (CONSP (functions))
6956 {
6957 call1 (XCAR (functions), frame);
6958 functions = XCDR (functions);
6959 }
6960 UNGCPRO;
6961 }
6962
6963 GCPRO1 (tail);
6964 update_menu_bar (f, 0);
6965 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
6966 update_tool_bar (f, 0);
6967 #endif
6968 UNGCPRO;
6969 }
6970
6971 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
6972 }
6973 else
6974 {
6975 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
6976 update_menu_bar (sf, 1);
6977 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
6978 update_tool_bar (sf, 1);
6979 #endif
6980 }
6981
6982 /* Motif needs this. See comment in xmenu.c. Turn it off when
6983 pending_menu_activation is not defined. */
6984 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6985 pending_menu_activation = 0;
6986 #endif
6987 }
6988
6989
6990 /* Update the menu bar item list for frame F. This has to be done
6991 before we start to fill in any display lines, because it can call
6992 eval.
6993
6994 If SAVE_MATCH_DATA is non-zero, we must save and restore it here. */
6995
6996 static void
6997 update_menu_bar (f, save_match_data)
6998 struct frame *f;
6999 int save_match_data;
7000 {
7001 Lisp_Object window;
7002 register struct window *w;
7003
7004 window = FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f);
7005 w = XWINDOW (window);
7006
7007 if (update_mode_lines)
7008 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
7009
7010 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
7011 ?
7012 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (HAVE_NTGUI) || defined (macintosh)
7013 FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f)
7014 #else
7015 FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f) > 0
7016 #endif
7017 : FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f) > 0)
7018 {
7019 /* If the user has switched buffers or windows, we need to
7020 recompute to reflect the new bindings. But we'll
7021 recompute when update_mode_lines is set too; that means
7022 that people can use force-mode-line-update to request
7023 that the menu bar be recomputed. The adverse effect on
7024 the rest of the redisplay algorithm is about the same as
7025 windows_or_buffers_changed anyway. */
7026 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
7027 || !NILP (w->update_mode_line)
7028 || ((BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w->buffer))
7029 < BUF_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w->buffer)))
7030 != !NILP (w->last_had_star))
7031 || ((!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
7032 && !NILP (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->mark_active))
7033 != !NILP (w->region_showing)))
7034 {
7035 struct buffer *prev = current_buffer;
7036 int count = BINDING_STACK_SIZE ();
7037
7038 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (w->buffer));
7039 if (save_match_data)
7040 record_unwind_protect (Fset_match_data, Fmatch_data (Qnil, Qnil));
7041 if (NILP (Voverriding_local_map_menu_flag))
7042 {
7043 specbind (Qoverriding_terminal_local_map, Qnil);
7044 specbind (Qoverriding_local_map, Qnil);
7045 }
7046
7047 /* Run the Lucid hook. */
7048 call1 (Vrun_hooks, Qactivate_menubar_hook);
7049
7050 /* If it has changed current-menubar from previous value,
7051 really recompute the menu-bar from the value. */
7052 if (! NILP (Vlucid_menu_bar_dirty_flag))
7053 call0 (Qrecompute_lucid_menubar);
7054
7055 safe_run_hooks (Qmenu_bar_update_hook);
7056 FRAME_MENU_BAR_ITEMS (f) = menu_bar_items (FRAME_MENU_BAR_ITEMS (f));
7057
7058 /* Redisplay the menu bar in case we changed it. */
7059 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (HAVE_NTGUI) || defined (macintosh)
7060 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
7061 #if defined (macintosh)
7062 /* All frames on Mac OS share the same menubar. So only the
7063 selected frame should be allowed to set it. */
7064 && f == SELECTED_FRAME ()
7065 #endif
7066 )
7067 set_frame_menubar (f, 0, 0);
7068 else
7069 /* On a terminal screen, the menu bar is an ordinary screen
7070 line, and this makes it get updated. */
7071 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
7072 #else /* ! (USE_X_TOOLKIT || HAVE_NTGUI) */
7073 /* In the non-toolkit version, the menu bar is an ordinary screen
7074 line, and this makes it get updated. */
7075 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
7076 #endif /* ! (USE_X_TOOLKIT || HAVE_NTGUI) */
7077
7078 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
7079 set_buffer_internal_1 (prev);
7080 }
7081 }
7082 }
7083
7084
7085 \f
7086 /***********************************************************************
7087 Tool-bars
7088 ***********************************************************************/
7089
7090 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
7091
7092 /* Update the tool-bar item list for frame F. This has to be done
7093 before we start to fill in any display lines. Called from
7094 prepare_menu_bars. If SAVE_MATCH_DATA is non-zero, we must save
7095 and restore it here. */
7096
7097 static void
7098 update_tool_bar (f, save_match_data)
7099 struct frame *f;
7100 int save_match_data;
7101 {
7102 if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)
7103 && XFASTINT (XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window)->height) > 0)
7104 {
7105 Lisp_Object window;
7106 struct window *w;
7107
7108 window = FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f);
7109 w = XWINDOW (window);
7110
7111 /* If the user has switched buffers or windows, we need to
7112 recompute to reflect the new bindings. But we'll
7113 recompute when update_mode_lines is set too; that means
7114 that people can use force-mode-line-update to request
7115 that the menu bar be recomputed. The adverse effect on
7116 the rest of the redisplay algorithm is about the same as
7117 windows_or_buffers_changed anyway. */
7118 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
7119 || !NILP (w->update_mode_line)
7120 || ((BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w->buffer))
7121 < BUF_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w->buffer)))
7122 != !NILP (w->last_had_star))
7123 || ((!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
7124 && !NILP (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->mark_active))
7125 != !NILP (w->region_showing)))
7126 {
7127 struct buffer *prev = current_buffer;
7128 int count = BINDING_STACK_SIZE ();
7129
7130 /* Set current_buffer to the buffer of the selected
7131 window of the frame, so that we get the right local
7132 keymaps. */
7133 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (w->buffer));
7134
7135 /* Save match data, if we must. */
7136 if (save_match_data)
7137 record_unwind_protect (Fset_match_data, Fmatch_data (Qnil, Qnil));
7138
7139 /* Make sure that we don't accidentally use bogus keymaps. */
7140 if (NILP (Voverriding_local_map_menu_flag))
7141 {
7142 specbind (Qoverriding_terminal_local_map, Qnil);
7143 specbind (Qoverriding_local_map, Qnil);
7144 }
7145
7146 /* Build desired tool-bar items from keymaps. */
7147 f->tool_bar_items
7148 = tool_bar_items (f->tool_bar_items, &f->n_tool_bar_items);
7149
7150 /* Redisplay the tool-bar in case we changed it. */
7151 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
7152
7153 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
7154 set_buffer_internal_1 (prev);
7155 }
7156 }
7157 }
7158
7159
7160 /* Set F->desired_tool_bar_string to a Lisp string representing frame
7161 F's desired tool-bar contents. F->tool_bar_items must have
7162 been set up previously by calling prepare_menu_bars. */
7163
7164 static void
7165 build_desired_tool_bar_string (f)
7166 struct frame *f;
7167 {
7168 int i, size, size_needed, string_idx;
7169 struct gcpro gcpro1, gcpro2, gcpro3;
7170 Lisp_Object image, plist, props;
7171
7172 image = plist = props = Qnil;
7173 GCPRO3 (image, plist, props);
7174
7175 /* Prepare F->desired_tool_bar_string. If we can reuse it, do so.
7176 Otherwise, make a new string. */
7177
7178 /* The size of the string we might be able to reuse. */
7179 size = (STRINGP (f->desired_tool_bar_string)
7180 ? XSTRING (f->desired_tool_bar_string)->size
7181 : 0);
7182
7183 /* Each image in the string we build is preceded by a space,
7184 and there is a space at the end. */
7185 size_needed = f->n_tool_bar_items + 1;
7186
7187 /* Reuse f->desired_tool_bar_string, if possible. */
7188 if (size < size_needed)
7189 f->desired_tool_bar_string = Fmake_string (make_number (size_needed),
7190 make_number (' '));
7191 else
7192 {
7193 props = list4 (Qdisplay, Qnil, Qmenu_item, Qnil);
7194 Fremove_text_properties (make_number (0), make_number (size),
7195 props, f->desired_tool_bar_string);
7196 }
7197
7198 /* Put a `display' property on the string for the images to display,
7199 put a `menu_item' property on tool-bar items with a value that
7200 is the index of the item in F's tool-bar item vector. */
7201 for (i = 0, string_idx = 0;
7202 i < f->n_tool_bar_items;
7203 ++i, string_idx += 1)
7204 {
7205 #define PROP(IDX) AREF (f->tool_bar_items, i * TOOL_BAR_ITEM_NSLOTS + (IDX))
7206
7207 int enabled_p = !NILP (PROP (TOOL_BAR_ITEM_ENABLED_P));
7208 int selected_p = !NILP (PROP (TOOL_BAR_ITEM_SELECTED_P));
7209 int margin, relief, idx;
7210 extern Lisp_Object QCrelief, QCmargin, QCalgorithm, Qimage;
7211 extern Lisp_Object Qlaplace;
7212
7213 /* If image is a vector, choose the image according to the
7214 button state. */
7215 image = PROP (TOOL_BAR_ITEM_IMAGES);
7216 if (VECTORP (image))
7217 {
7218 if (enabled_p)
7219 idx = (selected_p
7220 ? TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_ENABLED_SELECTED
7221 : TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_ENABLED_DESELECTED);
7222 else
7223 idx = (selected_p
7224 ? TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_DISABLED_SELECTED
7225 : TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_DISABLED_DESELECTED);
7226
7227 xassert (ASIZE (image) >= idx);
7228 image = AREF (image, idx);
7229 }
7230 else
7231 idx = -1;
7232
7233 /* Ignore invalid image specifications. */
7234 if (!valid_image_p (image))
7235 continue;
7236
7237 /* Display the tool-bar button pressed, or depressed. */
7238 plist = Fcopy_sequence (XCDR (image));
7239
7240 /* Compute margin and relief to draw. */
7241 relief = tool_bar_button_relief > 0 ? tool_bar_button_relief : 3;
7242 margin = relief + max (0, tool_bar_button_margin);
7243
7244 if (auto_raise_tool_bar_buttons_p)
7245 {
7246 /* Add a `:relief' property to the image spec if the item is
7247 selected. */
7248 if (selected_p)
7249 {
7250 plist = Fplist_put (plist, QCrelief, make_number (-relief));
7251 margin -= relief;
7252 }
7253 }
7254 else
7255 {
7256 /* If image is selected, display it pressed, i.e. with a
7257 negative relief. If it's not selected, display it with a
7258 raised relief. */
7259 plist = Fplist_put (plist, QCrelief,
7260 (selected_p
7261 ? make_number (-relief)
7262 : make_number (relief)));
7263 margin -= relief;
7264 }
7265
7266 /* Put a margin around the image. */
7267 if (margin)
7268 plist = Fplist_put (plist, QCmargin, make_number (margin));
7269
7270 /* If button is not enabled, and we don't have special images
7271 for the disabled state, make the image appear disabled by
7272 applying an appropriate algorithm to it. */
7273 if (!enabled_p && idx < 0)
7274 plist = Fplist_put (plist, QCalgorithm, Qdisabled);
7275
7276 /* Put a `display' text property on the string for the image to
7277 display. Put a `menu-item' property on the string that gives
7278 the start of this item's properties in the tool-bar items
7279 vector. */
7280 image = Fcons (Qimage, plist);
7281 props = list4 (Qdisplay, image,
7282 Qmenu_item, make_number (i * TOOL_BAR_ITEM_NSLOTS)),
7283 Fadd_text_properties (make_number (string_idx),
7284 make_number (string_idx + 1),
7285 props, f->desired_tool_bar_string);
7286 #undef PROP
7287 }
7288
7289 UNGCPRO;
7290 }
7291
7292
7293 /* Display one line of the tool-bar of frame IT->f. */
7294
7295 static void
7296 display_tool_bar_line (it)
7297 struct it *it;
7298 {
7299 struct glyph_row *row = it->glyph_row;
7300 int max_x = it->last_visible_x;
7301 struct glyph *last;
7302
7303 prepare_desired_row (row);
7304 row->y = it->current_y;
7305
7306 /* Note that this isn't made use of if the face hasn't a box,
7307 so there's no need to check the face here. */
7308 it->start_of_box_run_p = 1;
7309
7310 while (it->current_x < max_x)
7311 {
7312 int x_before, x, n_glyphs_before, i, nglyphs;
7313
7314 /* Get the next display element. */
7315 if (!get_next_display_element (it))
7316 break;
7317
7318 /* Produce glyphs. */
7319 x_before = it->current_x;
7320 n_glyphs_before = it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
7321 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it);
7322
7323 nglyphs = it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] - n_glyphs_before;
7324 i = 0;
7325 x = x_before;
7326 while (i < nglyphs)
7327 {
7328 struct glyph *glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + n_glyphs_before + i;
7329
7330 if (x + glyph->pixel_width > max_x)
7331 {
7332 /* Glyph doesn't fit on line. */
7333 it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = n_glyphs_before + i;
7334 it->current_x = x;
7335 goto out;
7336 }
7337
7338 ++it->hpos;
7339 x += glyph->pixel_width;
7340 ++i;
7341 }
7342
7343 /* Stop at line ends. */
7344 if (ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it))
7345 break;
7346
7347 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
7348 }
7349
7350 out:;
7351
7352 row->displays_text_p = row->used[TEXT_AREA] != 0;
7353 extend_face_to_end_of_line (it);
7354 last = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + row->used[TEXT_AREA] - 1;
7355 last->right_box_line_p = 1;
7356 if (last == row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA])
7357 last->left_box_line_p = 1;
7358 compute_line_metrics (it);
7359
7360 /* If line is empty, make it occupy the rest of the tool-bar. */
7361 if (!row->displays_text_p)
7362 {
7363 row->height = row->phys_height = it->last_visible_y - row->y;
7364 row->ascent = row->phys_ascent = 0;
7365 }
7366
7367 row->full_width_p = 1;
7368 row->continued_p = 0;
7369 row->truncated_on_left_p = 0;
7370 row->truncated_on_right_p = 0;
7371
7372 it->current_x = it->hpos = 0;
7373 it->current_y += row->height;
7374 ++it->vpos;
7375 ++it->glyph_row;
7376 }
7377
7378
7379 /* Value is the number of screen lines needed to make all tool-bar
7380 items of frame F visible. */
7381
7382 static int
7383 tool_bar_lines_needed (f)
7384 struct frame *f;
7385 {
7386 struct window *w = XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window);
7387 struct it it;
7388
7389 /* Initialize an iterator for iteration over
7390 F->desired_tool_bar_string in the tool-bar window of frame F. */
7391 init_iterator (&it, w, -1, -1, w->desired_matrix->rows, TOOL_BAR_FACE_ID);
7392 it.first_visible_x = 0;
7393 it.last_visible_x = FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f) * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
7394 reseat_to_string (&it, NULL, f->desired_tool_bar_string, 0, 0, 0, -1);
7395
7396 while (!ITERATOR_AT_END_P (&it))
7397 {
7398 it.glyph_row = w->desired_matrix->rows;
7399 clear_glyph_row (it.glyph_row);
7400 display_tool_bar_line (&it);
7401 }
7402
7403 return (it.current_y + CANON_Y_UNIT (f) - 1) / CANON_Y_UNIT (f);
7404 }
7405
7406
7407 /* Display the tool-bar of frame F. Value is non-zero if tool-bar's
7408 height should be changed. */
7409
7410 static int
7411 redisplay_tool_bar (f)
7412 struct frame *f;
7413 {
7414 struct window *w;
7415 struct it it;
7416 struct glyph_row *row;
7417 int change_height_p = 0;
7418
7419 /* If frame hasn't a tool-bar window or if it is zero-height, don't
7420 do anything. This means you must start with tool-bar-lines
7421 non-zero to get the auto-sizing effect. Or in other words, you
7422 can turn off tool-bars by specifying tool-bar-lines zero. */
7423 if (!WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)
7424 || (w = XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window),
7425 XFASTINT (w->height) == 0))
7426 return 0;
7427
7428 /* Set up an iterator for the tool-bar window. */
7429 init_iterator (&it, w, -1, -1, w->desired_matrix->rows, TOOL_BAR_FACE_ID);
7430 it.first_visible_x = 0;
7431 it.last_visible_x = FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f) * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
7432 row = it.glyph_row;
7433
7434 /* Build a string that represents the contents of the tool-bar. */
7435 build_desired_tool_bar_string (f);
7436 reseat_to_string (&it, NULL, f->desired_tool_bar_string, 0, 0, 0, -1);
7437
7438 /* Display as many lines as needed to display all tool-bar items. */
7439 while (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y)
7440 display_tool_bar_line (&it);
7441
7442 /* It doesn't make much sense to try scrolling in the tool-bar
7443 window, so don't do it. */
7444 w->desired_matrix->no_scrolling_p = 1;
7445 w->must_be_updated_p = 1;
7446
7447 if (auto_resize_tool_bars_p)
7448 {
7449 int nlines;
7450
7451 /* If there are blank lines at the end, except for a partially
7452 visible blank line at the end that is smaller than
7453 CANON_Y_UNIT, change the tool-bar's height. */
7454 row = it.glyph_row - 1;
7455 if (!row->displays_text_p
7456 && row->height >= CANON_Y_UNIT (f))
7457 change_height_p = 1;
7458
7459 /* If row displays tool-bar items, but is partially visible,
7460 change the tool-bar's height. */
7461 if (row->displays_text_p
7462 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) > it.last_visible_y)
7463 change_height_p = 1;
7464
7465 /* Resize windows as needed by changing the `tool-bar-lines'
7466 frame parameter. */
7467 if (change_height_p
7468 && (nlines = tool_bar_lines_needed (f),
7469 nlines != XFASTINT (w->height)))
7470 {
7471 extern Lisp_Object Qtool_bar_lines;
7472 Lisp_Object frame;
7473 int old_height = XFASTINT (w->height);
7474
7475 XSETFRAME (frame, f);
7476 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
7477 Fmodify_frame_parameters (frame,
7478 Fcons (Fcons (Qtool_bar_lines,
7479 make_number (nlines)),
7480 Qnil));
7481 if (XFASTINT (w->height) != old_height)
7482 fonts_changed_p = 1;
7483 }
7484 }
7485
7486 return change_height_p;
7487 }
7488
7489
7490 /* Get information about the tool-bar item which is displayed in GLYPH
7491 on frame F. Return in *PROP_IDX the index where tool-bar item
7492 properties start in F->tool_bar_items. Value is zero if
7493 GLYPH doesn't display a tool-bar item. */
7494
7495 int
7496 tool_bar_item_info (f, glyph, prop_idx)
7497 struct frame *f;
7498 struct glyph *glyph;
7499 int *prop_idx;
7500 {
7501 Lisp_Object prop;
7502 int success_p;
7503
7504 /* Get the text property `menu-item' at pos. The value of that
7505 property is the start index of this item's properties in
7506 F->tool_bar_items. */
7507 prop = Fget_text_property (make_number (glyph->charpos),
7508 Qmenu_item, f->current_tool_bar_string);
7509 if (INTEGERP (prop))
7510 {
7511 *prop_idx = XINT (prop);
7512 success_p = 1;
7513 }
7514 else
7515 success_p = 0;
7516
7517 return success_p;
7518 }
7519
7520 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
7521
7522
7523 \f
7524 /************************************************************************
7525 Horizontal scrolling
7526 ************************************************************************/
7527
7528 static int hscroll_window_tree P_ ((Lisp_Object));
7529 static int hscroll_windows P_ ((Lisp_Object));
7530
7531 /* For all leaf windows in the window tree rooted at WINDOW, set their
7532 hscroll value so that PT is (i) visible in the window, and (ii) so
7533 that it is not within a certain margin at the window's left and
7534 right border. Value is non-zero if any window's hscroll has been
7535 changed. */
7536
7537 static int
7538 hscroll_window_tree (window)
7539 Lisp_Object window;
7540 {
7541 int hscrolled_p = 0;
7542
7543 while (WINDOWP (window))
7544 {
7545 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
7546
7547 if (WINDOWP (w->hchild))
7548 hscrolled_p |= hscroll_window_tree (w->hchild);
7549 else if (WINDOWP (w->vchild))
7550 hscrolled_p |= hscroll_window_tree (w->vchild);
7551 else if (w->cursor.vpos >= 0)
7552 {
7553 int hscroll_margin, text_area_x, text_area_y;
7554 int text_area_width, text_area_height;
7555 struct glyph_row *current_cursor_row
7556 = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, w->cursor.vpos);
7557 struct glyph_row *desired_cursor_row
7558 = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, w->cursor.vpos);
7559 struct glyph_row *cursor_row
7560 = (desired_cursor_row->enabled_p
7561 ? desired_cursor_row
7562 : current_cursor_row);
7563
7564 window_box (w, TEXT_AREA, &text_area_x, &text_area_y,
7565 &text_area_width, &text_area_height);
7566
7567 /* Scroll when cursor is inside this scroll margin. */
7568 hscroll_margin = 5 * CANON_X_UNIT (XFRAME (w->frame));
7569
7570 if ((XFASTINT (w->hscroll)
7571 && w->cursor.x < hscroll_margin)
7572 || (cursor_row->enabled_p
7573 && cursor_row->truncated_on_right_p
7574 && (w->cursor.x > text_area_width - hscroll_margin)))
7575 {
7576 struct it it;
7577 int hscroll;
7578 struct buffer *saved_current_buffer;
7579 int pt;
7580
7581 /* Find point in a display of infinite width. */
7582 saved_current_buffer = current_buffer;
7583 current_buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
7584
7585 if (w == XWINDOW (selected_window))
7586 pt = BUF_PT (current_buffer);
7587 else
7588 {
7589 pt = marker_position (w->pointm);
7590 pt = max (BEGV, pt);
7591 pt = min (ZV, pt);
7592 }
7593
7594 /* Move iterator to pt starting at cursor_row->start in
7595 a line with infinite width. */
7596 init_to_row_start (&it, w, cursor_row);
7597 it.last_visible_x = INFINITY;
7598 move_it_in_display_line_to (&it, pt, -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
7599 current_buffer = saved_current_buffer;
7600
7601 /* Center cursor in window. */
7602 hscroll = (max (0, it.current_x - text_area_width / 2)
7603 / CANON_X_UNIT (it.f));
7604
7605 /* Don't call Fset_window_hscroll if value hasn't
7606 changed because it will prevent redisplay
7607 optimizations. */
7608 if (XFASTINT (w->hscroll) != hscroll)
7609 {
7610 Fset_window_hscroll (window, make_number (hscroll));
7611 hscrolled_p = 1;
7612 }
7613 }
7614 }
7615
7616 window = w->next;
7617 }
7618
7619 /* Value is non-zero if hscroll of any leaf window has been changed. */
7620 return hscrolled_p;
7621 }
7622
7623
7624 /* Set hscroll so that cursor is visible and not inside horizontal
7625 scroll margins for all windows in the tree rooted at WINDOW. See
7626 also hscroll_window_tree above. Value is non-zero if any window's
7627 hscroll has been changed. If it has, desired matrices on the frame
7628 of WINDOW are cleared. */
7629
7630 static int
7631 hscroll_windows (window)
7632 Lisp_Object window;
7633 {
7634 int hscrolled_p;
7635
7636 if (automatic_hscrolling_p)
7637 {
7638 hscrolled_p = hscroll_window_tree (window);
7639 if (hscrolled_p)
7640 clear_desired_matrices (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (window))));
7641 }
7642 else
7643 hscrolled_p = 0;
7644 return hscrolled_p;
7645 }
7646
7647
7648 \f
7649 /************************************************************************
7650 Redisplay
7651 ************************************************************************/
7652
7653 /* Variables holding some state of redisplay if GLYPH_DEBUG is defined
7654 to a non-zero value. This is sometimes handy to have in a debugger
7655 session. */
7656
7657 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
7658
7659 /* First and last unchanged row for try_window_id. */
7660
7661 int debug_first_unchanged_at_end_vpos;
7662 int debug_last_unchanged_at_beg_vpos;
7663
7664 /* Delta vpos and y. */
7665
7666 int debug_dvpos, debug_dy;
7667
7668 /* Delta in characters and bytes for try_window_id. */
7669
7670 int debug_delta, debug_delta_bytes;
7671
7672 /* Values of window_end_pos and window_end_vpos at the end of
7673 try_window_id. */
7674
7675 int debug_end_pos, debug_end_vpos;
7676
7677 /* Append a string to W->desired_matrix->method. FMT is a printf
7678 format string. A1...A9 are a supplement for a variable-length
7679 argument list. If trace_redisplay_p is non-zero also printf the
7680 resulting string to stderr. */
7681
7682 static void
7683 debug_method_add (w, fmt, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8, a9)
7684 struct window *w;
7685 char *fmt;
7686 int a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8, a9;
7687 {
7688 char buffer[512];
7689 char *method = w->desired_matrix->method;
7690 int len = strlen (method);
7691 int size = sizeof w->desired_matrix->method;
7692 int remaining = size - len - 1;
7693
7694 sprintf (buffer, fmt, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8, a9);
7695 if (len && remaining)
7696 {
7697 method[len] = '|';
7698 --remaining, ++len;
7699 }
7700
7701 strncpy (method + len, buffer, remaining);
7702
7703 if (trace_redisplay_p)
7704 fprintf (stderr, "%p (%s): %s\n",
7705 w,
7706 ((BUFFERP (w->buffer)
7707 && STRINGP (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->name))
7708 ? (char *) XSTRING (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->name)->data
7709 : "no buffer"),
7710 buffer);
7711 }
7712
7713 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */
7714
7715
7716 /* This counter is used to clear the face cache every once in a while
7717 in redisplay_internal. It is incremented for each redisplay.
7718 Every CLEAR_FACE_CACHE_COUNT full redisplays, the face cache is
7719 cleared. */
7720
7721 #define CLEAR_FACE_CACHE_COUNT 10000
7722 static int clear_face_cache_count;
7723
7724 /* Record the previous terminal frame we displayed. */
7725
7726 static struct frame *previous_terminal_frame;
7727
7728 /* Non-zero while redisplay_internal is in progress. */
7729
7730 int redisplaying_p;
7731
7732
7733 /* Value is non-zero if all changes in window W, which displays
7734 current_buffer, are in the text between START and END. START is a
7735 buffer position, END is given as a distance from Z. Used in
7736 redisplay_internal for display optimization. */
7737
7738 static INLINE int
7739 text_outside_line_unchanged_p (w, start, end)
7740 struct window *w;
7741 int start, end;
7742 {
7743 int unchanged_p = 1;
7744
7745 /* If text or overlays have changed, see where. */
7746 if (XFASTINT (w->last_modified) < MODIFF
7747 || XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) < OVERLAY_MODIFF)
7748 {
7749 /* Gap in the line? */
7750 if (GPT < start || Z - GPT < end)
7751 unchanged_p = 0;
7752
7753 /* Changes start in front of the line, or end after it? */
7754 if (unchanged_p
7755 && (BEG_UNCHANGED < start - 1
7756 || END_UNCHANGED < end))
7757 unchanged_p = 0;
7758
7759 /* If selective display, can't optimize if changes start at the
7760 beginning of the line. */
7761 if (unchanged_p
7762 && INTEGERP (current_buffer->selective_display)
7763 && XINT (current_buffer->selective_display) > 0
7764 && (BEG_UNCHANGED < start || GPT <= start))
7765 unchanged_p = 0;
7766 }
7767
7768 return unchanged_p;
7769 }
7770
7771
7772 /* Do a frame update, taking possible shortcuts into account. This is
7773 the main external entry point for redisplay.
7774
7775 If the last redisplay displayed an echo area message and that message
7776 is no longer requested, we clear the echo area or bring back the
7777 mini-buffer if that is in use. */
7778
7779 void
7780 redisplay ()
7781 {
7782 redisplay_internal (0);
7783 }
7784
7785 /* Return 1 if point moved out of or into a composition. Otherwise
7786 return 0. PREV_BUF and PREV_PT are the last point buffer and
7787 position. BUF and PT are the current point buffer and position. */
7788
7789 int
7790 check_point_in_composition (prev_buf, prev_pt, buf, pt)
7791 struct buffer *prev_buf, *buf;
7792 int prev_pt, pt;
7793 {
7794 int start, end;
7795 Lisp_Object prop;
7796 Lisp_Object buffer;
7797
7798 XSETBUFFER (buffer, buf);
7799 /* Check a composition at the last point if point moved within the
7800 same buffer. */
7801 if (prev_buf == buf)
7802 {
7803 if (prev_pt == pt)
7804 /* Point didn't move. */
7805 return 0;
7806
7807 if (prev_pt > BUF_BEGV (buf) && prev_pt < BUF_ZV (buf)
7808 && find_composition (prev_pt, -1, &start, &end, &prop, buffer)
7809 && COMPOSITION_VALID_P (start, end, prop)
7810 && start < prev_pt && end > prev_pt)
7811 /* The last point was within the composition. Return 1 iff
7812 point moved out of the composition. */
7813 return (pt <= start || pt >= end);
7814 }
7815
7816 /* Check a composition at the current point. */
7817 return (pt > BUF_BEGV (buf) && pt < BUF_ZV (buf)
7818 && find_composition (pt, -1, &start, &end, &prop, buffer)
7819 && COMPOSITION_VALID_P (start, end, prop)
7820 && start < pt && end > pt);
7821 }
7822
7823 /* Reconsider the setting of B->clip_changed which is displayed
7824 in window W. */
7825
7826 static INLINE void
7827 reconsider_clip_changes (w, b)
7828 struct window *w;
7829 struct buffer *b;
7830 {
7831 if (b->prevent_redisplay_optimizations_p)
7832 b->clip_changed = 1;
7833 else if (b->clip_changed
7834 && !NILP (w->window_end_valid)
7835 && w->current_matrix->buffer == b
7836 && w->current_matrix->zv == BUF_ZV (b)
7837 && w->current_matrix->begv == BUF_BEGV (b))
7838 b->clip_changed = 0;
7839
7840 /* If display wasn't paused, and W is not a tool bar window, see if
7841 point has been moved into or out of a composition. In that case,
7842 we set b->clip_changed to 1 to force updating the screen. If
7843 b->clip_changed has already been set to 1, we can skip this
7844 check. */
7845 if (!b->clip_changed
7846 && BUFFERP (w->buffer) && !NILP (w->window_end_valid))
7847 {
7848 int pt;
7849
7850 if (w == XWINDOW (selected_window))
7851 pt = BUF_PT (current_buffer);
7852 else
7853 pt = marker_position (w->pointm);
7854
7855 if ((w->current_matrix->buffer != XBUFFER (w->buffer)
7856 || pt != XINT (w->last_point))
7857 && check_point_in_composition (w->current_matrix->buffer,
7858 XINT (w->last_point),
7859 XBUFFER (w->buffer), pt))
7860 b->clip_changed = 1;
7861 }
7862 }
7863
7864
7865 /* If PRESERVE_ECHO_AREA is nonzero, it means this redisplay is not in
7866 response to any user action; therefore, we should preserve the echo
7867 area. (Actually, our caller does that job.) Perhaps in the future
7868 avoid recentering windows if it is not necessary; currently that
7869 causes some problems. */
7870
7871 static void
7872 redisplay_internal (preserve_echo_area)
7873 int preserve_echo_area;
7874 {
7875 struct window *w = XWINDOW (selected_window);
7876 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
7877 int pause;
7878 int must_finish = 0;
7879 struct text_pos tlbufpos, tlendpos;
7880 int number_of_visible_frames;
7881 int count;
7882 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
7883
7884 /* Non-zero means redisplay has to consider all windows on all
7885 frames. Zero means, only selected_window is considered. */
7886 int consider_all_windows_p;
7887
7888 TRACE ((stderr, "redisplay_internal %d\n", redisplaying_p));
7889
7890 /* No redisplay if running in batch mode or frame is not yet fully
7891 initialized, or redisplay is explicitly turned off by setting
7892 Vinhibit_redisplay. */
7893 if (noninteractive
7894 || !NILP (Vinhibit_redisplay)
7895 || !f->glyphs_initialized_p)
7896 return;
7897
7898 /* The flag redisplay_performed_directly_p is set by
7899 direct_output_for_insert when it already did the whole screen
7900 update necessary. */
7901 if (redisplay_performed_directly_p)
7902 {
7903 redisplay_performed_directly_p = 0;
7904 if (!hscroll_windows (selected_window))
7905 return;
7906 }
7907
7908 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
7909 if (popup_activated ())
7910 return;
7911 #endif
7912
7913 /* I don't think this happens but let's be paranoid. */
7914 if (redisplaying_p)
7915 return;
7916
7917 /* Record a function that resets redisplaying_p to its old value
7918 when we leave this function. */
7919 count = BINDING_STACK_SIZE ();
7920 record_unwind_protect (unwind_redisplay, make_number (redisplaying_p));
7921 ++redisplaying_p;
7922
7923 retry:
7924 pause = 0;
7925 reconsider_clip_changes (w, current_buffer);
7926
7927 /* If new fonts have been loaded that make a glyph matrix adjustment
7928 necessary, do it. */
7929 if (fonts_changed_p)
7930 {
7931 adjust_glyphs (NULL);
7932 ++windows_or_buffers_changed;
7933 fonts_changed_p = 0;
7934 }
7935
7936 if (! FRAME_WINDOW_P (sf)
7937 && previous_terminal_frame != sf)
7938 {
7939 /* Since frames on an ASCII terminal share the same display
7940 area, displaying a different frame means redisplay the whole
7941 thing. */
7942 windows_or_buffers_changed++;
7943 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (sf);
7944 XSETFRAME (Vterminal_frame, sf);
7945 }
7946 previous_terminal_frame = sf;
7947
7948 /* Set the visible flags for all frames. Do this before checking
7949 for resized or garbaged frames; they want to know if their frames
7950 are visible. See the comment in frame.h for
7951 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY. */
7952 {
7953 Lisp_Object tail, frame;
7954
7955 number_of_visible_frames = 0;
7956
7957 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
7958 {
7959 struct frame *f = XFRAME (frame);
7960
7961 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f);
7962 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f))
7963 ++number_of_visible_frames;
7964 clear_desired_matrices (f);
7965 }
7966 }
7967
7968 /* Notice any pending interrupt request to change frame size. */
7969 do_pending_window_change (1);
7970
7971 /* Clear frames marked as garbaged. */
7972 if (frame_garbaged)
7973 clear_garbaged_frames ();
7974
7975 /* Build menubar and tool-bar items. */
7976 prepare_menu_bars ();
7977
7978 if (windows_or_buffers_changed)
7979 update_mode_lines++;
7980
7981 /* Detect case that we need to write or remove a star in the mode line. */
7982 if ((SAVE_MODIFF < MODIFF) != !NILP (w->last_had_star))
7983 {
7984 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
7985 if (buffer_shared > 1)
7986 update_mode_lines++;
7987 }
7988
7989 /* If %c is in the mode line, update it if needed. */
7990 if (!NILP (w->column_number_displayed)
7991 /* This alternative quickly identifies a common case
7992 where no change is needed. */
7993 && !(PT == XFASTINT (w->last_point)
7994 && XFASTINT (w->last_modified) >= MODIFF
7995 && XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) >= OVERLAY_MODIFF)
7996 && XFASTINT (w->column_number_displayed) != current_column ())
7997 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
7998
7999 FRAME_SCROLL_BOTTOM_VPOS (XFRAME (w->frame)) = -1;
8000
8001 /* The variable buffer_shared is set in redisplay_window and
8002 indicates that we redisplay a buffer in different windows. See
8003 there. */
8004 consider_all_windows_p = update_mode_lines || buffer_shared > 1;
8005
8006 /* If specs for an arrow have changed, do thorough redisplay
8007 to ensure we remove any arrow that should no longer exist. */
8008 if (! EQ (COERCE_MARKER (Voverlay_arrow_position), last_arrow_position)
8009 || ! EQ (Voverlay_arrow_string, last_arrow_string))
8010 consider_all_windows_p = windows_or_buffers_changed = 1;
8011
8012 /* Normally the message* functions will have already displayed and
8013 updated the echo area, but the frame may have been trashed, or
8014 the update may have been preempted, so display the echo area
8015 again here. Checking both message buffers captures the case that
8016 the echo area should be cleared. */
8017 if (!NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]) || !NILP (echo_area_buffer[1]))
8018 {
8019 int window_height_changed_p = echo_area_display (0);
8020 must_finish = 1;
8021
8022 if (fonts_changed_p)
8023 goto retry;
8024 else if (window_height_changed_p)
8025 {
8026 consider_all_windows_p = 1;
8027 ++update_mode_lines;
8028 ++windows_or_buffers_changed;
8029
8030 /* If window configuration was changed, frames may have been
8031 marked garbaged. Clear them or we will experience
8032 surprises wrt scrolling. */
8033 if (frame_garbaged)
8034 clear_garbaged_frames ();
8035 }
8036 }
8037 else if (EQ (selected_window, minibuf_window)
8038 && (current_buffer->clip_changed
8039 || XFASTINT (w->last_modified) < MODIFF
8040 || XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) < OVERLAY_MODIFF)
8041 && resize_mini_window (w, 0))
8042 {
8043 /* Resized active mini-window to fit the size of what it is
8044 showing if its contents might have changed. */
8045 must_finish = 1;
8046 consider_all_windows_p = 1;
8047 ++windows_or_buffers_changed;
8048 ++update_mode_lines;
8049
8050 /* If window configuration was changed, frames may have been
8051 marked garbaged. Clear them or we will experience
8052 surprises wrt scrolling. */
8053 if (frame_garbaged)
8054 clear_garbaged_frames ();
8055 }
8056
8057
8058 /* If showing the region, and mark has changed, we must redisplay
8059 the whole window. The assignment to this_line_start_pos prevents
8060 the optimization directly below this if-statement. */
8061 if (((!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
8062 && !NILP (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->mark_active))
8063 != !NILP (w->region_showing))
8064 || (!NILP (w->region_showing)
8065 && !EQ (w->region_showing,
8066 Fmarker_position (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->mark))))
8067 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos) = 0;
8068
8069 /* Optimize the case that only the line containing the cursor in the
8070 selected window has changed. Variables starting with this_ are
8071 set in display_line and record information about the line
8072 containing the cursor. */
8073 tlbufpos = this_line_start_pos;
8074 tlendpos = this_line_end_pos;
8075 if (!consider_all_windows_p
8076 && CHARPOS (tlbufpos) > 0
8077 && NILP (w->update_mode_line)
8078 && !current_buffer->clip_changed
8079 && FRAME_VISIBLE_P (XFRAME (w->frame))
8080 && !FRAME_OBSCURED_P (XFRAME (w->frame))
8081 /* Make sure recorded data applies to current buffer, etc. */
8082 && this_line_buffer == current_buffer
8083 && current_buffer == XBUFFER (w->buffer)
8084 && NILP (w->force_start)
8085 /* Point must be on the line that we have info recorded about. */
8086 && PT >= CHARPOS (tlbufpos)
8087 && PT <= Z - CHARPOS (tlendpos)
8088 /* All text outside that line, including its final newline,
8089 must be unchanged */
8090 && text_outside_line_unchanged_p (w, CHARPOS (tlbufpos),
8091 CHARPOS (tlendpos)))
8092 {
8093 if (CHARPOS (tlbufpos) > BEGV
8094 && FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (tlbufpos) - 1) != '\n'
8095 && (CHARPOS (tlbufpos) == ZV
8096 || FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (tlbufpos)) == '\n'))
8097 /* Former continuation line has disappeared by becoming empty */
8098 goto cancel;
8099 else if (XFASTINT (w->last_modified) < MODIFF
8100 || XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) < OVERLAY_MODIFF
8101 || MINI_WINDOW_P (w))
8102 {
8103 /* We have to handle the case of continuation around a
8104 wide-column character (See the comment in indent.c around
8105 line 885).
8106
8107 For instance, in the following case:
8108
8109 -------- Insert --------
8110 K_A_N_\\ `a' K_A_N_a\ `X_' are wide-column chars.
8111 J_I_ ==> J_I_ `^^' are cursors.
8112 ^^ ^^
8113 -------- --------
8114
8115 As we have to redraw the line above, we should goto cancel. */
8116
8117 struct it it;
8118 int line_height_before = this_line_pixel_height;
8119
8120 /* Note that start_display will handle the case that the
8121 line starting at tlbufpos is a continuation lines. */
8122 start_display (&it, w, tlbufpos);
8123
8124 /* Implementation note: It this still necessary? */
8125 if (it.current_x != this_line_start_x)
8126 goto cancel;
8127
8128 TRACE ((stderr, "trying display optimization 1\n"));
8129 w->cursor.vpos = -1;
8130 overlay_arrow_seen = 0;
8131 it.vpos = this_line_vpos;
8132 it.current_y = this_line_y;
8133 it.glyph_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, this_line_vpos);
8134 display_line (&it);
8135
8136 /* If line contains point, is not continued,
8137 and ends at same distance from eob as before, we win */
8138 if (w->cursor.vpos >= 0
8139 /* Line is not continued, otherwise this_line_start_pos
8140 would have been set to 0 in display_line. */
8141 && CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos)
8142 /* Line ends as before. */
8143 && CHARPOS (this_line_end_pos) == CHARPOS (tlendpos)
8144 /* Line has same height as before. Otherwise other lines
8145 would have to be shifted up or down. */
8146 && this_line_pixel_height == line_height_before)
8147 {
8148 /* If this is not the window's last line, we must adjust
8149 the charstarts of the lines below. */
8150 if (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y)
8151 {
8152 struct glyph_row *row
8153 = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, this_line_vpos + 1);
8154 int delta, delta_bytes;
8155
8156 if (Z - CHARPOS (tlendpos) == ZV)
8157 {
8158 /* This line ends at end of (accessible part of)
8159 buffer. There is no newline to count. */
8160 delta = (Z
8161 - CHARPOS (tlendpos)
8162 - MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row));
8163 delta_bytes = (Z_BYTE
8164 - BYTEPOS (tlendpos)
8165 - MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (row));
8166 }
8167 else
8168 {
8169 /* This line ends in a newline. Must take
8170 account of the newline and the rest of the
8171 text that follows. */
8172 delta = (Z
8173 - CHARPOS (tlendpos)
8174 - MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row));
8175 delta_bytes = (Z_BYTE
8176 - BYTEPOS (tlendpos)
8177 - MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (row));
8178 }
8179
8180 increment_matrix_positions (w->current_matrix,
8181 this_line_vpos + 1,
8182 w->current_matrix->nrows,
8183 delta, delta_bytes);
8184 }
8185
8186 /* If this row displays text now but previously didn't,
8187 or vice versa, w->window_end_vpos may have to be
8188 adjusted. */
8189 if ((it.glyph_row - 1)->displays_text_p)
8190 {
8191 if (XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos) < this_line_vpos)
8192 XSETINT (w->window_end_vpos, this_line_vpos);
8193 }
8194 else if (XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos) == this_line_vpos
8195 && this_line_vpos > 0)
8196 XSETINT (w->window_end_vpos, this_line_vpos - 1);
8197 w->window_end_valid = Qnil;
8198
8199 /* Update hint: No need to try to scroll in update_window. */
8200 w->desired_matrix->no_scrolling_p = 1;
8201
8202 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
8203 *w->desired_matrix->method = 0;
8204 debug_method_add (w, "optimization 1");
8205 #endif
8206 goto update;
8207 }
8208 else
8209 goto cancel;
8210 }
8211 else if (/* Cursor position hasn't changed. */
8212 PT == XFASTINT (w->last_point)
8213 /* Make sure the cursor was last displayed
8214 in this window. Otherwise we have to reposition it. */
8215 && 0 <= w->cursor.vpos
8216 && XINT (w->height) > w->cursor.vpos)
8217 {
8218 if (!must_finish)
8219 {
8220 do_pending_window_change (1);
8221
8222 /* We used to always goto end_of_redisplay here, but this
8223 isn't enough if we have a blinking cursor. */
8224 if (w->cursor_off_p == w->last_cursor_off_p)
8225 goto end_of_redisplay;
8226 }
8227 goto update;
8228 }
8229 /* If highlighting the region, or if the cursor is in the echo area,
8230 then we can't just move the cursor. */
8231 else if (! (!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
8232 && !NILP (current_buffer->mark_active))
8233 && (EQ (selected_window, current_buffer->last_selected_window)
8234 || highlight_nonselected_windows)
8235 && NILP (w->region_showing)
8236 && NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace)
8237 && !cursor_in_echo_area)
8238 {
8239 struct it it;
8240 struct glyph_row *row;
8241
8242 /* Skip from tlbufpos to PT and see where it is. Note that
8243 PT may be in invisible text. If so, we will end at the
8244 next visible position. */
8245 init_iterator (&it, w, CHARPOS (tlbufpos), BYTEPOS (tlbufpos),
8246 NULL, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
8247 it.current_x = this_line_start_x;
8248 it.current_y = this_line_y;
8249 it.vpos = this_line_vpos;
8250
8251 /* The call to move_it_to stops in front of PT, but
8252 moves over before-strings. */
8253 move_it_to (&it, PT, -1, -1, -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
8254
8255 if (it.vpos == this_line_vpos
8256 && (row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, this_line_vpos),
8257 row->enabled_p))
8258 {
8259 xassert (this_line_vpos == it.vpos);
8260 xassert (this_line_y == it.current_y);
8261 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
8262 goto update;
8263 }
8264 else
8265 goto cancel;
8266 }
8267
8268 cancel:
8269 /* Text changed drastically or point moved off of line. */
8270 SET_MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (w->desired_matrix, this_line_vpos, 0);
8271 }
8272
8273 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos) = 0;
8274 consider_all_windows_p |= buffer_shared > 1;
8275 ++clear_face_cache_count;
8276
8277
8278 /* Build desired matrices, and update the display. If
8279 consider_all_windows_p is non-zero, do it for all windows on all
8280 frames. Otherwise do it for selected_window, only. */
8281
8282 if (consider_all_windows_p)
8283 {
8284 Lisp_Object tail, frame;
8285
8286 /* Clear the face cache eventually. */
8287 if (clear_face_cache_count > CLEAR_FACE_CACHE_COUNT)
8288 {
8289 clear_face_cache (0);
8290 clear_face_cache_count = 0;
8291 }
8292
8293 /* Recompute # windows showing selected buffer. This will be
8294 incremented each time such a window is displayed. */
8295 buffer_shared = 0;
8296
8297 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
8298 {
8299 struct frame *f = XFRAME (frame);
8300
8301 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f) || f == sf)
8302 {
8303 /* Mark all the scroll bars to be removed; we'll redeem
8304 the ones we want when we redisplay their windows. */
8305 if (condemn_scroll_bars_hook)
8306 (*condemn_scroll_bars_hook) (f);
8307
8308 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) && !FRAME_OBSCURED_P (f))
8309 redisplay_windows (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f));
8310
8311 /* Any scroll bars which redisplay_windows should have
8312 nuked should now go away. */
8313 if (judge_scroll_bars_hook)
8314 (*judge_scroll_bars_hook) (f);
8315
8316 /* If fonts changed, display again. */
8317 if (fonts_changed_p)
8318 goto retry;
8319
8320 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) && !FRAME_OBSCURED_P (f))
8321 {
8322 /* See if we have to hscroll. */
8323 if (hscroll_windows (f->root_window))
8324 goto retry;
8325
8326 /* Prevent various kinds of signals during display
8327 update. stdio is not robust about handling
8328 signals, which can cause an apparent I/O
8329 error. */
8330 if (interrupt_input)
8331 unrequest_sigio ();
8332 stop_polling ();
8333
8334 /* Update the display. */
8335 set_window_update_flags (XWINDOW (f->root_window), 1);
8336 pause |= update_frame (f, 0, 0);
8337 if (pause)
8338 break;
8339
8340 mark_window_display_accurate (f->root_window, 1);
8341 if (frame_up_to_date_hook)
8342 frame_up_to_date_hook (f);
8343 }
8344 }
8345 }
8346 }
8347 else if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (sf) && !FRAME_OBSCURED_P (sf))
8348 {
8349 Lisp_Object mini_window;
8350 struct frame *mini_frame;
8351
8352 redisplay_window (selected_window, 1);
8353
8354 /* Compare desired and current matrices, perform output. */
8355 update:
8356
8357 /* If fonts changed, display again. */
8358 if (fonts_changed_p)
8359 goto retry;
8360
8361 /* Prevent various kinds of signals during display update.
8362 stdio is not robust about handling signals,
8363 which can cause an apparent I/O error. */
8364 if (interrupt_input)
8365 unrequest_sigio ();
8366 stop_polling ();
8367
8368 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (sf) && !FRAME_OBSCURED_P (sf))
8369 {
8370 if (hscroll_windows (selected_window))
8371 goto retry;
8372
8373 XWINDOW (selected_window)->must_be_updated_p = 1;
8374 pause = update_frame (sf, 0, 0);
8375 }
8376
8377 /* We may have called echo_area_display at the top of this
8378 function. If the echo area is on another frame, that may
8379 have put text on a frame other than the selected one, so the
8380 above call to update_frame would not have caught it. Catch
8381 it here. */
8382 mini_window = FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf);
8383 mini_frame = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window)));
8384
8385 if (mini_frame != sf && FRAME_WINDOW_P (mini_frame))
8386 {
8387 XWINDOW (mini_window)->must_be_updated_p = 1;
8388 pause |= update_frame (mini_frame, 0, 0);
8389 if (!pause && hscroll_windows (mini_window))
8390 goto retry;
8391 }
8392 }
8393
8394 /* If display was paused because of pending input, make sure we do a
8395 thorough update the next time. */
8396 if (pause)
8397 {
8398 /* Prevent the optimization at the beginning of
8399 redisplay_internal that tries a single-line update of the
8400 line containing the cursor in the selected window. */
8401 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos) = 0;
8402
8403 /* Let the overlay arrow be updated the next time. */
8404 if (!NILP (last_arrow_position))
8405 {
8406 last_arrow_position = Qt;
8407 last_arrow_string = Qt;
8408 }
8409
8410 /* If we pause after scrolling, some rows in the current
8411 matrices of some windows are not valid. */
8412 if (!WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (w)
8413 && !FRAME_WINDOW_P (XFRAME (w->frame)))
8414 update_mode_lines = 1;
8415 }
8416
8417 /* Now text on frame agrees with windows, so put info into the
8418 windows for partial redisplay to follow. */
8419 if (!pause)
8420 {
8421 register struct buffer *b = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
8422
8423 BUF_UNCHANGED_MODIFIED (b) = BUF_MODIFF (b);
8424 BUF_OVERLAY_UNCHANGED_MODIFIED (b) = BUF_OVERLAY_MODIFF (b);
8425 BUF_BEG_UNCHANGED (b) = BUF_GPT (b) - BUF_BEG (b);
8426 BUF_END_UNCHANGED (b) = BUF_Z (b) - BUF_GPT (b);
8427
8428 if (consider_all_windows_p)
8429 mark_window_display_accurate (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (sf), 1);
8430 else
8431 {
8432 XSETFASTINT (w->last_point, BUF_PT (b));
8433 w->last_cursor = w->cursor;
8434 w->last_cursor_off_p = w->cursor_off_p;
8435
8436 b->clip_changed = 0;
8437 b->prevent_redisplay_optimizations_p = 0;
8438 w->update_mode_line = Qnil;
8439 XSETFASTINT (w->last_modified, BUF_MODIFF (b));
8440 XSETFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified, BUF_OVERLAY_MODIFF (b));
8441 w->last_had_star
8442 = (BUF_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w->buffer)) > BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w->buffer))
8443 ? Qt : Qnil);
8444
8445 /* Record if we are showing a region, so can make sure to
8446 update it fully at next redisplay. */
8447 w->region_showing = (!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
8448 && (EQ (selected_window,
8449 current_buffer->last_selected_window)
8450 || highlight_nonselected_windows)
8451 && !NILP (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->mark_active)
8452 ? Fmarker_position (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->mark)
8453 : Qnil);
8454
8455 w->window_end_valid = w->buffer;
8456 last_arrow_position = COERCE_MARKER (Voverlay_arrow_position);
8457 last_arrow_string = Voverlay_arrow_string;
8458 if (frame_up_to_date_hook != 0)
8459 (*frame_up_to_date_hook) (sf);
8460
8461 w->current_matrix->buffer = b;
8462 w->current_matrix->begv = BUF_BEGV (b);
8463 w->current_matrix->zv = BUF_ZV (b);
8464 }
8465
8466 update_mode_lines = 0;
8467 windows_or_buffers_changed = 0;
8468 }
8469
8470 /* Start SIGIO interrupts coming again. Having them off during the
8471 code above makes it less likely one will discard output, but not
8472 impossible, since there might be stuff in the system buffer here.
8473 But it is much hairier to try to do anything about that. */
8474 if (interrupt_input)
8475 request_sigio ();
8476 start_polling ();
8477
8478 /* If a frame has become visible which was not before, redisplay
8479 again, so that we display it. Expose events for such a frame
8480 (which it gets when becoming visible) don't call the parts of
8481 redisplay constructing glyphs, so simply exposing a frame won't
8482 display anything in this case. So, we have to display these
8483 frames here explicitly. */
8484 if (!pause)
8485 {
8486 Lisp_Object tail, frame;
8487 int new_count = 0;
8488
8489 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
8490 {
8491 int this_is_visible = 0;
8492
8493 if (XFRAME (frame)->visible)
8494 this_is_visible = 1;
8495 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (XFRAME (frame));
8496 if (XFRAME (frame)->visible)
8497 this_is_visible = 1;
8498
8499 if (this_is_visible)
8500 new_count++;
8501 }
8502
8503 if (new_count != number_of_visible_frames)
8504 windows_or_buffers_changed++;
8505 }
8506
8507 /* Change frame size now if a change is pending. */
8508 do_pending_window_change (1);
8509
8510 /* If we just did a pending size change, or have additional
8511 visible frames, redisplay again. */
8512 if (windows_or_buffers_changed && !pause)
8513 goto retry;
8514
8515 end_of_redisplay:;
8516
8517 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
8518 }
8519
8520
8521 /* Redisplay, but leave alone any recent echo area message unless
8522 another message has been requested in its place.
8523
8524 This is useful in situations where you need to redisplay but no
8525 user action has occurred, making it inappropriate for the message
8526 area to be cleared. See tracking_off and
8527 wait_reading_process_input for examples of these situations. */
8528
8529 void
8530 redisplay_preserve_echo_area ()
8531 {
8532 if (!NILP (echo_area_buffer[1]))
8533 {
8534 /* We have a previously displayed message, but no current
8535 message. Redisplay the previous message. */
8536 display_last_displayed_message_p = 1;
8537 redisplay_internal (1);
8538 display_last_displayed_message_p = 0;
8539 }
8540 else
8541 redisplay_internal (1);
8542 }
8543
8544
8545 /* Function registered with record_unwind_protect in
8546 redisplay_internal. Clears the flag indicating that a redisplay is
8547 in progress. */
8548
8549 static Lisp_Object
8550 unwind_redisplay (old_redisplaying_p)
8551 Lisp_Object old_redisplaying_p;
8552 {
8553 redisplaying_p = XFASTINT (old_redisplaying_p);
8554 return Qnil;
8555 }
8556
8557
8558 /* Mark the display of windows in the window tree rooted at WINDOW as
8559 accurate or inaccurate. If FLAG is non-zero mark display of WINDOW
8560 as accurate. If FLAG is zero arrange for WINDOW to be redisplayed
8561 the next time redisplay_internal is called. */
8562
8563 void
8564 mark_window_display_accurate (window, accurate_p)
8565 Lisp_Object window;
8566 int accurate_p;
8567 {
8568 struct window *w;
8569
8570 for (; !NILP (window); window = w->next)
8571 {
8572 w = XWINDOW (window);
8573
8574 if (BUFFERP (w->buffer))
8575 {
8576 struct buffer *b = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
8577
8578 XSETFASTINT (w->last_modified,
8579 accurate_p ? BUF_MODIFF (b) : 0);
8580 XSETFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified,
8581 accurate_p ? BUF_OVERLAY_MODIFF (b) : 0);
8582 w->last_had_star = (BUF_MODIFF (b) > BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (b)
8583 ? Qt : Qnil);
8584
8585 #if 0 /* I don't think this is necessary because display_line does it.
8586 Let's check it. */
8587 /* Record if we are showing a region, so can make sure to
8588 update it fully at next redisplay. */
8589 w->region_showing
8590 = (!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
8591 && (w == XWINDOW (current_buffer->last_selected_window)
8592 || highlight_nonselected_windows)
8593 && (!NILP (b->mark_active)
8594 ? Fmarker_position (b->mark)
8595 : Qnil));
8596 #endif
8597
8598 if (accurate_p)
8599 {
8600 b->clip_changed = 0;
8601 b->prevent_redisplay_optimizations_p = 0;
8602 w->current_matrix->buffer = b;
8603 w->current_matrix->begv = BUF_BEGV (b);
8604 w->current_matrix->zv = BUF_ZV (b);
8605 w->last_cursor = w->cursor;
8606 w->last_cursor_off_p = w->cursor_off_p;
8607 if (w == XWINDOW (selected_window))
8608 w->last_point = make_number (BUF_PT (b));
8609 else
8610 w->last_point = make_number (XMARKER (w->pointm)->charpos);
8611 }
8612 }
8613
8614 w->window_end_valid = w->buffer;
8615 w->update_mode_line = Qnil;
8616
8617 if (!NILP (w->vchild))
8618 mark_window_display_accurate (w->vchild, accurate_p);
8619 if (!NILP (w->hchild))
8620 mark_window_display_accurate (w->hchild, accurate_p);
8621 }
8622
8623 if (accurate_p)
8624 {
8625 last_arrow_position = COERCE_MARKER (Voverlay_arrow_position);
8626 last_arrow_string = Voverlay_arrow_string;
8627 }
8628 else
8629 {
8630 /* Force a thorough redisplay the next time by setting
8631 last_arrow_position and last_arrow_string to t, which is
8632 unequal to any useful value of Voverlay_arrow_... */
8633 last_arrow_position = Qt;
8634 last_arrow_string = Qt;
8635 }
8636 }
8637
8638
8639 /* Return value in display table DP (Lisp_Char_Table *) for character
8640 C. Since a display table doesn't have any parent, we don't have to
8641 follow parent. Do not call this function directly but use the
8642 macro DISP_CHAR_VECTOR. */
8643
8644 Lisp_Object
8645 disp_char_vector (dp, c)
8646 struct Lisp_Char_Table *dp;
8647 int c;
8648 {
8649 int code[4], i;
8650 Lisp_Object val;
8651
8652 if (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (c))
8653 return (dp->contents[c]);
8654
8655 SPLIT_CHAR (c, code[0], code[1], code[2]);
8656 if (code[1] < 32)
8657 code[1] = -1;
8658 else if (code[2] < 32)
8659 code[2] = -1;
8660
8661 /* Here, the possible range of code[0] (== charset ID) is
8662 128..max_charset. Since the top level char table contains data
8663 for multibyte characters after 256th element, we must increment
8664 code[0] by 128 to get a correct index. */
8665 code[0] += 128;
8666 code[3] = -1; /* anchor */
8667
8668 for (i = 0; code[i] >= 0; i++, dp = XCHAR_TABLE (val))
8669 {
8670 val = dp->contents[code[i]];
8671 if (!SUB_CHAR_TABLE_P (val))
8672 return (NILP (val) ? dp->defalt : val);
8673 }
8674
8675 /* Here, val is a sub char table. We return the default value of
8676 it. */
8677 return (dp->defalt);
8678 }
8679
8680
8681 \f
8682 /***********************************************************************
8683 Window Redisplay
8684 ***********************************************************************/
8685
8686 /* Redisplay all leaf windows in the window tree rooted at WINDOW. */
8687
8688 static void
8689 redisplay_windows (window)
8690 Lisp_Object window;
8691 {
8692 while (!NILP (window))
8693 {
8694 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
8695
8696 if (!NILP (w->hchild))
8697 redisplay_windows (w->hchild);
8698 else if (!NILP (w->vchild))
8699 redisplay_windows (w->vchild);
8700 else
8701 redisplay_window (window, 0);
8702
8703 window = w->next;
8704 }
8705 }
8706
8707
8708 /* Set cursor position of W. PT is assumed to be displayed in ROW.
8709 DELTA is the number of bytes by which positions recorded in ROW
8710 differ from current buffer positions. */
8711
8712 void
8713 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, matrix, delta, delta_bytes, dy, dvpos)
8714 struct window *w;
8715 struct glyph_row *row;
8716 struct glyph_matrix *matrix;
8717 int delta, delta_bytes, dy, dvpos;
8718 {
8719 struct glyph *glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
8720 struct glyph *end = glyph + row->used[TEXT_AREA];
8721 int x = row->x;
8722 int pt_old = PT - delta;
8723
8724 /* Skip over glyphs not having an object at the start of the row.
8725 These are special glyphs like truncation marks on terminal
8726 frames. */
8727 if (row->displays_text_p)
8728 while (glyph < end
8729 && INTEGERP (glyph->object)
8730 && glyph->charpos < 0)
8731 {
8732 x += glyph->pixel_width;
8733 ++glyph;
8734 }
8735
8736 while (glyph < end
8737 && !INTEGERP (glyph->object)
8738 && (!BUFFERP (glyph->object)
8739 || glyph->charpos < pt_old))
8740 {
8741 x += glyph->pixel_width;
8742 ++glyph;
8743 }
8744
8745 w->cursor.hpos = glyph - row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
8746 w->cursor.x = x;
8747 w->cursor.vpos = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (row, matrix) + dvpos;
8748 w->cursor.y = row->y + dy;
8749
8750 if (w == XWINDOW (selected_window))
8751 {
8752 if (!row->continued_p
8753 && !MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (row)
8754 && row->x == 0)
8755 {
8756 this_line_buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
8757
8758 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos)
8759 = MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row) + delta;
8760 BYTEPOS (this_line_start_pos)
8761 = MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (row) + delta_bytes;
8762
8763 CHARPOS (this_line_end_pos)
8764 = Z - (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) + delta);
8765 BYTEPOS (this_line_end_pos)
8766 = Z_BYTE - (MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row) + delta_bytes);
8767
8768 this_line_y = w->cursor.y;
8769 this_line_pixel_height = row->height;
8770 this_line_vpos = w->cursor.vpos;
8771 this_line_start_x = row->x;
8772 }
8773 else
8774 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos) = 0;
8775 }
8776 }
8777
8778
8779 /* Run window scroll functions, if any, for WINDOW with new window
8780 start STARTP. Sets the window start of WINDOW to that position.
8781
8782 We assume that the window's buffer is really current. */
8783
8784 static INLINE struct text_pos
8785 run_window_scroll_functions (window, startp)
8786 Lisp_Object window;
8787 struct text_pos startp;
8788 {
8789 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
8790 SET_MARKER_FROM_TEXT_POS (w->start, startp);
8791
8792 if (current_buffer != XBUFFER (w->buffer))
8793 abort ();
8794
8795 if (!NILP (Vwindow_scroll_functions))
8796 {
8797 run_hook_with_args_2 (Qwindow_scroll_functions, window,
8798 make_number (CHARPOS (startp)));
8799 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (startp, w->start);
8800 /* In case the hook functions switch buffers. */
8801 if (current_buffer != XBUFFER (w->buffer))
8802 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (w->buffer));
8803 }
8804
8805 return startp;
8806 }
8807
8808
8809 /* Modify the desired matrix of window W and W->vscroll so that the
8810 line containing the cursor is fully visible. */
8811
8812 static void
8813 make_cursor_line_fully_visible (w)
8814 struct window *w;
8815 {
8816 struct glyph_matrix *matrix;
8817 struct glyph_row *row;
8818 int window_height, header_line_height;
8819
8820 /* It's not always possible to find the cursor, e.g, when a window
8821 is full of overlay strings. Don't do anything in that case. */
8822 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
8823 return;
8824
8825 matrix = w->desired_matrix;
8826 row = MATRIX_ROW (matrix, w->cursor.vpos);
8827
8828 /* If the cursor row is not partially visible, there's nothing
8829 to do. */
8830 if (!MATRIX_ROW_PARTIALLY_VISIBLE_P (row))
8831 return;
8832
8833 /* If the row the cursor is in is taller than the window's height,
8834 it's not clear what to do, so do nothing. */
8835 window_height = window_box_height (w);
8836 if (row->height >= window_height)
8837 return;
8838
8839 if (MATRIX_ROW_PARTIALLY_VISIBLE_AT_TOP_P (w, row))
8840 {
8841 int dy = row->height - row->visible_height;
8842 w->vscroll = 0;
8843 w->cursor.y += dy;
8844 shift_glyph_matrix (w, matrix, 0, matrix->nrows, dy);
8845 }
8846 else /* MATRIX_ROW_PARTIALLY_VISIBLE_AT_BOTTOM_P (w, row)) */
8847 {
8848 int dy = - (row->height - row->visible_height);
8849 w->vscroll = dy;
8850 w->cursor.y += dy;
8851 shift_glyph_matrix (w, matrix, 0, matrix->nrows, dy);
8852 }
8853
8854 /* When we change the cursor y-position of the selected window,
8855 change this_line_y as well so that the display optimization for
8856 the cursor line of the selected window in redisplay_internal uses
8857 the correct y-position. */
8858 if (w == XWINDOW (selected_window))
8859 this_line_y = w->cursor.y;
8860 }
8861
8862
8863 /* Try scrolling PT into view in window WINDOW. JUST_THIS_ONE_P
8864 non-zero means only WINDOW is redisplayed in redisplay_internal.
8865 TEMP_SCROLL_STEP has the same meaning as scroll_step, and is used
8866 in redisplay_window to bring a partially visible line into view in
8867 the case that only the cursor has moved.
8868
8869 Value is
8870
8871 1 if scrolling succeeded
8872
8873 0 if scrolling didn't find point.
8874
8875 -1 if new fonts have been loaded so that we must interrupt
8876 redisplay, adjust glyph matrices, and try again. */
8877
8878 static int
8879 try_scrolling (window, just_this_one_p, scroll_conservatively,
8880 scroll_step, temp_scroll_step)
8881 Lisp_Object window;
8882 int just_this_one_p;
8883 int scroll_conservatively, scroll_step;
8884 int temp_scroll_step;
8885 {
8886 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
8887 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
8888 struct text_pos scroll_margin_pos;
8889 struct text_pos pos;
8890 struct text_pos startp;
8891 struct it it;
8892 Lisp_Object window_end;
8893 int this_scroll_margin;
8894 int dy = 0;
8895 int scroll_max;
8896 int rc;
8897 int amount_to_scroll = 0;
8898 Lisp_Object aggressive;
8899 int height;
8900
8901 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
8902 debug_method_add (w, "try_scrolling");
8903 #endif
8904
8905 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (startp, w->start);
8906
8907 /* Compute scroll margin height in pixels. We scroll when point is
8908 within this distance from the top or bottom of the window. */
8909 if (scroll_margin > 0)
8910 {
8911 this_scroll_margin = min (scroll_margin, XINT (w->height) / 4);
8912 this_scroll_margin *= CANON_Y_UNIT (f);
8913 }
8914 else
8915 this_scroll_margin = 0;
8916
8917 /* Compute how much we should try to scroll maximally to bring point
8918 into view. */
8919 if (scroll_step || scroll_conservatively || temp_scroll_step)
8920 scroll_max = max (scroll_step,
8921 max (scroll_conservatively, temp_scroll_step));
8922 else if (NUMBERP (current_buffer->scroll_down_aggressively)
8923 || NUMBERP (current_buffer->scroll_up_aggressively))
8924 /* We're trying to scroll because of aggressive scrolling
8925 but no scroll_step is set. Choose an arbitrary one. Maybe
8926 there should be a variable for this. */
8927 scroll_max = 10;
8928 else
8929 scroll_max = 0;
8930 scroll_max *= CANON_Y_UNIT (f);
8931
8932 /* Decide whether we have to scroll down. Start at the window end
8933 and move this_scroll_margin up to find the position of the scroll
8934 margin. */
8935 window_end = Fwindow_end (window, Qt);
8936 CHARPOS (scroll_margin_pos) = XINT (window_end);
8937 BYTEPOS (scroll_margin_pos) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (CHARPOS (scroll_margin_pos));
8938 if (this_scroll_margin)
8939 {
8940 start_display (&it, w, scroll_margin_pos);
8941 move_it_vertically (&it, - this_scroll_margin);
8942 scroll_margin_pos = it.current.pos;
8943 }
8944
8945 if (PT >= CHARPOS (scroll_margin_pos))
8946 {
8947 int y0;
8948 #if 0
8949 int line_height;
8950 #endif
8951
8952 /* Point is in the scroll margin at the bottom of the window, or
8953 below. Compute a new window start that makes point visible. */
8954
8955 /* Compute the distance from the scroll margin to PT.
8956 Give up if the distance is greater than scroll_max. */
8957 start_display (&it, w, scroll_margin_pos);
8958 y0 = it.current_y;
8959 move_it_to (&it, PT, 0, it.last_visible_y, -1,
8960 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_X | MOVE_TO_Y);
8961 #if 0 /* Taking the line's height into account here looks wrong. */
8962 line_height = (it.max_ascent + it.max_descent
8963 ? it.max_ascent + it.max_descent
8964 : last_height);
8965 dy = it.current_y + line_height - y0;
8966 #else
8967 /* With a scroll_margin of 0, scroll_margin_pos is at the window
8968 end, which is one line below the window. The iterator's
8969 current_y will be same as y0 in that case, but we have to
8970 scroll a line to make PT visible. That's the reason why 1 is
8971 added below. */
8972 dy = 1 + it.current_y - y0;
8973 #endif
8974
8975 if (dy > scroll_max)
8976 return 0;
8977
8978 /* Move the window start down. If scrolling conservatively,
8979 move it just enough down to make point visible. If
8980 scroll_step is set, move it down by scroll_step. */
8981 start_display (&it, w, startp);
8982
8983 if (scroll_conservatively)
8984 amount_to_scroll =
8985 max (dy, CANON_Y_UNIT (f) * max (scroll_step, temp_scroll_step));
8986 else if (scroll_step || temp_scroll_step)
8987 amount_to_scroll = scroll_max;
8988 else
8989 {
8990 aggressive = current_buffer->scroll_down_aggressively;
8991 height = (WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEIGHT_NO_MODE_LINE (w)
8992 - WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w));
8993 if (NUMBERP (aggressive))
8994 amount_to_scroll = XFLOATINT (aggressive) * height;
8995 }
8996
8997 if (amount_to_scroll <= 0)
8998 return 0;
8999
9000 move_it_vertically (&it, amount_to_scroll);
9001 startp = it.current.pos;
9002 }
9003 else
9004 {
9005 /* See if point is inside the scroll margin at the top of the
9006 window. */
9007 scroll_margin_pos = startp;
9008 if (this_scroll_margin)
9009 {
9010 start_display (&it, w, startp);
9011 move_it_vertically (&it, this_scroll_margin);
9012 scroll_margin_pos = it.current.pos;
9013 }
9014
9015 if (PT < CHARPOS (scroll_margin_pos))
9016 {
9017 /* Point is in the scroll margin at the top of the window or
9018 above what is displayed in the window. */
9019 int y0;
9020
9021 /* Compute the vertical distance from PT to the scroll
9022 margin position. Give up if distance is greater than
9023 scroll_max. */
9024 SET_TEXT_POS (pos, PT, PT_BYTE);
9025 start_display (&it, w, pos);
9026 y0 = it.current_y;
9027 move_it_to (&it, CHARPOS (scroll_margin_pos), 0,
9028 it.last_visible_y, -1,
9029 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_X | MOVE_TO_Y);
9030 dy = it.current_y - y0;
9031 if (dy > scroll_max)
9032 return 0;
9033
9034 /* Compute new window start. */
9035 start_display (&it, w, startp);
9036
9037 if (scroll_conservatively)
9038 amount_to_scroll =
9039 max (dy, CANON_Y_UNIT (f) * max (scroll_step, temp_scroll_step));
9040 else if (scroll_step || temp_scroll_step)
9041 amount_to_scroll = scroll_max;
9042 else
9043 {
9044 aggressive = current_buffer->scroll_up_aggressively;
9045 height = (WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEIGHT_NO_MODE_LINE (w)
9046 - WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w));
9047 if (NUMBERP (aggressive))
9048 amount_to_scroll = XFLOATINT (aggressive) * height;
9049 }
9050
9051 if (amount_to_scroll <= 0)
9052 return 0;
9053
9054 move_it_vertically (&it, - amount_to_scroll);
9055 startp = it.current.pos;
9056 }
9057 }
9058
9059 /* Run window scroll functions. */
9060 startp = run_window_scroll_functions (window, startp);
9061
9062 /* Display the window. Give up if new fonts are loaded, or if point
9063 doesn't appear. */
9064 if (!try_window (window, startp))
9065 rc = -1;
9066 else if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
9067 {
9068 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
9069 rc = 0;
9070 }
9071 else
9072 {
9073 /* Maybe forget recorded base line for line number display. */
9074 if (!just_this_one_p
9075 || current_buffer->clip_changed
9076 || BEG_UNCHANGED < CHARPOS (startp))
9077 w->base_line_number = Qnil;
9078
9079 /* If cursor ends up on a partially visible line, shift display
9080 lines up or down. */
9081 make_cursor_line_fully_visible (w);
9082 rc = 1;
9083 }
9084
9085 return rc;
9086 }
9087
9088
9089 /* Compute a suitable window start for window W if display of W starts
9090 on a continuation line. Value is non-zero if a new window start
9091 was computed.
9092
9093 The new window start will be computed, based on W's width, starting
9094 from the start of the continued line. It is the start of the
9095 screen line with the minimum distance from the old start W->start. */
9096
9097 static int
9098 compute_window_start_on_continuation_line (w)
9099 struct window *w;
9100 {
9101 struct text_pos pos, start_pos;
9102 int window_start_changed_p = 0;
9103
9104 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (start_pos, w->start);
9105
9106 /* If window start is on a continuation line... Window start may be
9107 < BEGV in case there's invisible text at the start of the
9108 buffer (M-x rmail, for example). */
9109 if (CHARPOS (start_pos) > BEGV
9110 && FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (start_pos) - 1) != '\n')
9111 {
9112 struct it it;
9113 struct glyph_row *row;
9114
9115 /* Handle the case that the window start is out of range. */
9116 if (CHARPOS (start_pos) < BEGV)
9117 SET_TEXT_POS (start_pos, BEGV, BEGV_BYTE);
9118 else if (CHARPOS (start_pos) > ZV)
9119 SET_TEXT_POS (start_pos, ZV, ZV_BYTE);
9120
9121 /* Find the start of the continued line. This should be fast
9122 because scan_buffer is fast (newline cache). */
9123 row = w->desired_matrix->rows + (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w) ? 1 : 0);
9124 init_iterator (&it, w, CHARPOS (start_pos), BYTEPOS (start_pos),
9125 row, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
9126 reseat_at_previous_visible_line_start (&it);
9127
9128 /* If the line start is "too far" away from the window start,
9129 say it takes too much time to compute a new window start. */
9130 if (CHARPOS (start_pos) - IT_CHARPOS (it)
9131 < XFASTINT (w->height) * XFASTINT (w->width))
9132 {
9133 int min_distance, distance;
9134
9135 /* Move forward by display lines to find the new window
9136 start. If window width was enlarged, the new start can
9137 be expected to be > the old start. If window width was
9138 decreased, the new window start will be < the old start.
9139 So, we're looking for the display line start with the
9140 minimum distance from the old window start. */
9141 pos = it.current.pos;
9142 min_distance = INFINITY;
9143 while ((distance = abs (CHARPOS (start_pos) - IT_CHARPOS (it))),
9144 distance < min_distance)
9145 {
9146 min_distance = distance;
9147 pos = it.current.pos;
9148 move_it_by_lines (&it, 1, 0);
9149 }
9150
9151 /* Set the window start there. */
9152 SET_MARKER_FROM_TEXT_POS (w->start, pos);
9153 window_start_changed_p = 1;
9154 }
9155 }
9156
9157 return window_start_changed_p;
9158 }
9159
9160
9161 /* Try cursor movement in case text has not changes in window WINDOW,
9162 with window start STARTP. Value is
9163
9164 1 if successful
9165
9166 0 if this method cannot be used
9167
9168 -1 if we know we have to scroll the display. *SCROLL_STEP is
9169 set to 1, under certain circumstances, if we want to scroll as
9170 if scroll-step were set to 1. See the code. */
9171
9172 static int
9173 try_cursor_movement (window, startp, scroll_step)
9174 Lisp_Object window;
9175 struct text_pos startp;
9176 int *scroll_step;
9177 {
9178 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
9179 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
9180 int rc = 0;
9181
9182 /* Handle case where text has not changed, only point, and it has
9183 not moved off the frame. */
9184 if (/* Point may be in this window. */
9185 PT >= CHARPOS (startp)
9186 /* Selective display hasn't changed. */
9187 && !current_buffer->clip_changed
9188 /* Function force-mode-line-update is used to force a thorough
9189 redisplay. It sets either windows_or_buffers_changed or
9190 update_mode_lines. So don't take a shortcut here for these
9191 cases. */
9192 && !update_mode_lines
9193 && !windows_or_buffers_changed
9194 /* Can't use this case if highlighting a region. When a
9195 region exists, cursor movement has to do more than just
9196 set the cursor. */
9197 && !(!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
9198 && !NILP (current_buffer->mark_active))
9199 && NILP (w->region_showing)
9200 && NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace)
9201 /* Right after splitting windows, last_point may be nil. */
9202 && INTEGERP (w->last_point)
9203 /* This code is not used for mini-buffer for the sake of the case
9204 of redisplaying to replace an echo area message; since in
9205 that case the mini-buffer contents per se are usually
9206 unchanged. This code is of no real use in the mini-buffer
9207 since the handling of this_line_start_pos, etc., in redisplay
9208 handles the same cases. */
9209 && !EQ (window, minibuf_window)
9210 /* When splitting windows or for new windows, it happens that
9211 redisplay is called with a nil window_end_vpos or one being
9212 larger than the window. This should really be fixed in
9213 window.c. I don't have this on my list, now, so we do
9214 approximately the same as the old redisplay code. --gerd. */
9215 && INTEGERP (w->window_end_vpos)
9216 && XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos) < w->current_matrix->nrows
9217 && (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
9218 || !MARKERP (Voverlay_arrow_position)
9219 || current_buffer != XMARKER (Voverlay_arrow_position)->buffer))
9220 {
9221 int this_scroll_margin;
9222 struct glyph_row *row;
9223
9224 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
9225 debug_method_add (w, "cursor movement");
9226 #endif
9227
9228 /* Scroll if point within this distance from the top or bottom
9229 of the window. This is a pixel value. */
9230 this_scroll_margin = max (0, scroll_margin);
9231 this_scroll_margin = min (this_scroll_margin, XFASTINT (w->height) / 4);
9232 this_scroll_margin *= CANON_Y_UNIT (f);
9233
9234 /* Start with the row the cursor was displayed during the last
9235 not paused redisplay. Give up if that row is not valid. */
9236 if (w->last_cursor.vpos < 0
9237 || w->last_cursor.vpos >= w->current_matrix->nrows)
9238 rc = -1;
9239 else
9240 {
9241 row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, w->last_cursor.vpos);
9242 if (row->mode_line_p)
9243 ++row;
9244 if (!row->enabled_p)
9245 rc = -1;
9246 }
9247
9248 if (rc == 0)
9249 {
9250 int scroll_p = 0;
9251 int last_y = window_text_bottom_y (w) - this_scroll_margin;
9252
9253 if (PT > XFASTINT (w->last_point))
9254 {
9255 /* Point has moved forward. */
9256 while (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) < PT
9257 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) < last_y)
9258 {
9259 xassert (row->enabled_p);
9260 ++row;
9261 }
9262
9263 /* The end position of a row equals the start position
9264 of the next row. If PT is there, we would rather
9265 display it in the next line. */
9266 while (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) < last_y
9267 && MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) == PT
9268 && !cursor_row_p (w, row))
9269 ++row;
9270
9271 /* If within the scroll margin, scroll. Note that
9272 MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y gives the pixel position at which
9273 the next line would be drawn, and that
9274 this_scroll_margin can be zero. */
9275 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) > last_y
9276 || PT > MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row)
9277 /* Line is completely visible last line in window
9278 and PT is to be set in the next line. */
9279 || (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) == last_y
9280 && PT == MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row)
9281 && !row->ends_at_zv_p
9282 && !MATRIX_ROW_ENDS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (row)))
9283 scroll_p = 1;
9284 }
9285 else if (PT < XFASTINT (w->last_point))
9286 {
9287 /* Cursor has to be moved backward. Note that PT >=
9288 CHARPOS (startp) because of the outer
9289 if-statement. */
9290 while (!row->mode_line_p
9291 && (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row) > PT
9292 || (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row) == PT
9293 && MATRIX_ROW_STARTS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (row)))
9294 && (row->y > this_scroll_margin
9295 || CHARPOS (startp) == BEGV))
9296 {
9297 xassert (row->enabled_p);
9298 --row;
9299 }
9300
9301 /* Consider the following case: Window starts at BEGV,
9302 there is invisible, intangible text at BEGV, so that
9303 display starts at some point START > BEGV. It can
9304 happen that we are called with PT somewhere between
9305 BEGV and START. Try to handle that case. */
9306 if (row < w->current_matrix->rows
9307 || row->mode_line_p)
9308 {
9309 row = w->current_matrix->rows;
9310 if (row->mode_line_p)
9311 ++row;
9312 }
9313
9314 /* Due to newlines in overlay strings, we may have to
9315 skip forward over overlay strings. */
9316 while (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) < last_y
9317 && MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) == PT
9318 && !cursor_row_p (w, row))
9319 ++row;
9320
9321 /* If within the scroll margin, scroll. */
9322 if (row->y < this_scroll_margin
9323 && CHARPOS (startp) != BEGV)
9324 scroll_p = 1;
9325 }
9326
9327 if (PT < MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row)
9328 || PT > MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row))
9329 {
9330 /* if PT is not in the glyph row, give up. */
9331 rc = -1;
9332 }
9333 else if (MATRIX_ROW_PARTIALLY_VISIBLE_P (row))
9334 {
9335 if (PT == MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row)
9336 && !row->ends_at_zv_p
9337 && !MATRIX_ROW_ENDS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (row))
9338 rc = -1;
9339 else if (row->height > window_box_height (w))
9340 {
9341 /* If we end up in a partially visible line, let's
9342 make it fully visible, except when it's taller
9343 than the window, in which case we can't do much
9344 about it. */
9345 *scroll_step = 1;
9346 rc = -1;
9347 }
9348 else
9349 {
9350 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
9351 try_window (window, startp);
9352 make_cursor_line_fully_visible (w);
9353 rc = 1;
9354 }
9355 }
9356 else if (scroll_p)
9357 rc = -1;
9358 else
9359 {
9360 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
9361 rc = 1;
9362 }
9363 }
9364 }
9365
9366 return rc;
9367 }
9368
9369
9370 /* Redisplay leaf window WINDOW. JUST_THIS_ONE_P non-zero means only
9371 selected_window is redisplayed. */
9372
9373 static void
9374 redisplay_window (window, just_this_one_p)
9375 Lisp_Object window;
9376 int just_this_one_p;
9377 {
9378 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
9379 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
9380 struct buffer *buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
9381 struct buffer *old = current_buffer;
9382 struct text_pos lpoint, opoint, startp;
9383 int update_mode_line;
9384 int tem;
9385 struct it it;
9386 /* Record it now because it's overwritten. */
9387 int current_matrix_up_to_date_p = 0;
9388 int temp_scroll_step = 0;
9389 int count = BINDING_STACK_SIZE ();
9390 int rc;
9391
9392 SET_TEXT_POS (lpoint, PT, PT_BYTE);
9393 opoint = lpoint;
9394
9395 /* W must be a leaf window here. */
9396 xassert (!NILP (w->buffer));
9397 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
9398 *w->desired_matrix->method = 0;
9399 #endif
9400
9401 specbind (Qinhibit_point_motion_hooks, Qt);
9402
9403 reconsider_clip_changes (w, buffer);
9404
9405 /* Has the mode line to be updated? */
9406 update_mode_line = (!NILP (w->update_mode_line)
9407 || update_mode_lines
9408 || buffer->clip_changed);
9409
9410 if (MINI_WINDOW_P (w))
9411 {
9412 if (w == XWINDOW (echo_area_window)
9413 && !NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]))
9414 {
9415 if (update_mode_line)
9416 /* We may have to update a tty frame's menu bar or a
9417 tool-bar. Example `M-x C-h C-h C-g'. */
9418 goto finish_menu_bars;
9419 else
9420 /* We've already displayed the echo area glyphs in this window. */
9421 goto finish_scroll_bars;
9422 }
9423 else if (w != XWINDOW (minibuf_window))
9424 {
9425 /* W is a mini-buffer window, but it's not the currently
9426 active one, so clear it. */
9427 int yb = window_text_bottom_y (w);
9428 struct glyph_row *row;
9429 int y;
9430
9431 for (y = 0, row = w->desired_matrix->rows;
9432 y < yb;
9433 y += row->height, ++row)
9434 blank_row (w, row, y);
9435 goto finish_scroll_bars;
9436 }
9437 }
9438
9439 /* Otherwise set up data on this window; select its buffer and point
9440 value. */
9441 /* Really select the buffer, for the sake of buffer-local
9442 variables. */
9443 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (w->buffer));
9444 SET_TEXT_POS (opoint, PT, PT_BYTE);
9445
9446 current_matrix_up_to_date_p
9447 = (!NILP (w->window_end_valid)
9448 && !current_buffer->clip_changed
9449 && XFASTINT (w->last_modified) >= MODIFF
9450 && XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) >= OVERLAY_MODIFF);
9451
9452 /* When windows_or_buffers_changed is non-zero, we can't rely on
9453 the window end being valid, so set it to nil there. */
9454 if (windows_or_buffers_changed)
9455 {
9456 /* If window starts on a continuation line, maybe adjust the
9457 window start in case the window's width changed. */
9458 if (XMARKER (w->start)->buffer == current_buffer)
9459 compute_window_start_on_continuation_line (w);
9460
9461 w->window_end_valid = Qnil;
9462 }
9463
9464 /* Some sanity checks. */
9465 CHECK_WINDOW_END (w);
9466 if (Z == Z_BYTE && CHARPOS (opoint) != BYTEPOS (opoint))
9467 abort ();
9468 if (BYTEPOS (opoint) < CHARPOS (opoint))
9469 abort ();
9470
9471 /* If %c is in mode line, update it if needed. */
9472 if (!NILP (w->column_number_displayed)
9473 /* This alternative quickly identifies a common case
9474 where no change is needed. */
9475 && !(PT == XFASTINT (w->last_point)
9476 && XFASTINT (w->last_modified) >= MODIFF
9477 && XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) >= OVERLAY_MODIFF)
9478 && XFASTINT (w->column_number_displayed) != current_column ())
9479 update_mode_line = 1;
9480
9481 /* Count number of windows showing the selected buffer. An indirect
9482 buffer counts as its base buffer. */
9483 if (!just_this_one_p)
9484 {
9485 struct buffer *current_base, *window_base;
9486 current_base = current_buffer;
9487 window_base = XBUFFER (XWINDOW (selected_window)->buffer);
9488 if (current_base->base_buffer)
9489 current_base = current_base->base_buffer;
9490 if (window_base->base_buffer)
9491 window_base = window_base->base_buffer;
9492 if (current_base == window_base)
9493 buffer_shared++;
9494 }
9495
9496 /* Point refers normally to the selected window. For any other
9497 window, set up appropriate value. */
9498 if (!EQ (window, selected_window))
9499 {
9500 int new_pt = XMARKER (w->pointm)->charpos;
9501 int new_pt_byte = marker_byte_position (w->pointm);
9502 if (new_pt < BEGV)
9503 {
9504 new_pt = BEGV;
9505 new_pt_byte = BEGV_BYTE;
9506 set_marker_both (w->pointm, Qnil, BEGV, BEGV_BYTE);
9507 }
9508 else if (new_pt > (ZV - 1))
9509 {
9510 new_pt = ZV;
9511 new_pt_byte = ZV_BYTE;
9512 set_marker_both (w->pointm, Qnil, ZV, ZV_BYTE);
9513 }
9514
9515 /* We don't use SET_PT so that the point-motion hooks don't run. */
9516 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (new_pt, new_pt_byte);
9517 }
9518
9519 /* If any of the character widths specified in the display table
9520 have changed, invalidate the width run cache. It's true that
9521 this may be a bit late to catch such changes, but the rest of
9522 redisplay goes (non-fatally) haywire when the display table is
9523 changed, so why should we worry about doing any better? */
9524 if (current_buffer->width_run_cache)
9525 {
9526 struct Lisp_Char_Table *disptab = buffer_display_table ();
9527
9528 if (! disptab_matches_widthtab (disptab,
9529 XVECTOR (current_buffer->width_table)))
9530 {
9531 invalidate_region_cache (current_buffer,
9532 current_buffer->width_run_cache,
9533 BEG, Z);
9534 recompute_width_table (current_buffer, disptab);
9535 }
9536 }
9537
9538 /* If window-start is screwed up, choose a new one. */
9539 if (XMARKER (w->start)->buffer != current_buffer)
9540 goto recenter;
9541
9542 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (startp, w->start);
9543
9544 /* If someone specified a new starting point but did not insist,
9545 check whether it can be used. */
9546 if (!NILP (w->optional_new_start)
9547 && CHARPOS (startp) >= BEGV
9548 && CHARPOS (startp) <= ZV)
9549 {
9550 w->optional_new_start = Qnil;
9551 start_display (&it, w, startp);
9552 move_it_to (&it, PT, 0, it.last_visible_y, -1,
9553 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_X | MOVE_TO_Y);
9554 if (IT_CHARPOS (it) == PT)
9555 w->force_start = Qt;
9556 }
9557
9558 /* Handle case where place to start displaying has been specified,
9559 unless the specified location is outside the accessible range. */
9560 if (!NILP (w->force_start)
9561 || w->frozen_window_start_p)
9562 {
9563 w->force_start = Qnil;
9564 w->vscroll = 0;
9565 w->window_end_valid = Qnil;
9566
9567 /* Forget any recorded base line for line number display. */
9568 if (!current_matrix_up_to_date_p
9569 || current_buffer->clip_changed)
9570 w->base_line_number = Qnil;
9571
9572 /* Redisplay the mode line. Select the buffer properly for that.
9573 Also, run the hook window-scroll-functions
9574 because we have scrolled. */
9575 /* Note, we do this after clearing force_start because
9576 if there's an error, it is better to forget about force_start
9577 than to get into an infinite loop calling the hook functions
9578 and having them get more errors. */
9579 if (!update_mode_line
9580 || ! NILP (Vwindow_scroll_functions))
9581 {
9582 update_mode_line = 1;
9583 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
9584 startp = run_window_scroll_functions (window, startp);
9585 }
9586
9587 XSETFASTINT (w->last_modified, 0);
9588 XSETFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified, 0);
9589 if (CHARPOS (startp) < BEGV)
9590 SET_TEXT_POS (startp, BEGV, BEGV_BYTE);
9591 else if (CHARPOS (startp) > ZV)
9592 SET_TEXT_POS (startp, ZV, ZV_BYTE);
9593
9594 /* Redisplay, then check if cursor has been set during the
9595 redisplay. Give up if new fonts were loaded. */
9596 if (!try_window (window, startp))
9597 {
9598 w->force_start = Qt;
9599 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
9600 goto restore_buffers;
9601 }
9602
9603 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0 && !w->frozen_window_start_p)
9604 {
9605 /* If point does not appear, try to move point so it does
9606 appear. The desired matrix has been built above, so we
9607 can use it here. */
9608 int window_height;
9609 struct glyph_row *row;
9610
9611 window_height = window_box_height (w) / 2;
9612 row = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->desired_matrix);
9613 while (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) < window_height)
9614 ++row;
9615
9616 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row),
9617 MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (row));
9618
9619 if (w != XWINDOW (selected_window))
9620 set_marker_both (w->pointm, Qnil, PT, PT_BYTE);
9621 else if (current_buffer == old)
9622 SET_TEXT_POS (lpoint, PT, PT_BYTE);
9623
9624 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->desired_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
9625
9626 /* If we are highlighting the region, then we just changed
9627 the region, so redisplay to show it. */
9628 if (!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
9629 && !NILP (current_buffer->mark_active))
9630 {
9631 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
9632 if (!try_window (window, startp))
9633 goto restore_buffers;
9634 }
9635 }
9636
9637 make_cursor_line_fully_visible (w);
9638 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
9639 debug_method_add (w, "forced window start");
9640 #endif
9641 goto done;
9642 }
9643
9644 /* Handle case where text has not changed, only point, and it has
9645 not moved off the frame. */
9646 if (current_matrix_up_to_date_p
9647 && (rc = try_cursor_movement (window, startp, &temp_scroll_step),
9648 rc != 0))
9649 {
9650 if (rc == -1)
9651 goto try_to_scroll;
9652 else
9653 goto done;
9654 }
9655 /* If current starting point was originally the beginning of a line
9656 but no longer is, find a new starting point. */
9657 else if (!NILP (w->start_at_line_beg)
9658 && !(CHARPOS (startp) <= BEGV
9659 || FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (startp) - 1) == '\n'))
9660 {
9661 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
9662 debug_method_add (w, "recenter 1");
9663 #endif
9664 goto recenter;
9665 }
9666
9667 /* Try scrolling with try_window_id. */
9668 else if (/* Windows and buffers haven't changed. */
9669 !windows_or_buffers_changed
9670 /* Window must be either use window-based redisplay or
9671 be full width. */
9672 && (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
9673 || (line_ins_del_ok && WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (w)))
9674 && !MINI_WINDOW_P (w)
9675 /* Point is not known NOT to appear in window. */
9676 && PT >= CHARPOS (startp)
9677 && XFASTINT (w->last_modified)
9678 /* Window is not hscrolled. */
9679 && XFASTINT (w->hscroll) == 0
9680 /* Selective display has not changed. */
9681 && !current_buffer->clip_changed
9682 /* Current matrix is up to date. */
9683 && !NILP (w->window_end_valid)
9684 /* Can't use this case if highlighting a region because
9685 a cursor movement will do more than just set the cursor. */
9686 && !(!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
9687 && !NILP (current_buffer->mark_active))
9688 && NILP (w->region_showing)
9689 && NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace)
9690 /* Overlay arrow position and string not changed. */
9691 && EQ (last_arrow_position, COERCE_MARKER (Voverlay_arrow_position))
9692 && EQ (last_arrow_string, Voverlay_arrow_string)
9693 /* Value is > 0 if update has been done, it is -1 if we
9694 know that the same window start will not work. It is 0
9695 if unsuccessful for some other reason. */
9696 && (tem = try_window_id (w)) != 0)
9697 {
9698 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
9699 debug_method_add (w, "try_window_id %d", tem);
9700 #endif
9701
9702 if (fonts_changed_p)
9703 goto restore_buffers;
9704 if (tem > 0)
9705 goto done;
9706
9707 /* Otherwise try_window_id has returned -1 which means that we
9708 don't want the alternative below this comment to execute. */
9709 }
9710 else if (CHARPOS (startp) >= BEGV
9711 && CHARPOS (startp) <= ZV
9712 && PT >= CHARPOS (startp)
9713 && (CHARPOS (startp) < ZV
9714 /* Avoid starting at end of buffer. */
9715 || CHARPOS (startp) == BEGV
9716 || (XFASTINT (w->last_modified) >= MODIFF
9717 && XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) >= OVERLAY_MODIFF)))
9718 {
9719 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
9720 debug_method_add (w, "same window start");
9721 #endif
9722
9723 /* Try to redisplay starting at same place as before.
9724 If point has not moved off frame, accept the results. */
9725 if (!current_matrix_up_to_date_p
9726 /* Don't use try_window_reusing_current_matrix in this case
9727 because a window scroll function can have changed the
9728 buffer. */
9729 || !NILP (Vwindow_scroll_functions)
9730 || MINI_WINDOW_P (w)
9731 || !try_window_reusing_current_matrix (w))
9732 {
9733 IF_DEBUG (debug_method_add (w, "1"));
9734 try_window (window, startp);
9735 }
9736
9737 if (fonts_changed_p)
9738 goto restore_buffers;
9739
9740 if (w->cursor.vpos >= 0)
9741 {
9742 if (!just_this_one_p
9743 || current_buffer->clip_changed
9744 || BEG_UNCHANGED < CHARPOS (startp))
9745 /* Forget any recorded base line for line number display. */
9746 w->base_line_number = Qnil;
9747
9748 make_cursor_line_fully_visible (w);
9749 goto done;
9750 }
9751 else
9752 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
9753 }
9754
9755 try_to_scroll:
9756
9757 XSETFASTINT (w->last_modified, 0);
9758 XSETFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified, 0);
9759
9760 /* Redisplay the mode line. Select the buffer properly for that. */
9761 if (!update_mode_line)
9762 {
9763 update_mode_line = 1;
9764 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
9765 }
9766
9767 /* Try to scroll by specified few lines. */
9768 if ((scroll_conservatively
9769 || scroll_step
9770 || temp_scroll_step
9771 || NUMBERP (current_buffer->scroll_up_aggressively)
9772 || NUMBERP (current_buffer->scroll_down_aggressively))
9773 && !current_buffer->clip_changed
9774 && CHARPOS (startp) >= BEGV
9775 && CHARPOS (startp) <= ZV)
9776 {
9777 /* The function returns -1 if new fonts were loaded, 1 if
9778 successful, 0 if not successful. */
9779 int rc = try_scrolling (window, just_this_one_p,
9780 scroll_conservatively,
9781 scroll_step,
9782 temp_scroll_step);
9783 if (rc > 0)
9784 goto done;
9785 else if (rc < 0)
9786 goto restore_buffers;
9787 }
9788
9789 /* Finally, just choose place to start which centers point */
9790
9791 recenter:
9792
9793 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
9794 debug_method_add (w, "recenter");
9795 #endif
9796
9797 /* w->vscroll = 0; */
9798
9799 /* Forget any previously recorded base line for line number display. */
9800 if (!current_matrix_up_to_date_p
9801 || current_buffer->clip_changed)
9802 w->base_line_number = Qnil;
9803
9804 /* Move backward half the height of the window. */
9805 init_iterator (&it, w, PT, PT_BYTE, NULL, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
9806 it.current_y = it.last_visible_y;
9807 move_it_vertically_backward (&it, it.last_visible_y / 2);
9808 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (it) >= BEGV);
9809
9810 /* The function move_it_vertically_backward may move over more
9811 than the specified y-distance. If it->w is small, e.g. a
9812 mini-buffer window, we may end up in front of the window's
9813 display area. Start displaying at the start of the line
9814 containing PT in this case. */
9815 if (it.current_y <= 0)
9816 {
9817 init_iterator (&it, w, PT, PT_BYTE, NULL, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
9818 move_it_vertically (&it, 0);
9819 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (it) <= PT);
9820 it.current_y = 0;
9821 }
9822
9823 it.current_x = it.hpos = 0;
9824
9825 /* Set startp here explicitly in case that helps avoid an infinite loop
9826 in case the window-scroll-functions functions get errors. */
9827 set_marker_both (w->start, Qnil, IT_CHARPOS (it), IT_BYTEPOS (it));
9828
9829 /* Run scroll hooks. */
9830 startp = run_window_scroll_functions (window, it.current.pos);
9831
9832 /* Redisplay the window. */
9833 if (!current_matrix_up_to_date_p
9834 || windows_or_buffers_changed
9835 /* Don't use try_window_reusing_current_matrix in this case
9836 because it can have changed the buffer. */
9837 || !NILP (Vwindow_scroll_functions)
9838 || !just_this_one_p
9839 || MINI_WINDOW_P (w)
9840 || !try_window_reusing_current_matrix (w))
9841 try_window (window, startp);
9842
9843 /* If new fonts have been loaded (due to fontsets), give up. We
9844 have to start a new redisplay since we need to re-adjust glyph
9845 matrices. */
9846 if (fonts_changed_p)
9847 goto restore_buffers;
9848
9849 /* If cursor did not appear assume that the middle of the window is
9850 in the first line of the window. Do it again with the next line.
9851 (Imagine a window of height 100, displaying two lines of height
9852 60. Moving back 50 from it->last_visible_y will end in the first
9853 line.) */
9854 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
9855 {
9856 if (!NILP (w->window_end_valid)
9857 && PT >= Z - XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos))
9858 {
9859 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
9860 move_it_by_lines (&it, 1, 0);
9861 try_window (window, it.current.pos);
9862 }
9863 else if (PT < IT_CHARPOS (it))
9864 {
9865 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
9866 move_it_by_lines (&it, -1, 0);
9867 try_window (window, it.current.pos);
9868 }
9869 else
9870 {
9871 /* Not much we can do about it. */
9872 }
9873 }
9874
9875 /* Consider the following case: Window starts at BEGV, there is
9876 invisible, intangible text at BEGV, so that display starts at
9877 some point START > BEGV. It can happen that we are called with
9878 PT somewhere between BEGV and START. Try to handle that case. */
9879 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
9880 {
9881 struct glyph_row *row = w->current_matrix->rows;
9882 if (row->mode_line_p)
9883 ++row;
9884 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
9885 }
9886
9887 make_cursor_line_fully_visible (w);
9888
9889 done:
9890
9891 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (startp, w->start);
9892 w->start_at_line_beg = ((CHARPOS (startp) == BEGV
9893 || FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (startp) - 1) == '\n')
9894 ? Qt : Qnil);
9895
9896 /* Display the mode line, if we must. */
9897 if ((update_mode_line
9898 /* If window not full width, must redo its mode line
9899 if (a) the window to its side is being redone and
9900 (b) we do a frame-based redisplay. This is a consequence
9901 of how inverted lines are drawn in frame-based redisplay. */
9902 || (!just_this_one_p
9903 && !FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
9904 && !WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (w))
9905 /* Line number to display. */
9906 || INTEGERP (w->base_line_pos)
9907 /* Column number is displayed and different from the one displayed. */
9908 || (!NILP (w->column_number_displayed)
9909 && XFASTINT (w->column_number_displayed) != current_column ()))
9910 /* This means that the window has a mode line. */
9911 && (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w)
9912 || WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w)))
9913 {
9914 Lisp_Object old_selected_frame;
9915
9916 old_selected_frame = selected_frame;
9917
9918 XSETFRAME (selected_frame, f);
9919 display_mode_lines (w);
9920 selected_frame = old_selected_frame;
9921
9922 /* If mode line height has changed, arrange for a thorough
9923 immediate redisplay using the correct mode line height. */
9924 if (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w)
9925 && CURRENT_MODE_LINE_HEIGHT (w) != DESIRED_MODE_LINE_HEIGHT (w))
9926 {
9927 fonts_changed_p = 1;
9928 MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix)->height
9929 = DESIRED_MODE_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
9930 }
9931
9932 /* If top line height has changed, arrange for a thorough
9933 immediate redisplay using the correct mode line height. */
9934 if (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w)
9935 && CURRENT_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w) != DESIRED_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w))
9936 {
9937 fonts_changed_p = 1;
9938 MATRIX_HEADER_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix)->height
9939 = DESIRED_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
9940 }
9941
9942 if (fonts_changed_p)
9943 goto restore_buffers;
9944 }
9945
9946 if (!line_number_displayed
9947 && !BUFFERP (w->base_line_pos))
9948 {
9949 w->base_line_pos = Qnil;
9950 w->base_line_number = Qnil;
9951 }
9952
9953 finish_menu_bars:
9954
9955 /* When we reach a frame's selected window, redo the frame's menu bar. */
9956 if (update_mode_line
9957 && EQ (FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f), window))
9958 {
9959 int redisplay_menu_p = 0;
9960
9961 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
9962 {
9963 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (HAVE_NTGUI) || defined (macintosh)
9964 redisplay_menu_p = FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f);
9965 #else
9966 redisplay_menu_p = FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f) > 0;
9967 #endif
9968 }
9969 else
9970 redisplay_menu_p = FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f) > 0;
9971
9972 if (redisplay_menu_p)
9973 display_menu_bar (w);
9974
9975 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
9976 if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)
9977 && (FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f) > 0
9978 || auto_resize_tool_bars_p))
9979 redisplay_tool_bar (f);
9980 #endif
9981 }
9982
9983 finish_scroll_bars:
9984
9985 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f))
9986 {
9987 int start, end, whole;
9988
9989 /* Calculate the start and end positions for the current window.
9990 At some point, it would be nice to choose between scrollbars
9991 which reflect the whole buffer size, with special markers
9992 indicating narrowing, and scrollbars which reflect only the
9993 visible region.
9994
9995 Note that mini-buffers sometimes aren't displaying any text. */
9996 if (!MINI_WINDOW_P (w)
9997 || (w == XWINDOW (minibuf_window)
9998 && NILP (echo_area_buffer[0])))
9999 {
10000 whole = ZV - BEGV;
10001 start = marker_position (w->start) - BEGV;
10002 /* I don't think this is guaranteed to be right. For the
10003 moment, we'll pretend it is. */
10004 end = (Z - XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos)) - BEGV;
10005
10006 if (end < start)
10007 end = start;
10008 if (whole < (end - start))
10009 whole = end - start;
10010 }
10011 else
10012 start = end = whole = 0;
10013
10014 /* Indicate what this scroll bar ought to be displaying now. */
10015 (*set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook) (w, end - start, whole, start);
10016
10017 /* Note that we actually used the scroll bar attached to this
10018 window, so it shouldn't be deleted at the end of redisplay. */
10019 (*redeem_scroll_bar_hook) (w);
10020 }
10021
10022 restore_buffers:
10023
10024 /* Restore current_buffer and value of point in it. */
10025 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (CHARPOS (opoint), BYTEPOS (opoint));
10026 set_buffer_internal_1 (old);
10027 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (CHARPOS (lpoint), BYTEPOS (lpoint));
10028
10029 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
10030 }
10031
10032
10033 /* Build the complete desired matrix of WINDOW with a window start
10034 buffer position POS. Value is non-zero if successful. It is zero
10035 if fonts were loaded during redisplay which makes re-adjusting
10036 glyph matrices necessary. */
10037
10038 int
10039 try_window (window, pos)
10040 Lisp_Object window;
10041 struct text_pos pos;
10042 {
10043 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
10044 struct it it;
10045 struct glyph_row *last_text_row = NULL;
10046
10047 /* Make POS the new window start. */
10048 set_marker_both (w->start, Qnil, CHARPOS (pos), BYTEPOS (pos));
10049
10050 /* Mark cursor position as unknown. No overlay arrow seen. */
10051 w->cursor.vpos = -1;
10052 overlay_arrow_seen = 0;
10053
10054 /* Initialize iterator and info to start at POS. */
10055 start_display (&it, w, pos);
10056
10057 /* Display all lines of W. */
10058 while (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y)
10059 {
10060 if (display_line (&it))
10061 last_text_row = it.glyph_row - 1;
10062 if (fonts_changed_p)
10063 return 0;
10064 }
10065
10066 /* If bottom moved off end of frame, change mode line percentage. */
10067 if (XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos) <= 0
10068 && Z != IT_CHARPOS (it))
10069 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
10070
10071 /* Set window_end_pos to the offset of the last character displayed
10072 on the window from the end of current_buffer. Set
10073 window_end_vpos to its row number. */
10074 if (last_text_row)
10075 {
10076 xassert (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (last_text_row));
10077 w->window_end_bytepos
10078 = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (last_text_row);
10079 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_pos,
10080 Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (last_text_row));
10081 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos,
10082 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_text_row, w->desired_matrix));
10083 xassert (MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos))
10084 ->displays_text_p);
10085 }
10086 else
10087 {
10088 w->window_end_bytepos = 0;
10089 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_pos, 0);
10090 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos, 0);
10091 }
10092
10093 /* But that is not valid info until redisplay finishes. */
10094 w->window_end_valid = Qnil;
10095 return 1;
10096 }
10097
10098
10099 \f
10100 /************************************************************************
10101 Window redisplay reusing current matrix when buffer has not changed
10102 ************************************************************************/
10103
10104 /* Try redisplay of window W showing an unchanged buffer with a
10105 different window start than the last time it was displayed by
10106 reusing its current matrix. Value is non-zero if successful.
10107 W->start is the new window start. */
10108
10109 static int
10110 try_window_reusing_current_matrix (w)
10111 struct window *w;
10112 {
10113 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
10114 struct glyph_row *row, *bottom_row;
10115 struct it it;
10116 struct run run;
10117 struct text_pos start, new_start;
10118 int nrows_scrolled, i;
10119 struct glyph_row *last_text_row;
10120 struct glyph_row *last_reused_text_row;
10121 struct glyph_row *start_row;
10122 int start_vpos, min_y, max_y;
10123
10124 if (/* This function doesn't handle terminal frames. */
10125 !FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
10126 /* Don't try to reuse the display if windows have been split
10127 or such. */
10128 || windows_or_buffers_changed)
10129 return 0;
10130
10131 /* Can't do this if region may have changed. */
10132 if ((!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
10133 && !NILP (current_buffer->mark_active))
10134 || !NILP (w->region_showing)
10135 || !NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace))
10136 return 0;
10137
10138 /* If top-line visibility has changed, give up. */
10139 if (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w)
10140 != MATRIX_HEADER_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix)->mode_line_p)
10141 return 0;
10142
10143 /* Give up if old or new display is scrolled vertically. We could
10144 make this function handle this, but right now it doesn't. */
10145 start_row = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix);
10146 if (w->vscroll || MATRIX_ROW_PARTIALLY_VISIBLE_P (start_row))
10147 return 0;
10148
10149 /* The variable new_start now holds the new window start. The old
10150 start `start' can be determined from the current matrix. */
10151 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (new_start, w->start);
10152 start = start_row->start.pos;
10153 start_vpos = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (start_row, w->current_matrix);
10154
10155 /* Clear the desired matrix for the display below. */
10156 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
10157
10158 if (CHARPOS (new_start) <= CHARPOS (start))
10159 {
10160 int first_row_y;
10161
10162 IF_DEBUG (debug_method_add (w, "twu1"));
10163
10164 /* Display up to a row that can be reused. The variable
10165 last_text_row is set to the last row displayed that displays
10166 text. Note that it.vpos == 0 if or if not there is a
10167 header-line; it's not the same as the MATRIX_ROW_VPOS! */
10168 start_display (&it, w, new_start);
10169 first_row_y = it.current_y;
10170 w->cursor.vpos = -1;
10171 last_text_row = last_reused_text_row = NULL;
10172
10173 while (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y
10174 && IT_CHARPOS (it) < CHARPOS (start)
10175 && !fonts_changed_p)
10176 if (display_line (&it))
10177 last_text_row = it.glyph_row - 1;
10178
10179 /* A value of current_y < last_visible_y means that we stopped
10180 at the previous window start, which in turn means that we
10181 have at least one reusable row. */
10182 if (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y)
10183 {
10184 /* IT.vpos always starts from 0; it counts text lines. */
10185 nrows_scrolled = it.vpos;
10186
10187 /* Find PT if not already found in the lines displayed. */
10188 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
10189 {
10190 int dy = it.current_y - first_row_y;
10191
10192 row = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix);
10193 while (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row))
10194 {
10195 if (PT >= MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row)
10196 && PT < MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row))
10197 {
10198 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, 0, 0,
10199 dy, nrows_scrolled);
10200 break;
10201 }
10202
10203 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) + dy >= it.last_visible_y)
10204 break;
10205
10206 ++row;
10207 }
10208
10209 /* Give up if point was not found. This shouldn't
10210 happen often; not more often than with try_window
10211 itself. */
10212 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
10213 {
10214 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
10215 return 0;
10216 }
10217 }
10218
10219 /* Scroll the display. Do it before the current matrix is
10220 changed. The problem here is that update has not yet
10221 run, i.e. part of the current matrix is not up to date.
10222 scroll_run_hook will clear the cursor, and use the
10223 current matrix to get the height of the row the cursor is
10224 in. */
10225 run.current_y = first_row_y;
10226 run.desired_y = it.current_y;
10227 run.height = it.last_visible_y - it.current_y;
10228
10229 if (run.height > 0 && run.current_y != run.desired_y)
10230 {
10231 update_begin (f);
10232 rif->update_window_begin_hook (w);
10233 rif->clear_mouse_face (w);
10234 rif->scroll_run_hook (w, &run);
10235 rif->update_window_end_hook (w, 0, 0);
10236 update_end (f);
10237 }
10238
10239 /* Shift current matrix down by nrows_scrolled lines. */
10240 bottom_row = MATRIX_BOTTOM_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix, w);
10241 rotate_matrix (w->current_matrix,
10242 start_vpos,
10243 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (bottom_row, w->current_matrix),
10244 nrows_scrolled);
10245
10246 /* Disable lines not reused. */
10247 for (i = 0; i < it.vpos; ++i)
10248 (start_row + i)->enabled_p = 0;
10249
10250 /* Re-compute Y positions. */
10251 min_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
10252 max_y = it.last_visible_y;
10253 for (row = start_row + nrows_scrolled;
10254 row < bottom_row;
10255 ++row)
10256 {
10257 row->y = it.current_y;
10258
10259 if (row->y < min_y)
10260 row->visible_height = row->height - (min_y - row->y);
10261 else if (row->y + row->height > max_y)
10262 row->visible_height
10263 = row->height - (row->y + row->height - max_y);
10264 else
10265 row->visible_height = row->height;
10266
10267 it.current_y += row->height;
10268
10269 if (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row))
10270 last_reused_text_row = row;
10271 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) >= it.last_visible_y)
10272 break;
10273 }
10274 }
10275
10276 /* Update window_end_pos etc.; last_reused_text_row is the last
10277 reused row from the current matrix containing text, if any.
10278 The value of last_text_row is the last displayed line
10279 containing text. */
10280 if (last_reused_text_row)
10281 {
10282 w->window_end_bytepos
10283 = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (last_reused_text_row);
10284 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_pos,
10285 Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (last_reused_text_row));
10286 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos,
10287 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_reused_text_row,
10288 w->current_matrix));
10289 }
10290 else if (last_text_row)
10291 {
10292 w->window_end_bytepos
10293 = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (last_text_row);
10294 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_pos,
10295 Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (last_text_row));
10296 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos,
10297 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_text_row, w->desired_matrix));
10298 }
10299 else
10300 {
10301 /* This window must be completely empty. */
10302 w->window_end_bytepos = 0;
10303 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_pos, 0);
10304 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos, 0);
10305 }
10306 w->window_end_valid = Qnil;
10307
10308 /* Update hint: don't try scrolling again in update_window. */
10309 w->desired_matrix->no_scrolling_p = 1;
10310
10311 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
10312 debug_method_add (w, "try_window_reusing_current_matrix 1");
10313 #endif
10314 return 1;
10315 }
10316 else if (CHARPOS (new_start) > CHARPOS (start))
10317 {
10318 struct glyph_row *pt_row, *row;
10319 struct glyph_row *first_reusable_row;
10320 struct glyph_row *first_row_to_display;
10321 int dy;
10322 int yb = window_text_bottom_y (w);
10323
10324 IF_DEBUG (debug_method_add (w, "twu2"));
10325
10326 /* Find the row starting at new_start, if there is one. Don't
10327 reuse a partially visible line at the end. */
10328 first_reusable_row = start_row;
10329 while (first_reusable_row->enabled_p
10330 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (first_reusable_row) < yb
10331 && (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (first_reusable_row)
10332 < CHARPOS (new_start)))
10333 ++first_reusable_row;
10334
10335 /* Give up if there is no row to reuse. */
10336 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (first_reusable_row) >= yb
10337 || !first_reusable_row->enabled_p
10338 || (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (first_reusable_row)
10339 != CHARPOS (new_start)))
10340 return 0;
10341
10342 /* We can reuse fully visible rows beginning with
10343 first_reusable_row to the end of the window. Set
10344 first_row_to_display to the first row that cannot be reused.
10345 Set pt_row to the row containing point, if there is any. */
10346 first_row_to_display = first_reusable_row;
10347 pt_row = NULL;
10348 while (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (first_row_to_display) < yb)
10349 {
10350 if (PT >= MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (first_row_to_display)
10351 && PT < MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (first_row_to_display))
10352 pt_row = first_row_to_display;
10353
10354 ++first_row_to_display;
10355 }
10356
10357 /* Start displaying at the start of first_row_to_display. */
10358 xassert (first_row_to_display->y < yb);
10359 init_to_row_start (&it, w, first_row_to_display);
10360 nrows_scrolled = (MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (first_reusable_row, w->current_matrix)
10361 - start_vpos);
10362 it.vpos = (MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (first_row_to_display, w->current_matrix)
10363 - nrows_scrolled);
10364 it.current_y = (first_row_to_display->y - first_reusable_row->y
10365 + WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w));
10366
10367 /* Display lines beginning with first_row_to_display in the
10368 desired matrix. Set last_text_row to the last row displayed
10369 that displays text. */
10370 it.glyph_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, it.vpos);
10371 if (pt_row == NULL)
10372 w->cursor.vpos = -1;
10373 last_text_row = NULL;
10374 while (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y && !fonts_changed_p)
10375 if (display_line (&it))
10376 last_text_row = it.glyph_row - 1;
10377
10378 /* Give up If point isn't in a row displayed or reused. */
10379 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
10380 {
10381 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
10382 return 0;
10383 }
10384
10385 /* If point is in a reused row, adjust y and vpos of the cursor
10386 position. */
10387 if (pt_row)
10388 {
10389 w->cursor.vpos -= MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (first_reusable_row,
10390 w->current_matrix);
10391 w->cursor.y -= first_reusable_row->y;
10392 }
10393
10394 /* Scroll the display. */
10395 run.current_y = first_reusable_row->y;
10396 run.desired_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
10397 run.height = it.last_visible_y - run.current_y;
10398 dy = run.current_y - run.desired_y;
10399
10400 if (run.height)
10401 {
10402 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
10403 update_begin (f);
10404 rif->update_window_begin_hook (w);
10405 rif->clear_mouse_face (w);
10406 rif->scroll_run_hook (w, &run);
10407 rif->update_window_end_hook (w, 0, 0);
10408 update_end (f);
10409 }
10410
10411 /* Adjust Y positions of reused rows. */
10412 bottom_row = MATRIX_BOTTOM_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix, w);
10413 min_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
10414 max_y = it.last_visible_y;
10415 for (row = first_reusable_row; row < first_row_to_display; ++row)
10416 {
10417 row->y -= dy;
10418 if (row->y < min_y)
10419 row->visible_height = row->height - (min_y - row->y);
10420 else if (row->y + row->height > max_y)
10421 row->visible_height
10422 = row->height - (row->y + row->height - max_y);
10423 else
10424 row->visible_height = row->height;
10425 }
10426
10427 /* Disable rows not reused. */
10428 while (row < bottom_row)
10429 {
10430 row->enabled_p = 0;
10431 ++row;
10432 }
10433
10434 /* Scroll the current matrix. */
10435 xassert (nrows_scrolled > 0);
10436 rotate_matrix (w->current_matrix,
10437 start_vpos,
10438 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (bottom_row, w->current_matrix),
10439 -nrows_scrolled);
10440
10441 /* Adjust window end. A null value of last_text_row means that
10442 the window end is in reused rows which in turn means that
10443 only its vpos can have changed. */
10444 if (last_text_row)
10445 {
10446 w->window_end_bytepos
10447 = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (last_text_row);
10448 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_pos,
10449 Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (last_text_row));
10450 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos,
10451 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_text_row, w->desired_matrix));
10452 }
10453 else
10454 {
10455 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos,
10456 XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos) - nrows_scrolled);
10457 }
10458
10459 w->window_end_valid = Qnil;
10460 w->desired_matrix->no_scrolling_p = 1;
10461
10462 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
10463 debug_method_add (w, "try_window_reusing_current_matrix 2");
10464 #endif
10465 return 1;
10466 }
10467
10468 return 0;
10469 }
10470
10471
10472 \f
10473 /************************************************************************
10474 Window redisplay reusing current matrix when buffer has changed
10475 ************************************************************************/
10476
10477 static struct glyph_row *find_last_unchanged_at_beg_row P_ ((struct window *));
10478 static struct glyph_row *find_first_unchanged_at_end_row P_ ((struct window *,
10479 int *, int *));
10480 static struct glyph_row *
10481 find_last_row_displaying_text P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, struct it *,
10482 struct glyph_row *));
10483
10484
10485 /* Return the last row in MATRIX displaying text. If row START is
10486 non-null, start searching with that row. IT gives the dimensions
10487 of the display. Value is null if matrix is empty; otherwise it is
10488 a pointer to the row found. */
10489
10490 static struct glyph_row *
10491 find_last_row_displaying_text (matrix, it, start)
10492 struct glyph_matrix *matrix;
10493 struct it *it;
10494 struct glyph_row *start;
10495 {
10496 struct glyph_row *row, *row_found;
10497
10498 /* Set row_found to the last row in IT->w's current matrix
10499 displaying text. The loop looks funny but think of partially
10500 visible lines. */
10501 row_found = NULL;
10502 row = start ? start : MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (matrix);
10503 while (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row))
10504 {
10505 xassert (row->enabled_p);
10506 row_found = row;
10507 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) >= it->last_visible_y)
10508 break;
10509 ++row;
10510 }
10511
10512 return row_found;
10513 }
10514
10515
10516 /* Return the last row in the current matrix of W that is not affected
10517 by changes at the start of current_buffer that occurred since the
10518 last time W was redisplayed. Value is null if no such row exists.
10519
10520 The global variable beg_unchanged has to contain the number of
10521 bytes unchanged at the start of current_buffer. BEG +
10522 beg_unchanged is the buffer position of the first changed byte in
10523 current_buffer. Characters at positions < BEG + beg_unchanged are
10524 at the same buffer positions as they were when the current matrix
10525 was built. */
10526
10527 static struct glyph_row *
10528 find_last_unchanged_at_beg_row (w)
10529 struct window *w;
10530 {
10531 int first_changed_pos = BEG + BEG_UNCHANGED;
10532 struct glyph_row *row;
10533 struct glyph_row *row_found = NULL;
10534 int yb = window_text_bottom_y (w);
10535
10536 /* Find the last row displaying unchanged text. */
10537 row = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix);
10538 while (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row)
10539 && MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row) < first_changed_pos)
10540 {
10541 if (/* If row ends before first_changed_pos, it is unchanged,
10542 except in some case. */
10543 MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) <= first_changed_pos
10544 /* When row ends in ZV and we write at ZV it is not
10545 unchanged. */
10546 && !row->ends_at_zv_p
10547 /* When first_changed_pos is the end of a continued line,
10548 row is not unchanged because it may be no longer
10549 continued. */
10550 && !(MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) == first_changed_pos
10551 && row->continued_p))
10552 row_found = row;
10553
10554 /* Stop if last visible row. */
10555 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) >= yb)
10556 break;
10557
10558 ++row;
10559 }
10560
10561 return row_found;
10562 }
10563
10564
10565 /* Find the first glyph row in the current matrix of W that is not
10566 affected by changes at the end of current_buffer since the last
10567 time the window was redisplayed. Return in *DELTA the number of
10568 chars by which buffer positions in unchanged text at the end of
10569 current_buffer must be adjusted. Return in *DELTA_BYTES the
10570 corresponding number of bytes. Value is null if no such row
10571 exists, i.e. all rows are affected by changes. */
10572
10573 static struct glyph_row *
10574 find_first_unchanged_at_end_row (w, delta, delta_bytes)
10575 struct window *w;
10576 int *delta, *delta_bytes;
10577 {
10578 struct glyph_row *row;
10579 struct glyph_row *row_found = NULL;
10580
10581 *delta = *delta_bytes = 0;
10582
10583 /* Display must not have been paused, otherwise the current matrix
10584 is not up to date. */
10585 if (NILP (w->window_end_valid))
10586 abort ();
10587
10588 /* A value of window_end_pos >= END_UNCHANGED means that the window
10589 end is in the range of changed text. If so, there is no
10590 unchanged row at the end of W's current matrix. */
10591 if (XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos) >= END_UNCHANGED)
10592 return NULL;
10593
10594 /* Set row to the last row in W's current matrix displaying text. */
10595 row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos));
10596
10597 /* If matrix is entirely empty, no unchanged row exists. */
10598 if (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row))
10599 {
10600 /* The value of row is the last glyph row in the matrix having a
10601 meaningful buffer position in it. The end position of row
10602 corresponds to window_end_pos. This allows us to translate
10603 buffer positions in the current matrix to current buffer
10604 positions for characters not in changed text. */
10605 int Z_old = MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) + XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos);
10606 int Z_BYTE_old = MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row) + w->window_end_bytepos;
10607 int last_unchanged_pos, last_unchanged_pos_old;
10608 struct glyph_row *first_text_row
10609 = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix);
10610
10611 *delta = Z - Z_old;
10612 *delta_bytes = Z_BYTE - Z_BYTE_old;
10613
10614 /* Set last_unchanged_pos to the buffer position of the last
10615 character in the buffer that has not been changed. Z is the
10616 index + 1 of the last byte in current_buffer, i.e. by
10617 subtracting end_unchanged we get the index of the last
10618 unchanged character, and we have to add BEG to get its buffer
10619 position. */
10620 last_unchanged_pos = Z - END_UNCHANGED + BEG;
10621 last_unchanged_pos_old = last_unchanged_pos - *delta;
10622
10623 /* Search backward from ROW for a row displaying a line that
10624 starts at a minimum position >= last_unchanged_pos_old. */
10625 for (; row > first_text_row; --row)
10626 {
10627 if (!row->enabled_p || !MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row))
10628 abort ();
10629
10630 if (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row) >= last_unchanged_pos_old)
10631 row_found = row;
10632 }
10633 }
10634
10635 if (row_found && !MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row_found))
10636 abort ();
10637
10638 return row_found;
10639 }
10640
10641
10642 /* Make sure that glyph rows in the current matrix of window W
10643 reference the same glyph memory as corresponding rows in the
10644 frame's frame matrix. This function is called after scrolling W's
10645 current matrix on a terminal frame in try_window_id and
10646 try_window_reusing_current_matrix. */
10647
10648 static void
10649 sync_frame_with_window_matrix_rows (w)
10650 struct window *w;
10651 {
10652 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
10653 struct glyph_row *window_row, *window_row_end, *frame_row;
10654
10655 /* Preconditions: W must be a leaf window and full-width. Its frame
10656 must have a frame matrix. */
10657 xassert (NILP (w->hchild) && NILP (w->vchild));
10658 xassert (WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (w));
10659 xassert (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f));
10660
10661 /* If W is a full-width window, glyph pointers in W's current matrix
10662 have, by definition, to be the same as glyph pointers in the
10663 corresponding frame matrix. */
10664 window_row = w->current_matrix->rows;
10665 window_row_end = window_row + w->current_matrix->nrows;
10666 frame_row = f->current_matrix->rows + XFASTINT (w->top);
10667 while (window_row < window_row_end)
10668 {
10669 int area;
10670
10671 for (area = LEFT_MARGIN_AREA; area <= LAST_AREA; ++area)
10672 frame_row->glyphs[area] = window_row->glyphs[area];
10673
10674 /* Disable frame rows whose corresponding window rows have
10675 been disabled in try_window_id. */
10676 if (!window_row->enabled_p)
10677 frame_row->enabled_p = 0;
10678
10679 ++window_row, ++frame_row;
10680 }
10681 }
10682
10683
10684 /* Find the glyph row in window W containing CHARPOS. Consider all
10685 rows between START and END (not inclusive). END null means search
10686 all rows to the end of the display area of W. Value is the row
10687 containing CHARPOS or null. */
10688
10689 static struct glyph_row *
10690 row_containing_pos (w, charpos, start, end)
10691 struct window *w;
10692 int charpos;
10693 struct glyph_row *start, *end;
10694 {
10695 struct glyph_row *row = start;
10696 int last_y;
10697
10698 /* If we happen to start on a header-line, skip that. */
10699 if (row->mode_line_p)
10700 ++row;
10701
10702 if ((end && row >= end) || !row->enabled_p)
10703 return NULL;
10704
10705 last_y = window_text_bottom_y (w);
10706
10707 while ((end == NULL || row < end)
10708 && (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) < charpos
10709 /* The end position of a row equals the start
10710 position of the next row. If CHARPOS is there, we
10711 would rather display it in the next line, except
10712 when this line ends in ZV. */
10713 || (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) == charpos
10714 && (MATRIX_ROW_ENDS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (row)
10715 || !row->ends_at_zv_p)))
10716 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) < last_y)
10717 ++row;
10718
10719 /* Give up if CHARPOS not found. */
10720 if ((end && row >= end)
10721 || charpos < MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row)
10722 || charpos > MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row))
10723 row = NULL;
10724
10725 return row;
10726 }
10727
10728
10729 /* Try to redisplay window W by reusing its existing display. W's
10730 current matrix must be up to date when this function is called,
10731 i.e. window_end_valid must not be nil.
10732
10733 Value is
10734
10735 1 if display has been updated
10736 0 if otherwise unsuccessful
10737 -1 if redisplay with same window start is known not to succeed
10738
10739 The following steps are performed:
10740
10741 1. Find the last row in the current matrix of W that is not
10742 affected by changes at the start of current_buffer. If no such row
10743 is found, give up.
10744
10745 2. Find the first row in W's current matrix that is not affected by
10746 changes at the end of current_buffer. Maybe there is no such row.
10747
10748 3. Display lines beginning with the row + 1 found in step 1 to the
10749 row found in step 2 or, if step 2 didn't find a row, to the end of
10750 the window.
10751
10752 4. If cursor is not known to appear on the window, give up.
10753
10754 5. If display stopped at the row found in step 2, scroll the
10755 display and current matrix as needed.
10756
10757 6. Maybe display some lines at the end of W, if we must. This can
10758 happen under various circumstances, like a partially visible line
10759 becoming fully visible, or because newly displayed lines are displayed
10760 in smaller font sizes.
10761
10762 7. Update W's window end information. */
10763
10764 /* Check that window end is what we expect it to be. */
10765
10766 static int
10767 try_window_id (w)
10768 struct window *w;
10769 {
10770 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
10771 struct glyph_matrix *current_matrix = w->current_matrix;
10772 struct glyph_matrix *desired_matrix = w->desired_matrix;
10773 struct glyph_row *last_unchanged_at_beg_row;
10774 struct glyph_row *first_unchanged_at_end_row;
10775 struct glyph_row *row;
10776 struct glyph_row *bottom_row;
10777 int bottom_vpos;
10778 struct it it;
10779 int delta = 0, delta_bytes = 0, stop_pos, dvpos, dy;
10780 struct text_pos start_pos;
10781 struct run run;
10782 int first_unchanged_at_end_vpos = 0;
10783 struct glyph_row *last_text_row, *last_text_row_at_end;
10784 struct text_pos start;
10785
10786 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (start, w->start);
10787
10788 /* Check pre-conditions. Window end must be valid, otherwise
10789 the current matrix would not be up to date. */
10790 xassert (!NILP (w->window_end_valid));
10791 xassert (FRAME_WINDOW_P (XFRAME (w->frame))
10792 || (line_ins_del_ok && WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (w)));
10793
10794 /* Make sure beg_unchanged and end_unchanged are up to date. Do it
10795 only if buffer has really changed. The reason is that the gap is
10796 initially at Z for freshly visited files. The code below would
10797 set end_unchanged to 0 in that case. */
10798 if (MODIFF > SAVE_MODIFF
10799 /* This seems to happen sometimes after saving a buffer. */
10800 || BEG_UNCHANGED + END_UNCHANGED > Z_BYTE)
10801 {
10802 if (GPT - BEG < BEG_UNCHANGED)
10803 BEG_UNCHANGED = GPT - BEG;
10804 if (Z - GPT < END_UNCHANGED)
10805 END_UNCHANGED = Z - GPT;
10806 }
10807
10808 /* If window starts after a line end, and the last change is in
10809 front of that newline, then changes don't affect the display.
10810 This case happens with stealth-fontification. Note that although
10811 the display is unchanged, glyph positions in the matrix have to
10812 be adjusted, of course. */
10813 row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos));
10814 if (CHARPOS (start) > BEGV
10815 && Z - END_UNCHANGED < CHARPOS (start) - 1
10816 && FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (start) - 1) == '\n'
10817 && PT < MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row))
10818 {
10819 struct glyph_row *r0 = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (current_matrix);
10820 int delta = CHARPOS (start) - MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (r0);
10821
10822 if (delta)
10823 {
10824 struct glyph_row *r1 = MATRIX_BOTTOM_TEXT_ROW (current_matrix, w);
10825 int delta_bytes = BYTEPOS (start) - MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (r0);
10826
10827 increment_matrix_positions (w->current_matrix,
10828 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (r0, current_matrix),
10829 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (r1, current_matrix),
10830 delta, delta_bytes);
10831 }
10832
10833 #if 0 /* If changes are all in front of the window start, the
10834 distance of the last displayed glyph from Z hasn't
10835 changed. */
10836 w->window_end_pos
10837 = make_number (Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row));
10838 w->window_end_bytepos
10839 = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row);
10840 #endif
10841
10842 row = row_containing_pos (w, PT, r0, NULL);
10843 if (row == NULL)
10844 return 0;
10845
10846 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
10847 return 1;
10848 }
10849
10850 /* Return quickly if changes are all below what is displayed in the
10851 window, and if PT is in the window. */
10852 if (BEG_UNCHANGED > MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row)
10853 && PT < MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row))
10854 {
10855 /* We have to update window end positions because the buffer's
10856 size has changed. */
10857 w->window_end_pos
10858 = make_number (Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row));
10859 w->window_end_bytepos
10860 = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row);
10861
10862 row = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix);
10863 row = row_containing_pos (w, PT, row, NULL);
10864 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
10865 return 2;
10866 }
10867
10868 /* Check that window start agrees with the start of the first glyph
10869 row in its current matrix. Check this after we know the window
10870 start is not in changed text, otherwise positions would not be
10871 comparable. */
10872 row = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix);
10873 if (!TEXT_POS_EQUAL_P (start, row->start.pos))
10874 return 0;
10875
10876 /* Compute the position at which we have to start displaying new
10877 lines. Some of the lines at the top of the window might be
10878 reusable because they are not displaying changed text. Find the
10879 last row in W's current matrix not affected by changes at the
10880 start of current_buffer. Value is null if changes start in the
10881 first line of window. */
10882 last_unchanged_at_beg_row = find_last_unchanged_at_beg_row (w);
10883 if (last_unchanged_at_beg_row)
10884 {
10885 /* Avoid starting to display in the moddle of a character, a TAB
10886 for instance. This is easier than to set up the iterator
10887 exactly, and it's not a frequent case, so the additional
10888 effort wouldn't really pay off. */
10889 while (MATRIX_ROW_ENDS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (last_unchanged_at_beg_row)
10890 && last_unchanged_at_beg_row > w->current_matrix->rows)
10891 --last_unchanged_at_beg_row;
10892
10893 if (MATRIX_ROW_ENDS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (last_unchanged_at_beg_row))
10894 return 0;
10895
10896 init_to_row_end (&it, w, last_unchanged_at_beg_row);
10897 start_pos = it.current.pos;
10898
10899 /* Start displaying new lines in the desired matrix at the same
10900 vpos we would use in the current matrix, i.e. below
10901 last_unchanged_at_beg_row. */
10902 it.vpos = 1 + MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_unchanged_at_beg_row,
10903 current_matrix);
10904 it.glyph_row = MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, it.vpos);
10905 it.current_y = MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (last_unchanged_at_beg_row);
10906
10907 xassert (it.hpos == 0 && it.current_x == 0);
10908 }
10909 else
10910 {
10911 /* There are no reusable lines at the start of the window.
10912 Start displaying in the first line. */
10913 start_display (&it, w, start);
10914 start_pos = it.current.pos;
10915 }
10916
10917 /* Find the first row that is not affected by changes at the end of
10918 the buffer. Value will be null if there is no unchanged row, in
10919 which case we must redisplay to the end of the window. delta
10920 will be set to the value by which buffer positions beginning with
10921 first_unchanged_at_end_row have to be adjusted due to text
10922 changes. */
10923 first_unchanged_at_end_row
10924 = find_first_unchanged_at_end_row (w, &delta, &delta_bytes);
10925 IF_DEBUG (debug_delta = delta);
10926 IF_DEBUG (debug_delta_bytes = delta_bytes);
10927
10928 /* Set stop_pos to the buffer position up to which we will have to
10929 display new lines. If first_unchanged_at_end_row != NULL, this
10930 is the buffer position of the start of the line displayed in that
10931 row. For first_unchanged_at_end_row == NULL, use 0 to indicate
10932 that we don't stop at a buffer position. */
10933 stop_pos = 0;
10934 if (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
10935 {
10936 xassert (last_unchanged_at_beg_row == NULL
10937 || first_unchanged_at_end_row >= last_unchanged_at_beg_row);
10938
10939 /* If this is a continuation line, move forward to the next one
10940 that isn't. Changes in lines above affect this line.
10941 Caution: this may move first_unchanged_at_end_row to a row
10942 not displaying text. */
10943 while (MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
10944 && MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
10945 && (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
10946 < it.last_visible_y))
10947 ++first_unchanged_at_end_row;
10948
10949 if (!MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
10950 || (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
10951 >= it.last_visible_y))
10952 first_unchanged_at_end_row = NULL;
10953 else
10954 {
10955 stop_pos = (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
10956 + delta);
10957 first_unchanged_at_end_vpos
10958 = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (first_unchanged_at_end_row, current_matrix);
10959 xassert (stop_pos >= Z - END_UNCHANGED);
10960 }
10961 }
10962 else if (last_unchanged_at_beg_row == NULL)
10963 return 0;
10964
10965
10966 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
10967
10968 /* Either there is no unchanged row at the end, or the one we have
10969 now displays text. This is a necessary condition for the window
10970 end pos calculation at the end of this function. */
10971 xassert (first_unchanged_at_end_row == NULL
10972 || MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (first_unchanged_at_end_row));
10973
10974 debug_last_unchanged_at_beg_vpos
10975 = (last_unchanged_at_beg_row
10976 ? MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_unchanged_at_beg_row, current_matrix)
10977 : -1);
10978 debug_first_unchanged_at_end_vpos = first_unchanged_at_end_vpos;
10979
10980 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG != 0 */
10981
10982
10983 /* Display new lines. Set last_text_row to the last new line
10984 displayed which has text on it, i.e. might end up as being the
10985 line where the window_end_vpos is. */
10986 w->cursor.vpos = -1;
10987 last_text_row = NULL;
10988 overlay_arrow_seen = 0;
10989 while (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y
10990 && !fonts_changed_p
10991 && (first_unchanged_at_end_row == NULL
10992 || IT_CHARPOS (it) < stop_pos))
10993 {
10994 if (display_line (&it))
10995 last_text_row = it.glyph_row - 1;
10996 }
10997
10998 if (fonts_changed_p)
10999 return -1;
11000
11001
11002 /* Compute differences in buffer positions, y-positions etc. for
11003 lines reused at the bottom of the window. Compute what we can
11004 scroll. */
11005 if (first_unchanged_at_end_row
11006 /* No lines reused because we displayed everything up to the
11007 bottom of the window. */
11008 && it.current_y < it.last_visible_y)
11009 {
11010 dvpos = (it.vpos
11011 - MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (first_unchanged_at_end_row,
11012 current_matrix));
11013 dy = it.current_y - first_unchanged_at_end_row->y;
11014 run.current_y = first_unchanged_at_end_row->y;
11015 run.desired_y = run.current_y + dy;
11016 run.height = it.last_visible_y - max (run.current_y, run.desired_y);
11017 }
11018 else
11019 {
11020 delta = dvpos = dy = run.current_y = run.desired_y = run.height = 0;
11021 first_unchanged_at_end_row = NULL;
11022 }
11023 IF_DEBUG (debug_dvpos = dvpos; debug_dy = dy);
11024
11025
11026 /* Find the cursor if not already found. We have to decide whether
11027 PT will appear on this window (it sometimes doesn't, but this is
11028 not a very frequent case.) This decision has to be made before
11029 the current matrix is altered. A value of cursor.vpos < 0 means
11030 that PT is either in one of the lines beginning at
11031 first_unchanged_at_end_row or below the window. Don't care for
11032 lines that might be displayed later at the window end; as
11033 mentioned, this is not a frequent case. */
11034 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
11035 {
11036 /* Cursor in unchanged rows at the top? */
11037 if (PT < CHARPOS (start_pos)
11038 && last_unchanged_at_beg_row)
11039 {
11040 row = row_containing_pos (w, PT,
11041 MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix),
11042 last_unchanged_at_beg_row + 1);
11043 if (row)
11044 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
11045 }
11046
11047 /* Start from first_unchanged_at_end_row looking for PT. */
11048 else if (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
11049 {
11050 row = row_containing_pos (w, PT - delta,
11051 first_unchanged_at_end_row, NULL);
11052 if (row)
11053 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, delta,
11054 delta_bytes, dy, dvpos);
11055 }
11056
11057 /* Give up if cursor was not found. */
11058 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
11059 {
11060 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
11061 return -1;
11062 }
11063 }
11064
11065 /* Don't let the cursor end in the scroll margins. */
11066 {
11067 int this_scroll_margin, cursor_height;
11068
11069 this_scroll_margin = max (0, scroll_margin);
11070 this_scroll_margin = min (this_scroll_margin,
11071 XFASTINT (w->height) / 4);
11072 this_scroll_margin *= CANON_Y_UNIT (it.f);
11073 cursor_height = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, w->cursor.vpos)->height;
11074
11075 if ((w->cursor.y < this_scroll_margin
11076 && CHARPOS (start) > BEGV)
11077 /* Don't take scroll margin into account at the bottom because
11078 old redisplay didn't do it either. */
11079 || w->cursor.y + cursor_height > it.last_visible_y)
11080 {
11081 w->cursor.vpos = -1;
11082 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
11083 return -1;
11084 }
11085 }
11086
11087 /* Scroll the display. Do it before changing the current matrix so
11088 that xterm.c doesn't get confused about where the cursor glyph is
11089 found. */
11090 if (dy && run.height)
11091 {
11092 update_begin (f);
11093
11094 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
11095 {
11096 rif->update_window_begin_hook (w);
11097 rif->clear_mouse_face (w);
11098 rif->scroll_run_hook (w, &run);
11099 rif->update_window_end_hook (w, 0, 0);
11100 }
11101 else
11102 {
11103 /* Terminal frame. In this case, dvpos gives the number of
11104 lines to scroll by; dvpos < 0 means scroll up. */
11105 int first_unchanged_at_end_vpos
11106 = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (first_unchanged_at_end_row, w->current_matrix);
11107 int from = XFASTINT (w->top) + first_unchanged_at_end_vpos;
11108 int end = XFASTINT (w->top) + window_internal_height (w);
11109
11110 /* Perform the operation on the screen. */
11111 if (dvpos > 0)
11112 {
11113 /* Scroll last_unchanged_at_beg_row to the end of the
11114 window down dvpos lines. */
11115 set_terminal_window (end);
11116
11117 /* On dumb terminals delete dvpos lines at the end
11118 before inserting dvpos empty lines. */
11119 if (!scroll_region_ok)
11120 ins_del_lines (end - dvpos, -dvpos);
11121
11122 /* Insert dvpos empty lines in front of
11123 last_unchanged_at_beg_row. */
11124 ins_del_lines (from, dvpos);
11125 }
11126 else if (dvpos < 0)
11127 {
11128 /* Scroll up last_unchanged_at_beg_vpos to the end of
11129 the window to last_unchanged_at_beg_vpos - |dvpos|. */
11130 set_terminal_window (end);
11131
11132 /* Delete dvpos lines in front of
11133 last_unchanged_at_beg_vpos. ins_del_lines will set
11134 the cursor to the given vpos and emit |dvpos| delete
11135 line sequences. */
11136 ins_del_lines (from + dvpos, dvpos);
11137
11138 /* On a dumb terminal insert dvpos empty lines at the
11139 end. */
11140 if (!scroll_region_ok)
11141 ins_del_lines (end + dvpos, -dvpos);
11142 }
11143
11144 set_terminal_window (0);
11145 }
11146
11147 update_end (f);
11148 }
11149
11150 /* Shift reused rows of the current matrix to the right position.
11151 BOTTOM_ROW is the last + 1 row in the current matrix reserved for
11152 text. */
11153 bottom_row = MATRIX_BOTTOM_TEXT_ROW (current_matrix, w);
11154 bottom_vpos = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (bottom_row, current_matrix);
11155 if (dvpos < 0)
11156 {
11157 rotate_matrix (current_matrix, first_unchanged_at_end_vpos + dvpos,
11158 bottom_vpos, dvpos);
11159 enable_glyph_matrix_rows (current_matrix, bottom_vpos + dvpos,
11160 bottom_vpos, 0);
11161 }
11162 else if (dvpos > 0)
11163 {
11164 rotate_matrix (current_matrix, first_unchanged_at_end_vpos,
11165 bottom_vpos, dvpos);
11166 enable_glyph_matrix_rows (current_matrix, first_unchanged_at_end_vpos,
11167 first_unchanged_at_end_vpos + dvpos, 0);
11168 }
11169
11170 /* For frame-based redisplay, make sure that current frame and window
11171 matrix are in sync with respect to glyph memory. */
11172 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
11173 sync_frame_with_window_matrix_rows (w);
11174
11175 /* Adjust buffer positions in reused rows. */
11176 if (delta)
11177 increment_matrix_positions (current_matrix,
11178 first_unchanged_at_end_vpos + dvpos,
11179 bottom_vpos, delta, delta_bytes);
11180
11181 /* Adjust Y positions. */
11182 if (dy)
11183 shift_glyph_matrix (w, current_matrix,
11184 first_unchanged_at_end_vpos + dvpos,
11185 bottom_vpos, dy);
11186
11187 if (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
11188 first_unchanged_at_end_row += dvpos;
11189
11190 /* If scrolling up, there may be some lines to display at the end of
11191 the window. */
11192 last_text_row_at_end = NULL;
11193 if (dy < 0)
11194 {
11195 /* Set last_row to the glyph row in the current matrix where the
11196 window end line is found. It has been moved up or down in
11197 the matrix by dvpos. */
11198 int last_vpos = XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos) + dvpos;
11199 struct glyph_row *last_row = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, last_vpos);
11200
11201 /* If last_row is the window end line, it should display text. */
11202 xassert (last_row->displays_text_p);
11203
11204 /* If window end line was partially visible before, begin
11205 displaying at that line. Otherwise begin displaying with the
11206 line following it. */
11207 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (last_row) - dy >= it.last_visible_y)
11208 {
11209 init_to_row_start (&it, w, last_row);
11210 it.vpos = last_vpos;
11211 it.current_y = last_row->y;
11212 }
11213 else
11214 {
11215 init_to_row_end (&it, w, last_row);
11216 it.vpos = 1 + last_vpos;
11217 it.current_y = MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (last_row);
11218 ++last_row;
11219 }
11220
11221 /* We may start in a continuation line. If so, we have to get
11222 the right continuation_lines_width and current_x. */
11223 it.continuation_lines_width = last_row->continuation_lines_width;
11224 it.hpos = it.current_x = 0;
11225
11226 /* Display the rest of the lines at the window end. */
11227 it.glyph_row = MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, it.vpos);
11228 while (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y
11229 && !fonts_changed_p)
11230 {
11231 /* Is it always sure that the display agrees with lines in
11232 the current matrix? I don't think so, so we mark rows
11233 displayed invalid in the current matrix by setting their
11234 enabled_p flag to zero. */
11235 MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, it.vpos)->enabled_p = 0;
11236 if (display_line (&it))
11237 last_text_row_at_end = it.glyph_row - 1;
11238 }
11239 }
11240
11241 /* Update window_end_pos and window_end_vpos. */
11242 if (first_unchanged_at_end_row
11243 && first_unchanged_at_end_row->y < it.last_visible_y
11244 && !last_text_row_at_end)
11245 {
11246 /* Window end line if one of the preserved rows from the current
11247 matrix. Set row to the last row displaying text in current
11248 matrix starting at first_unchanged_at_end_row, after
11249 scrolling. */
11250 xassert (first_unchanged_at_end_row->displays_text_p);
11251 row = find_last_row_displaying_text (w->current_matrix, &it,
11252 first_unchanged_at_end_row);
11253 xassert (row && MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row));
11254
11255 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_pos, Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row));
11256 w->window_end_bytepos = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row);
11257 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos,
11258 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (row, w->current_matrix));
11259 }
11260 else if (last_text_row_at_end)
11261 {
11262 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_pos,
11263 Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (last_text_row_at_end));
11264 w->window_end_bytepos
11265 = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (last_text_row_at_end);
11266 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos,
11267 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_text_row_at_end, desired_matrix));
11268 }
11269 else if (last_text_row)
11270 {
11271 /* We have displayed either to the end of the window or at the
11272 end of the window, i.e. the last row with text is to be found
11273 in the desired matrix. */
11274 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_pos,
11275 Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (last_text_row));
11276 w->window_end_bytepos
11277 = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (last_text_row);
11278 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos,
11279 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_text_row, desired_matrix));
11280 }
11281 else if (first_unchanged_at_end_row == NULL
11282 && last_text_row == NULL
11283 && last_text_row_at_end == NULL)
11284 {
11285 /* Displayed to end of window, but no line containing text was
11286 displayed. Lines were deleted at the end of the window. */
11287 int vpos;
11288 int header_line_p = WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w) ? 1 : 0;
11289
11290 for (vpos = XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos); vpos > 0; --vpos)
11291 if ((w->desired_matrix->rows[vpos + header_line_p].enabled_p
11292 && w->desired_matrix->rows[vpos + header_line_p].displays_text_p)
11293 || (!w->desired_matrix->rows[vpos + header_line_p].enabled_p
11294 && w->current_matrix->rows[vpos + header_line_p].displays_text_p))
11295 break;
11296
11297 w->window_end_vpos = make_number (vpos);
11298 }
11299 else
11300 abort ();
11301
11302 IF_DEBUG (debug_end_pos = XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos);
11303 debug_end_vpos = XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos));
11304
11305 /* Record that display has not been completed. */
11306 w->window_end_valid = Qnil;
11307 w->desired_matrix->no_scrolling_p = 1;
11308 return 3;
11309 }
11310
11311
11312 \f
11313 /***********************************************************************
11314 More debugging support
11315 ***********************************************************************/
11316
11317 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
11318
11319 void dump_glyph_row P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, int, int));
11320 static void dump_glyph_matrix P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, int));
11321
11322
11323 /* Dump the contents of glyph matrix MATRIX on stderr. If
11324 WITH_GLYPHS_P is non-zero, dump glyph contents as well. */
11325
11326 static void
11327 dump_glyph_matrix (matrix, with_glyphs_p)
11328 struct glyph_matrix *matrix;
11329 int with_glyphs_p;
11330 {
11331 int i;
11332 for (i = 0; i < matrix->nrows; ++i)
11333 dump_glyph_row (matrix, i, with_glyphs_p);
11334 }
11335
11336
11337 /* Dump the contents of glyph row at VPOS in MATRIX to stderr.
11338 WITH_GLYPH_SP non-zero means dump glyph contents, too. */
11339
11340 void
11341 dump_glyph_row (matrix, vpos, with_glyphs_p)
11342 struct glyph_matrix *matrix;
11343 int vpos, with_glyphs_p;
11344 {
11345 struct glyph_row *row;
11346
11347 if (vpos < 0 || vpos >= matrix->nrows)
11348 return;
11349
11350 row = MATRIX_ROW (matrix, vpos);
11351
11352 fprintf (stderr, "Row Start End Used oEI><O\\CTZFes X Y W H V A P\n");
11353 fprintf (stderr, "=======================================================================\n");
11354
11355 fprintf (stderr, "%3d %5d %5d %4d %1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d\
11356 %1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d %4d %4d %4d %4d %4d %4d %4d\n",
11357 row - matrix->rows,
11358 MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row),
11359 MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row),
11360 row->used[TEXT_AREA],
11361 row->contains_overlapping_glyphs_p,
11362 row->enabled_p,
11363 row->inverse_p,
11364 row->truncated_on_left_p,
11365 row->truncated_on_right_p,
11366 row->overlay_arrow_p,
11367 row->continued_p,
11368 MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (row),
11369 row->displays_text_p,
11370 row->ends_at_zv_p,
11371 row->fill_line_p,
11372 row->ends_in_middle_of_char_p,
11373 row->starts_in_middle_of_char_p,
11374 row->x,
11375 row->y,
11376 row->pixel_width,
11377 row->height,
11378 row->visible_height,
11379 row->ascent,
11380 row->phys_ascent);
11381 fprintf (stderr, "%9d %5d\n", row->start.overlay_string_index,
11382 row->end.overlay_string_index);
11383 fprintf (stderr, "%9d %5d\n",
11384 CHARPOS (row->start.string_pos),
11385 CHARPOS (row->end.string_pos));
11386 fprintf (stderr, "%9d %5d\n", row->start.dpvec_index,
11387 row->end.dpvec_index);
11388
11389 if (with_glyphs_p)
11390 {
11391 struct glyph *glyph, *glyph_end;
11392 int prev_had_glyphs_p;
11393
11394 glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
11395 glyph_end = glyph + row->used[TEXT_AREA];
11396
11397 /* Glyph for a line end in text. */
11398 if (glyph == glyph_end && glyph->charpos > 0)
11399 ++glyph_end;
11400
11401 if (glyph < glyph_end)
11402 {
11403 fprintf (stderr, " Glyph Type Pos O W Code C Face LR\n");
11404 prev_had_glyphs_p = 1;
11405 }
11406 else
11407 prev_had_glyphs_p = 0;
11408
11409 while (glyph < glyph_end)
11410 {
11411 if (glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH)
11412 {
11413 fprintf (stderr,
11414 " %5d %4c %6d %c %3d 0x%05x %c %4d %1.1d%1.1d\n",
11415 glyph - row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA],
11416 'C',
11417 glyph->charpos,
11418 (BUFFERP (glyph->object)
11419 ? 'B'
11420 : (STRINGP (glyph->object)
11421 ? 'S'
11422 : '-')),
11423 glyph->pixel_width,
11424 glyph->u.ch,
11425 (glyph->u.ch < 0x80 && glyph->u.ch >= ' '
11426 ? glyph->u.ch
11427 : '.'),
11428 glyph->face_id,
11429 glyph->left_box_line_p,
11430 glyph->right_box_line_p);
11431 }
11432 else if (glyph->type == STRETCH_GLYPH)
11433 {
11434 fprintf (stderr,
11435 " %5d %4c %6d %c %3d 0x%05x %c %4d %1.1d%1.1d\n",
11436 glyph - row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA],
11437 'S',
11438 glyph->charpos,
11439 (BUFFERP (glyph->object)
11440 ? 'B'
11441 : (STRINGP (glyph->object)
11442 ? 'S'
11443 : '-')),
11444 glyph->pixel_width,
11445 0,
11446 '.',
11447 glyph->face_id,
11448 glyph->left_box_line_p,
11449 glyph->right_box_line_p);
11450 }
11451 else if (glyph->type == IMAGE_GLYPH)
11452 {
11453 fprintf (stderr,
11454 " %5d %4c %6d %c %3d 0x%05x %c %4d %1.1d%1.1d\n",
11455 glyph - row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA],
11456 'I',
11457 glyph->charpos,
11458 (BUFFERP (glyph->object)
11459 ? 'B'
11460 : (STRINGP (glyph->object)
11461 ? 'S'
11462 : '-')),
11463 glyph->pixel_width,
11464 glyph->u.img_id,
11465 '.',
11466 glyph->face_id,
11467 glyph->left_box_line_p,
11468 glyph->right_box_line_p);
11469 }
11470 ++glyph;
11471 }
11472 }
11473 }
11474
11475
11476 DEFUN ("dump-glyph-matrix", Fdump_glyph_matrix,
11477 Sdump_glyph_matrix, 0, 1, "p",
11478 "Dump the current matrix of the selected window to stderr.\n\
11479 Shows contents of glyph row structures. With non-nil optional\n\
11480 parameter WITH-GLYPHS-P, dump glyphs as well.")
11481 (with_glyphs_p)
11482 Lisp_Object with_glyphs_p;
11483 {
11484 struct window *w = XWINDOW (selected_window);
11485 struct buffer *buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
11486
11487 fprintf (stderr, "PT = %d, BEGV = %d. ZV = %d\n",
11488 BUF_PT (buffer), BUF_BEGV (buffer), BUF_ZV (buffer));
11489 fprintf (stderr, "Cursor x = %d, y = %d, hpos = %d, vpos = %d\n",
11490 w->cursor.x, w->cursor.y, w->cursor.hpos, w->cursor.vpos);
11491 fprintf (stderr, "=============================================\n");
11492 dump_glyph_matrix (w->current_matrix, !NILP (with_glyphs_p));
11493 return Qnil;
11494 }
11495
11496
11497 DEFUN ("dump-glyph-row", Fdump_glyph_row, Sdump_glyph_row, 1, 1, "",
11498 "Dump glyph row ROW to stderr.")
11499 (row)
11500 Lisp_Object row;
11501 {
11502 CHECK_NUMBER (row, 0);
11503 dump_glyph_row (XWINDOW (selected_window)->current_matrix, XINT (row), 1);
11504 return Qnil;
11505 }
11506
11507
11508 DEFUN ("dump-tool-bar-row", Fdump_tool_bar_row, Sdump_tool_bar_row,
11509 0, 0, "", "")
11510 ()
11511 {
11512 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
11513 struct glyph_matrix *m = (XWINDOW (sf->tool_bar_window)
11514 ->current_matrix);
11515 dump_glyph_row (m, 0, 1);
11516 return Qnil;
11517 }
11518
11519
11520 DEFUN ("trace-redisplay-toggle", Ftrace_redisplay_toggle,
11521 Strace_redisplay_toggle, 0, 0, "",
11522 "Toggle tracing of redisplay.")
11523 ()
11524 {
11525 trace_redisplay_p = !trace_redisplay_p;
11526 return Qnil;
11527 }
11528
11529
11530 DEFUN ("trace-to-stderr", Ftrace_to_stderr, Strace_to_stderr, 1, 1, "",
11531 "Print STRING to stderr.")
11532 (string)
11533 Lisp_Object string;
11534 {
11535 CHECK_STRING (string, 0);
11536 fprintf (stderr, "%s", XSTRING (string)->data);
11537 return Qnil;
11538 }
11539
11540 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */
11541
11542
11543 \f
11544 /***********************************************************************
11545 Building Desired Matrix Rows
11546 ***********************************************************************/
11547
11548 /* Return a temporary glyph row holding the glyphs of an overlay
11549 arrow. Only used for non-window-redisplay windows. */
11550
11551 static struct glyph_row *
11552 get_overlay_arrow_glyph_row (w)
11553 struct window *w;
11554 {
11555 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
11556 struct buffer *buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
11557 struct buffer *old = current_buffer;
11558 unsigned char *arrow_string = XSTRING (Voverlay_arrow_string)->data;
11559 int arrow_len = XSTRING (Voverlay_arrow_string)->size;
11560 unsigned char *arrow_end = arrow_string + arrow_len;
11561 unsigned char *p;
11562 struct it it;
11563 int multibyte_p;
11564 int n_glyphs_before;
11565
11566 set_buffer_temp (buffer);
11567 init_iterator (&it, w, -1, -1, &scratch_glyph_row, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
11568 it.glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = 0;
11569 SET_TEXT_POS (it.position, 0, 0);
11570
11571 multibyte_p = !NILP (buffer->enable_multibyte_characters);
11572 p = arrow_string;
11573 while (p < arrow_end)
11574 {
11575 Lisp_Object face, ilisp;
11576
11577 /* Get the next character. */
11578 if (multibyte_p)
11579 it.c = string_char_and_length (p, arrow_len, &it.len);
11580 else
11581 it.c = *p, it.len = 1;
11582 p += it.len;
11583
11584 /* Get its face. */
11585 XSETFASTINT (ilisp, p - arrow_string);
11586 face = Fget_text_property (ilisp, Qface, Voverlay_arrow_string);
11587 it.face_id = compute_char_face (f, it.c, face);
11588
11589 /* Compute its width, get its glyphs. */
11590 n_glyphs_before = it.glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
11591 SET_TEXT_POS (it.position, -1, -1);
11592 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (&it);
11593
11594 /* If this character doesn't fit any more in the line, we have
11595 to remove some glyphs. */
11596 if (it.current_x > it.last_visible_x)
11597 {
11598 it.glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = n_glyphs_before;
11599 break;
11600 }
11601 }
11602
11603 set_buffer_temp (old);
11604 return it.glyph_row;
11605 }
11606
11607
11608 /* Insert truncation glyphs at the start of IT->glyph_row. Truncation
11609 glyphs are only inserted for terminal frames since we can't really
11610 win with truncation glyphs when partially visible glyphs are
11611 involved. Which glyphs to insert is determined by
11612 produce_special_glyphs. */
11613
11614 static void
11615 insert_left_trunc_glyphs (it)
11616 struct it *it;
11617 {
11618 struct it truncate_it;
11619 struct glyph *from, *end, *to, *toend;
11620
11621 xassert (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f));
11622
11623 /* Get the truncation glyphs. */
11624 truncate_it = *it;
11625 truncate_it.current_x = 0;
11626 truncate_it.face_id = DEFAULT_FACE_ID;
11627 truncate_it.glyph_row = &scratch_glyph_row;
11628 truncate_it.glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = 0;
11629 CHARPOS (truncate_it.position) = BYTEPOS (truncate_it.position) = -1;
11630 truncate_it.object = make_number (0);
11631 produce_special_glyphs (&truncate_it, IT_TRUNCATION);
11632
11633 /* Overwrite glyphs from IT with truncation glyphs. */
11634 from = truncate_it.glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
11635 end = from + truncate_it.glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
11636 to = it->glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
11637 toend = to + it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
11638
11639 while (from < end)
11640 *to++ = *from++;
11641
11642 /* There may be padding glyphs left over. Remove them. */
11643 from = to;
11644 while (from < toend && CHAR_GLYPH_PADDING_P (*from))
11645 ++from;
11646 while (from < toend)
11647 *to++ = *from++;
11648
11649 it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = to - it->glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
11650 }
11651
11652
11653 /* Compute the pixel height and width of IT->glyph_row.
11654
11655 Most of the time, ascent and height of a display line will be equal
11656 to the max_ascent and max_height values of the display iterator
11657 structure. This is not the case if
11658
11659 1. We hit ZV without displaying anything. In this case, max_ascent
11660 and max_height will be zero.
11661
11662 2. We have some glyphs that don't contribute to the line height.
11663 (The glyph row flag contributes_to_line_height_p is for future
11664 pixmap extensions).
11665
11666 The first case is easily covered by using default values because in
11667 these cases, the line height does not really matter, except that it
11668 must not be zero. */
11669
11670 static void
11671 compute_line_metrics (it)
11672 struct it *it;
11673 {
11674 struct glyph_row *row = it->glyph_row;
11675 int area, i;
11676
11677 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
11678 {
11679 int i, header_line_height;
11680
11681 /* The line may consist of one space only, that was added to
11682 place the cursor on it. If so, the row's height hasn't been
11683 computed yet. */
11684 if (row->height == 0)
11685 {
11686 if (it->max_ascent + it->max_descent == 0)
11687 it->max_descent = it->max_phys_descent = CANON_Y_UNIT (it->f);
11688 row->ascent = it->max_ascent;
11689 row->height = it->max_ascent + it->max_descent;
11690 row->phys_ascent = it->max_phys_ascent;
11691 row->phys_height = it->max_phys_ascent + it->max_phys_descent;
11692 }
11693
11694 /* Compute the width of this line. */
11695 row->pixel_width = row->x;
11696 for (i = 0; i < row->used[TEXT_AREA]; ++i)
11697 row->pixel_width += row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA][i].pixel_width;
11698
11699 xassert (row->pixel_width >= 0);
11700 xassert (row->ascent >= 0 && row->height > 0);
11701
11702 row->overlapping_p = (MATRIX_ROW_OVERLAPS_SUCC_P (row)
11703 || MATRIX_ROW_OVERLAPS_PRED_P (row));
11704
11705 /* If first line's physical ascent is larger than its logical
11706 ascent, use the physical ascent, and make the row taller.
11707 This makes accented characters fully visible. */
11708 if (row == MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (it->w->desired_matrix)
11709 && row->phys_ascent > row->ascent)
11710 {
11711 row->height += row->phys_ascent - row->ascent;
11712 row->ascent = row->phys_ascent;
11713 }
11714
11715 /* Compute how much of the line is visible. */
11716 row->visible_height = row->height;
11717
11718 header_line_height = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (it->w);
11719 if (row->y < header_line_height)
11720 row->visible_height -= header_line_height - row->y;
11721 else
11722 {
11723 int max_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEIGHT_NO_MODE_LINE (it->w);
11724 if (row->y + row->height > max_y)
11725 row->visible_height -= row->y + row->height - max_y;
11726 }
11727 }
11728 else
11729 {
11730 row->pixel_width = row->used[TEXT_AREA];
11731 row->ascent = row->phys_ascent = 0;
11732 row->height = row->phys_height = row->visible_height = 1;
11733 }
11734
11735 /* Compute a hash code for this row. */
11736 row->hash = 0;
11737 for (area = LEFT_MARGIN_AREA; area < LAST_AREA; ++area)
11738 for (i = 0; i < row->used[area]; ++i)
11739 row->hash = ((((row->hash << 4) + (row->hash >> 24)) & 0x0fffffff)
11740 + row->glyphs[area][i].u.val
11741 + row->glyphs[area][i].face_id
11742 + row->glyphs[area][i].padding_p
11743 + (row->glyphs[area][i].type << 2));
11744
11745 it->max_ascent = it->max_descent = 0;
11746 it->max_phys_ascent = it->max_phys_descent = 0;
11747 }
11748
11749
11750 /* Append one space to the glyph row of iterator IT if doing a
11751 window-based redisplay. DEFAULT_FACE_P non-zero means let the
11752 space have the default face, otherwise let it have the same face as
11753 IT->face_id. Value is non-zero if a space was added.
11754
11755 This function is called to make sure that there is always one glyph
11756 at the end of a glyph row that the cursor can be set on under
11757 window-systems. (If there weren't such a glyph we would not know
11758 how wide and tall a box cursor should be displayed).
11759
11760 At the same time this space let's a nicely handle clearing to the
11761 end of the line if the row ends in italic text. */
11762
11763 static int
11764 append_space (it, default_face_p)
11765 struct it *it;
11766 int default_face_p;
11767 {
11768 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
11769 {
11770 int n = it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
11771
11772 if (it->glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + n
11773 < it->glyph_row->glyphs[1 + TEXT_AREA])
11774 {
11775 /* Save some values that must not be changed.
11776 Must save IT->c and IT->len because otherwise
11777 ITERATOR_AT_END_P wouldn't work anymore after
11778 append_space has been called. */
11779 int saved_what = it->what;
11780 int saved_c = it->c, saved_len = it->len;
11781 int saved_x = it->current_x;
11782 int saved_face_id = it->face_id;
11783 struct text_pos saved_pos;
11784 Lisp_Object saved_object;
11785 struct face *face;
11786
11787 saved_object = it->object;
11788 saved_pos = it->position;
11789
11790 it->what = IT_CHARACTER;
11791 bzero (&it->position, sizeof it->position);
11792 it->object = make_number (0);
11793 it->c = ' ';
11794 it->len = 1;
11795
11796 if (default_face_p)
11797 it->face_id = DEFAULT_FACE_ID;
11798 else if (it->face_before_selective_p)
11799 it->face_id = it->saved_face_id;
11800 face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
11801 it->face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (it->f, face, 0);
11802
11803 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it);
11804
11805 it->current_x = saved_x;
11806 it->object = saved_object;
11807 it->position = saved_pos;
11808 it->what = saved_what;
11809 it->face_id = saved_face_id;
11810 it->len = saved_len;
11811 it->c = saved_c;
11812 return 1;
11813 }
11814 }
11815
11816 return 0;
11817 }
11818
11819
11820 /* Extend the face of the last glyph in the text area of IT->glyph_row
11821 to the end of the display line. Called from display_line.
11822 If the glyph row is empty, add a space glyph to it so that we
11823 know the face to draw. Set the glyph row flag fill_line_p. */
11824
11825 static void
11826 extend_face_to_end_of_line (it)
11827 struct it *it;
11828 {
11829 struct face *face;
11830 struct frame *f = it->f;
11831
11832 /* If line is already filled, do nothing. */
11833 if (it->current_x >= it->last_visible_x)
11834 return;
11835
11836 /* Face extension extends the background and box of IT->face_id
11837 to the end of the line. If the background equals the background
11838 of the frame, we don't have to do anything. */
11839 if (it->face_before_selective_p)
11840 face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->saved_face_id);
11841 else
11842 face = FACE_FROM_ID (f, it->face_id);
11843
11844 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
11845 && face->box == FACE_NO_BOX
11846 && face->background == FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f)
11847 && !face->stipple)
11848 return;
11849
11850 /* Set the glyph row flag indicating that the face of the last glyph
11851 in the text area has to be drawn to the end of the text area. */
11852 it->glyph_row->fill_line_p = 1;
11853
11854 /* If current character of IT is not ASCII, make sure we have the
11855 ASCII face. This will be automatically undone the next time
11856 get_next_display_element returns a multibyte character. Note
11857 that the character will always be single byte in unibyte text. */
11858 if (!SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (it->c))
11859 {
11860 it->face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (f, face, 0);
11861 }
11862
11863 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
11864 {
11865 /* If the row is empty, add a space with the current face of IT,
11866 so that we know which face to draw. */
11867 if (it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] == 0)
11868 {
11869 it->glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA][0] = space_glyph;
11870 it->glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA][0].face_id = it->face_id;
11871 it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = 1;
11872 }
11873 }
11874 else
11875 {
11876 /* Save some values that must not be changed. */
11877 int saved_x = it->current_x;
11878 struct text_pos saved_pos;
11879 Lisp_Object saved_object;
11880 int saved_what = it->what;
11881 int saved_face_id = it->face_id;
11882
11883 saved_object = it->object;
11884 saved_pos = it->position;
11885
11886 it->what = IT_CHARACTER;
11887 bzero (&it->position, sizeof it->position);
11888 it->object = make_number (0);
11889 it->c = ' ';
11890 it->len = 1;
11891 it->face_id = face->id;
11892
11893 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it);
11894
11895 while (it->current_x <= it->last_visible_x)
11896 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it);
11897
11898 /* Don't count these blanks really. It would let us insert a left
11899 truncation glyph below and make us set the cursor on them, maybe. */
11900 it->current_x = saved_x;
11901 it->object = saved_object;
11902 it->position = saved_pos;
11903 it->what = saved_what;
11904 it->face_id = saved_face_id;
11905 }
11906 }
11907
11908
11909 /* Value is non-zero if text starting at CHARPOS in current_buffer is
11910 trailing whitespace. */
11911
11912 static int
11913 trailing_whitespace_p (charpos)
11914 int charpos;
11915 {
11916 int bytepos = CHAR_TO_BYTE (charpos);
11917 int c = 0;
11918
11919 while (bytepos < ZV_BYTE
11920 && (c = FETCH_CHAR (bytepos),
11921 c == ' ' || c == '\t'))
11922 ++bytepos;
11923
11924 if (bytepos >= ZV_BYTE || c == '\n' || c == '\r')
11925 {
11926 if (bytepos != PT_BYTE)
11927 return 1;
11928 }
11929 return 0;
11930 }
11931
11932
11933 /* Highlight trailing whitespace, if any, in ROW. */
11934
11935 void
11936 highlight_trailing_whitespace (f, row)
11937 struct frame *f;
11938 struct glyph_row *row;
11939 {
11940 int used = row->used[TEXT_AREA];
11941
11942 if (used)
11943 {
11944 struct glyph *start = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
11945 struct glyph *glyph = start + used - 1;
11946
11947 /* Skip over the space glyph inserted to display the
11948 cursor at the end of a line. */
11949 if (glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH
11950 && glyph->u.ch == ' '
11951 && INTEGERP (glyph->object))
11952 --glyph;
11953
11954 /* If last glyph is a space or stretch, and it's trailing
11955 whitespace, set the face of all trailing whitespace glyphs in
11956 IT->glyph_row to `trailing-whitespace'. */
11957 if (glyph >= start
11958 && BUFFERP (glyph->object)
11959 && (glyph->type == STRETCH_GLYPH
11960 || (glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH
11961 && glyph->u.ch == ' '))
11962 && trailing_whitespace_p (glyph->charpos))
11963 {
11964 int face_id = lookup_named_face (f, Qtrailing_whitespace, 0);
11965
11966 while (glyph >= start
11967 && BUFFERP (glyph->object)
11968 && (glyph->type == STRETCH_GLYPH
11969 || (glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH
11970 && glyph->u.ch == ' ')))
11971 (glyph--)->face_id = face_id;
11972 }
11973 }
11974 }
11975
11976
11977 /* Value is non-zero if glyph row ROW in window W should be
11978 used to hold the cursor. */
11979
11980 static int
11981 cursor_row_p (w, row)
11982 struct window *w;
11983 struct glyph_row *row;
11984 {
11985 int cursor_row_p = 1;
11986
11987 if (PT == MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row))
11988 {
11989 /* If the row ends with a newline from a string, we don't want
11990 the cursor there (if the row is continued it doesn't end in a
11991 newline). */
11992 if (CHARPOS (row->end.string_pos) >= 0
11993 || MATRIX_ROW_ENDS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (row))
11994 cursor_row_p = row->continued_p;
11995
11996 /* If the row ends at ZV, display the cursor at the end of that
11997 row instead of at the start of the row below. */
11998 else if (row->ends_at_zv_p)
11999 cursor_row_p = 1;
12000 else
12001 cursor_row_p = 0;
12002 }
12003
12004 return cursor_row_p;
12005 }
12006
12007
12008 /* Construct the glyph row IT->glyph_row in the desired matrix of
12009 IT->w from text at the current position of IT. See dispextern.h
12010 for an overview of struct it. Value is non-zero if
12011 IT->glyph_row displays text, as opposed to a line displaying ZV
12012 only. */
12013
12014 static int
12015 display_line (it)
12016 struct it *it;
12017 {
12018 struct glyph_row *row = it->glyph_row;
12019
12020 /* We always start displaying at hpos zero even if hscrolled. */
12021 xassert (it->hpos == 0 && it->current_x == 0);
12022
12023 /* We must not display in a row that's not a text row. */
12024 xassert (MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (row, it->w->desired_matrix)
12025 < it->w->desired_matrix->nrows);
12026
12027 /* Is IT->w showing the region? */
12028 it->w->region_showing = it->region_beg_charpos > 0 ? Qt : Qnil;
12029
12030 /* Clear the result glyph row and enable it. */
12031 prepare_desired_row (row);
12032
12033 row->y = it->current_y;
12034 row->start = it->current;
12035 row->continuation_lines_width = it->continuation_lines_width;
12036 row->displays_text_p = 1;
12037 row->starts_in_middle_of_char_p = it->starts_in_middle_of_char_p;
12038 it->starts_in_middle_of_char_p = 0;
12039
12040 /* Arrange the overlays nicely for our purposes. Usually, we call
12041 display_line on only one line at a time, in which case this
12042 can't really hurt too much, or we call it on lines which appear
12043 one after another in the buffer, in which case all calls to
12044 recenter_overlay_lists but the first will be pretty cheap. */
12045 recenter_overlay_lists (current_buffer, IT_CHARPOS (*it));
12046
12047 /* Move over display elements that are not visible because we are
12048 hscrolled. This may stop at an x-position < IT->first_visible_x
12049 if the first glyph is partially visible or if we hit a line end. */
12050 if (it->current_x < it->first_visible_x)
12051 move_it_in_display_line_to (it, ZV, it->first_visible_x,
12052 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_X);
12053
12054 /* Get the initial row height. This is either the height of the
12055 text hscrolled, if there is any, or zero. */
12056 row->ascent = it->max_ascent;
12057 row->height = it->max_ascent + it->max_descent;
12058 row->phys_ascent = it->max_phys_ascent;
12059 row->phys_height = it->max_phys_ascent + it->max_phys_descent;
12060
12061 /* Loop generating characters. The loop is left with IT on the next
12062 character to display. */
12063 while (1)
12064 {
12065 int n_glyphs_before, hpos_before, x_before;
12066 int x, i, nglyphs;
12067 int ascent = 0, descent = 0, phys_ascent = 0, phys_descent = 0;
12068
12069 /* Retrieve the next thing to display. Value is zero if end of
12070 buffer reached. */
12071 if (!get_next_display_element (it))
12072 {
12073 /* Maybe add a space at the end of this line that is used to
12074 display the cursor there under X. Set the charpos of the
12075 first glyph of blank lines not corresponding to any text
12076 to -1. */
12077 if ((append_space (it, 1) && row->used[TEXT_AREA] == 1)
12078 || row->used[TEXT_AREA] == 0)
12079 {
12080 row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]->charpos = -1;
12081 row->displays_text_p = 0;
12082
12083 if (!NILP (XBUFFER (it->w->buffer)->indicate_empty_lines))
12084 row->indicate_empty_line_p = 1;
12085 }
12086
12087 it->continuation_lines_width = 0;
12088 row->ends_at_zv_p = 1;
12089 break;
12090 }
12091
12092 /* Now, get the metrics of what we want to display. This also
12093 generates glyphs in `row' (which is IT->glyph_row). */
12094 n_glyphs_before = row->used[TEXT_AREA];
12095 x = it->current_x;
12096
12097 /* Remember the line height so far in case the next element doesn't
12098 fit on the line. */
12099 if (!it->truncate_lines_p)
12100 {
12101 ascent = it->max_ascent;
12102 descent = it->max_descent;
12103 phys_ascent = it->max_phys_ascent;
12104 phys_descent = it->max_phys_descent;
12105 }
12106
12107 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it);
12108
12109 /* If this display element was in marginal areas, continue with
12110 the next one. */
12111 if (it->area != TEXT_AREA)
12112 {
12113 row->ascent = max (row->ascent, it->max_ascent);
12114 row->height = max (row->height, it->max_ascent + it->max_descent);
12115 row->phys_ascent = max (row->phys_ascent, it->max_phys_ascent);
12116 row->phys_height = max (row->phys_height,
12117 it->max_phys_ascent + it->max_phys_descent);
12118 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
12119 continue;
12120 }
12121
12122 /* Does the display element fit on the line? If we truncate
12123 lines, we should draw past the right edge of the window. If
12124 we don't truncate, we want to stop so that we can display the
12125 continuation glyph before the right margin. If lines are
12126 continued, there are two possible strategies for characters
12127 resulting in more than 1 glyph (e.g. tabs): Display as many
12128 glyphs as possible in this line and leave the rest for the
12129 continuation line, or display the whole element in the next
12130 line. Original redisplay did the former, so we do it also. */
12131 nglyphs = row->used[TEXT_AREA] - n_glyphs_before;
12132 hpos_before = it->hpos;
12133 x_before = x;
12134
12135 if (nglyphs == 1
12136 && it->current_x < it->last_visible_x)
12137 {
12138 ++it->hpos;
12139 row->ascent = max (row->ascent, it->max_ascent);
12140 row->height = max (row->height, it->max_ascent + it->max_descent);
12141 row->phys_ascent = max (row->phys_ascent, it->max_phys_ascent);
12142 row->phys_height = max (row->phys_height,
12143 it->max_phys_ascent + it->max_phys_descent);
12144 if (it->current_x - it->pixel_width < it->first_visible_x)
12145 row->x = x - it->first_visible_x;
12146 }
12147 else
12148 {
12149 int new_x;
12150 struct glyph *glyph;
12151
12152 for (i = 0; i < nglyphs; ++i, x = new_x)
12153 {
12154 glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + n_glyphs_before + i;
12155 new_x = x + glyph->pixel_width;
12156
12157 if (/* Lines are continued. */
12158 !it->truncate_lines_p
12159 && (/* Glyph doesn't fit on the line. */
12160 new_x > it->last_visible_x
12161 /* Or it fits exactly on a window system frame. */
12162 || (new_x == it->last_visible_x
12163 && FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))))
12164 {
12165 /* End of a continued line. */
12166
12167 if (it->hpos == 0
12168 || (new_x == it->last_visible_x
12169 && FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f)))
12170 {
12171 /* Current glyph is the only one on the line or
12172 fits exactly on the line. We must continue
12173 the line because we can't draw the cursor
12174 after the glyph. */
12175 row->continued_p = 1;
12176 it->current_x = new_x;
12177 it->continuation_lines_width += new_x;
12178 ++it->hpos;
12179 if (i == nglyphs - 1)
12180 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
12181 }
12182 else if (CHAR_GLYPH_PADDING_P (*glyph)
12183 && !FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
12184 {
12185 /* A padding glyph that doesn't fit on this line.
12186 This means the whole character doesn't fit
12187 on the line. */
12188 row->used[TEXT_AREA] = n_glyphs_before;
12189
12190 /* Fill the rest of the row with continuation
12191 glyphs like in 20.x. */
12192 while (row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + row->used[TEXT_AREA]
12193 < row->glyphs[1 + TEXT_AREA])
12194 produce_special_glyphs (it, IT_CONTINUATION);
12195
12196 row->continued_p = 1;
12197 it->current_x = x_before;
12198 it->continuation_lines_width += x_before;
12199
12200 /* Restore the height to what it was before the
12201 element not fitting on the line. */
12202 it->max_ascent = ascent;
12203 it->max_descent = descent;
12204 it->max_phys_ascent = phys_ascent;
12205 it->max_phys_descent = phys_descent;
12206 }
12207 else
12208 {
12209 /* Display element draws past the right edge of
12210 the window. Restore positions to values
12211 before the element. The next line starts
12212 with current_x before the glyph that could
12213 not be displayed, so that TAB works right. */
12214 row->used[TEXT_AREA] = n_glyphs_before + i;
12215
12216 /* Display continuation glyphs. */
12217 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
12218 produce_special_glyphs (it, IT_CONTINUATION);
12219 row->continued_p = 1;
12220
12221 it->current_x = x;
12222 it->continuation_lines_width += x;
12223 if (nglyphs > 1 && i > 0)
12224 {
12225 row->ends_in_middle_of_char_p = 1;
12226 it->starts_in_middle_of_char_p = 1;
12227 }
12228
12229 /* Restore the height to what it was before the
12230 element not fitting on the line. */
12231 it->max_ascent = ascent;
12232 it->max_descent = descent;
12233 it->max_phys_ascent = phys_ascent;
12234 it->max_phys_descent = phys_descent;
12235 }
12236
12237 break;
12238 }
12239 else if (new_x > it->first_visible_x)
12240 {
12241 /* Increment number of glyphs actually displayed. */
12242 ++it->hpos;
12243
12244 if (x < it->first_visible_x)
12245 /* Glyph is partially visible, i.e. row starts at
12246 negative X position. */
12247 row->x = x - it->first_visible_x;
12248 }
12249 else
12250 {
12251 /* Glyph is completely off the left margin of the
12252 window. This should not happen because of the
12253 move_it_in_display_line at the start of
12254 this function. */
12255 abort ();
12256 }
12257 }
12258
12259 row->ascent = max (row->ascent, it->max_ascent);
12260 row->height = max (row->height, it->max_ascent + it->max_descent);
12261 row->phys_ascent = max (row->phys_ascent, it->max_phys_ascent);
12262 row->phys_height = max (row->phys_height,
12263 it->max_phys_ascent + it->max_phys_descent);
12264
12265 /* End of this display line if row is continued. */
12266 if (row->continued_p)
12267 break;
12268 }
12269
12270 /* Is this a line end? If yes, we're also done, after making
12271 sure that a non-default face is extended up to the right
12272 margin of the window. */
12273 if (ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it))
12274 {
12275 int used_before = row->used[TEXT_AREA];
12276
12277 /* Add a space at the end of the line that is used to
12278 display the cursor there. */
12279 append_space (it, 0);
12280
12281 /* Extend the face to the end of the line. */
12282 extend_face_to_end_of_line (it);
12283
12284 /* Make sure we have the position. */
12285 if (used_before == 0)
12286 row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]->charpos = CHARPOS (it->position);
12287
12288 /* Consume the line end. This skips over invisible lines. */
12289 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
12290 it->continuation_lines_width = 0;
12291 break;
12292 }
12293
12294 /* Proceed with next display element. Note that this skips
12295 over lines invisible because of selective display. */
12296 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
12297
12298 /* If we truncate lines, we are done when the last displayed
12299 glyphs reach past the right margin of the window. */
12300 if (it->truncate_lines_p
12301 && (FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f)
12302 ? (it->current_x >= it->last_visible_x)
12303 : (it->current_x > it->last_visible_x)))
12304 {
12305 /* Maybe add truncation glyphs. */
12306 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
12307 {
12308 --it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
12309 produce_special_glyphs (it, IT_TRUNCATION);
12310 }
12311
12312 row->truncated_on_right_p = 1;
12313 it->continuation_lines_width = 0;
12314 reseat_at_next_visible_line_start (it, 0);
12315 row->ends_at_zv_p = FETCH_BYTE (IT_BYTEPOS (*it) - 1) != '\n';
12316 it->hpos = hpos_before;
12317 it->current_x = x_before;
12318 break;
12319 }
12320 }
12321
12322 /* If line is not empty and hscrolled, maybe insert truncation glyphs
12323 at the left window margin. */
12324 if (it->first_visible_x
12325 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) != MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row))
12326 {
12327 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
12328 insert_left_trunc_glyphs (it);
12329 row->truncated_on_left_p = 1;
12330 }
12331
12332 /* If the start of this line is the overlay arrow-position, then
12333 mark this glyph row as the one containing the overlay arrow.
12334 This is clearly a mess with variable size fonts. It would be
12335 better to let it be displayed like cursors under X. */
12336 if (MARKERP (Voverlay_arrow_position)
12337 && current_buffer == XMARKER (Voverlay_arrow_position)->buffer
12338 && (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row)
12339 == marker_position (Voverlay_arrow_position))
12340 && STRINGP (Voverlay_arrow_string)
12341 && ! overlay_arrow_seen)
12342 {
12343 /* Overlay arrow in window redisplay is a bitmap. */
12344 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
12345 {
12346 struct glyph_row *arrow_row = get_overlay_arrow_glyph_row (it->w);
12347 struct glyph *glyph = arrow_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
12348 struct glyph *arrow_end = glyph + arrow_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
12349 struct glyph *p = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
12350 struct glyph *p2, *end;
12351
12352 /* Copy the arrow glyphs. */
12353 while (glyph < arrow_end)
12354 *p++ = *glyph++;
12355
12356 /* Throw away padding glyphs. */
12357 p2 = p;
12358 end = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + row->used[TEXT_AREA];
12359 while (p2 < end && CHAR_GLYPH_PADDING_P (*p2))
12360 ++p2;
12361 if (p2 > p)
12362 {
12363 while (p2 < end)
12364 *p++ = *p2++;
12365 row->used[TEXT_AREA] = p2 - row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
12366 }
12367 }
12368
12369 overlay_arrow_seen = 1;
12370 row->overlay_arrow_p = 1;
12371 }
12372
12373 /* Compute pixel dimensions of this line. */
12374 compute_line_metrics (it);
12375
12376 /* Remember the position at which this line ends. */
12377 row->end = it->current;
12378
12379 /* Maybe set the cursor. */
12380 if (it->w->cursor.vpos < 0
12381 && PT >= MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row)
12382 && PT <= MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row)
12383 && cursor_row_p (it->w, row))
12384 set_cursor_from_row (it->w, row, it->w->desired_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
12385
12386 /* Highlight trailing whitespace. */
12387 if (!NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace))
12388 highlight_trailing_whitespace (it->f, it->glyph_row);
12389
12390 /* Prepare for the next line. This line starts horizontally at (X
12391 HPOS) = (0 0). Vertical positions are incremented. As a
12392 convenience for the caller, IT->glyph_row is set to the next
12393 row to be used. */
12394 it->current_x = it->hpos = 0;
12395 it->current_y += row->height;
12396 ++it->vpos;
12397 ++it->glyph_row;
12398 return row->displays_text_p;
12399 }
12400
12401
12402 \f
12403 /***********************************************************************
12404 Menu Bar
12405 ***********************************************************************/
12406
12407 /* Redisplay the menu bar in the frame for window W.
12408
12409 The menu bar of X frames that don't have X toolkit support is
12410 displayed in a special window W->frame->menu_bar_window.
12411
12412 The menu bar of terminal frames is treated specially as far as
12413 glyph matrices are concerned. Menu bar lines are not part of
12414 windows, so the update is done directly on the frame matrix rows
12415 for the menu bar. */
12416
12417 static void
12418 display_menu_bar (w)
12419 struct window *w;
12420 {
12421 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
12422 struct it it;
12423 Lisp_Object items;
12424 int i;
12425
12426 /* Don't do all this for graphical frames. */
12427 #ifdef HAVE_NTGUI
12428 if (!NILP (Vwindow_system))
12429 return;
12430 #endif
12431 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
12432 if (FRAME_X_P (f))
12433 return;
12434 #endif
12435 #ifdef macintosh
12436 if (FRAME_MAC_P (f))
12437 return;
12438 #endif
12439
12440 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
12441 xassert (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f));
12442 init_iterator (&it, w, -1, -1, f->desired_matrix->rows, MENU_FACE_ID);
12443 it.first_visible_x = 0;
12444 it.last_visible_x = FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f) * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
12445 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
12446 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
12447 {
12448 /* Menu bar lines are displayed in the desired matrix of the
12449 dummy window menu_bar_window. */
12450 struct window *menu_w;
12451 xassert (WINDOWP (f->menu_bar_window));
12452 menu_w = XWINDOW (f->menu_bar_window);
12453 init_iterator (&it, menu_w, -1, -1, menu_w->desired_matrix->rows,
12454 MENU_FACE_ID);
12455 it.first_visible_x = 0;
12456 it.last_visible_x = FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f) * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
12457 }
12458 else
12459 {
12460 /* This is a TTY frame, i.e. character hpos/vpos are used as
12461 pixel x/y. */
12462 init_iterator (&it, w, -1, -1, f->desired_matrix->rows,
12463 MENU_FACE_ID);
12464 it.first_visible_x = 0;
12465 it.last_visible_x = FRAME_WIDTH (f);
12466 }
12467 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
12468
12469 if (! mode_line_inverse_video)
12470 /* Force the menu-bar to be displayed in the default face. */
12471 it.base_face_id = it.face_id = DEFAULT_FACE_ID;
12472
12473 /* Clear all rows of the menu bar. */
12474 for (i = 0; i < FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f); ++i)
12475 {
12476 struct glyph_row *row = it.glyph_row + i;
12477 clear_glyph_row (row);
12478 row->enabled_p = 1;
12479 row->full_width_p = 1;
12480 }
12481
12482 /* Display all items of the menu bar. */
12483 items = FRAME_MENU_BAR_ITEMS (it.f);
12484 for (i = 0; i < XVECTOR (items)->size; i += 4)
12485 {
12486 Lisp_Object string;
12487
12488 /* Stop at nil string. */
12489 string = XVECTOR (items)->contents[i + 1];
12490 if (NILP (string))
12491 break;
12492
12493 /* Remember where item was displayed. */
12494 XSETFASTINT (XVECTOR (items)->contents[i + 3], it.hpos);
12495
12496 /* Display the item, pad with one space. */
12497 if (it.current_x < it.last_visible_x)
12498 display_string (NULL, string, Qnil, 0, 0, &it,
12499 XSTRING (string)->size + 1, 0, 0, -1);
12500 }
12501
12502 /* Fill out the line with spaces. */
12503 if (it.current_x < it.last_visible_x)
12504 display_string ("", Qnil, Qnil, 0, 0, &it, -1, 0, 0, -1);
12505
12506 /* Compute the total height of the lines. */
12507 compute_line_metrics (&it);
12508 }
12509
12510
12511 \f
12512 /***********************************************************************
12513 Mode Line
12514 ***********************************************************************/
12515
12516 /* Redisplay mode lines in the window tree whose root is WINDOW. If
12517 FORCE is non-zero, redisplay mode lines unconditionally.
12518 Otherwise, redisplay only mode lines that are garbaged. Value is
12519 the number of windows whose mode lines were redisplayed. */
12520
12521 static int
12522 redisplay_mode_lines (window, force)
12523 Lisp_Object window;
12524 int force;
12525 {
12526 int nwindows = 0;
12527
12528 while (!NILP (window))
12529 {
12530 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
12531
12532 if (WINDOWP (w->hchild))
12533 nwindows += redisplay_mode_lines (w->hchild, force);
12534 else if (WINDOWP (w->vchild))
12535 nwindows += redisplay_mode_lines (w->vchild, force);
12536 else if (force
12537 || FRAME_GARBAGED_P (XFRAME (w->frame))
12538 || !MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix)->enabled_p)
12539 {
12540 Lisp_Object old_selected_frame;
12541 struct text_pos lpoint;
12542 struct buffer *old = current_buffer;
12543
12544 /* Set the window's buffer for the mode line display. */
12545 SET_TEXT_POS (lpoint, PT, PT_BYTE);
12546 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (w->buffer));
12547
12548 /* Point refers normally to the selected window. For any
12549 other window, set up appropriate value. */
12550 if (!EQ (window, selected_window))
12551 {
12552 struct text_pos pt;
12553
12554 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (pt, w->pointm);
12555 if (CHARPOS (pt) < BEGV)
12556 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (BEGV, BEGV_BYTE);
12557 else if (CHARPOS (pt) > (ZV - 1))
12558 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (ZV, ZV_BYTE);
12559 else
12560 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (CHARPOS (pt), BYTEPOS (pt));
12561 }
12562
12563 /* Temporarily set up the selected frame. */
12564 old_selected_frame = selected_frame;
12565 selected_frame = w->frame;
12566
12567 /* Display mode lines. */
12568 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
12569 if (display_mode_lines (w))
12570 {
12571 ++nwindows;
12572 w->must_be_updated_p = 1;
12573 }
12574
12575 /* Restore old settings. */
12576 selected_frame = old_selected_frame;
12577 set_buffer_internal_1 (old);
12578 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (CHARPOS (lpoint), BYTEPOS (lpoint));
12579 }
12580
12581 window = w->next;
12582 }
12583
12584 return nwindows;
12585 }
12586
12587
12588 /* Display the mode and/or top line of window W. Value is the number
12589 of mode lines displayed. */
12590
12591 static int
12592 display_mode_lines (w)
12593 struct window *w;
12594 {
12595 int n = 0;
12596
12597 /* These will be set while the mode line specs are processed. */
12598 line_number_displayed = 0;
12599 w->column_number_displayed = Qnil;
12600
12601 if (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w))
12602 {
12603 display_mode_line (w, MODE_LINE_FACE_ID,
12604 current_buffer->mode_line_format);
12605 ++n;
12606 }
12607
12608 if (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w))
12609 {
12610 display_mode_line (w, HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID,
12611 current_buffer->header_line_format);
12612 ++n;
12613 }
12614
12615 return n;
12616 }
12617
12618
12619 /* Display mode or top line of window W. FACE_ID specifies which line
12620 to display; it is either MODE_LINE_FACE_ID or HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID.
12621 FORMAT is the mode line format to display. Value is the pixel
12622 height of the mode line displayed. */
12623
12624 static int
12625 display_mode_line (w, face_id, format)
12626 struct window *w;
12627 enum face_id face_id;
12628 Lisp_Object format;
12629 {
12630 struct it it;
12631 struct face *face;
12632
12633 init_iterator (&it, w, -1, -1, NULL, face_id);
12634 prepare_desired_row (it.glyph_row);
12635
12636 if (! mode_line_inverse_video)
12637 /* Force the mode-line to be displayed in the default face. */
12638 it.base_face_id = it.face_id = DEFAULT_FACE_ID;
12639
12640 /* Temporarily make frame's keyboard the current kboard so that
12641 kboard-local variables in the mode_line_format will get the right
12642 values. */
12643 push_frame_kboard (it.f);
12644 display_mode_element (&it, 0, 0, 0, format);
12645 pop_frame_kboard ();
12646
12647 /* Fill up with spaces. */
12648 display_string (" ", Qnil, Qnil, 0, 0, &it, 10000, -1, -1, 0);
12649
12650 compute_line_metrics (&it);
12651 it.glyph_row->full_width_p = 1;
12652 it.glyph_row->mode_line_p = 1;
12653 it.glyph_row->inverse_p = 0;
12654 it.glyph_row->continued_p = 0;
12655 it.glyph_row->truncated_on_left_p = 0;
12656 it.glyph_row->truncated_on_right_p = 0;
12657
12658 /* Make a 3D mode-line have a shadow at its right end. */
12659 face = FACE_FROM_ID (it.f, face_id);
12660 extend_face_to_end_of_line (&it);
12661 if (face->box != FACE_NO_BOX)
12662 {
12663 struct glyph *last = (it.glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]
12664 + it.glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] - 1);
12665 last->right_box_line_p = 1;
12666 }
12667
12668 return it.glyph_row->height;
12669 }
12670
12671
12672 /* Contribute ELT to the mode line for window IT->w. How it
12673 translates into text depends on its data type.
12674
12675 IT describes the display environment in which we display, as usual.
12676
12677 DEPTH is the depth in recursion. It is used to prevent
12678 infinite recursion here.
12679
12680 FIELD_WIDTH is the number of characters the display of ELT should
12681 occupy in the mode line, and PRECISION is the maximum number of
12682 characters to display from ELT's representation. See
12683 display_string for details. *
12684
12685 Returns the hpos of the end of the text generated by ELT. */
12686
12687 static int
12688 display_mode_element (it, depth, field_width, precision, elt)
12689 struct it *it;
12690 int depth;
12691 int field_width, precision;
12692 Lisp_Object elt;
12693 {
12694 int n = 0, field, prec;
12695
12696 tail_recurse:
12697 if (depth > 10)
12698 goto invalid;
12699
12700 depth++;
12701
12702 switch (SWITCH_ENUM_CAST (XTYPE (elt)))
12703 {
12704 case Lisp_String:
12705 {
12706 /* A string: output it and check for %-constructs within it. */
12707 unsigned char c;
12708 unsigned char *this = XSTRING (elt)->data;
12709 unsigned char *lisp_string = this;
12710
12711 while ((precision <= 0 || n < precision)
12712 && *this
12713 && (frame_title_ptr
12714 || it->current_x < it->last_visible_x))
12715 {
12716 unsigned char *last = this;
12717
12718 /* Advance to end of string or next format specifier. */
12719 while ((c = *this++) != '\0' && c != '%')
12720 ;
12721
12722 if (this - 1 != last)
12723 {
12724 /* Output to end of string or up to '%'. Field width
12725 is length of string. Don't output more than
12726 PRECISION allows us. */
12727 prec = --this - last;
12728 if (precision > 0 && prec > precision - n)
12729 prec = precision - n;
12730
12731 if (frame_title_ptr)
12732 n += store_frame_title (last, prec, prec);
12733 else
12734 n += display_string (NULL, elt, Qnil, 0, last - lisp_string,
12735 it, 0, prec, 0, -1);
12736 }
12737 else /* c == '%' */
12738 {
12739 unsigned char *percent_position = this;
12740
12741 /* Get the specified minimum width. Zero means
12742 don't pad. */
12743 field = 0;
12744 while ((c = *this++) >= '0' && c <= '9')
12745 field = field * 10 + c - '0';
12746
12747 /* Don't pad beyond the total padding allowed. */
12748 if (field_width - n > 0 && field > field_width - n)
12749 field = field_width - n;
12750
12751 /* Note that either PRECISION <= 0 or N < PRECISION. */
12752 prec = precision - n;
12753
12754 if (c == 'M')
12755 n += display_mode_element (it, depth, field, prec,
12756 Vglobal_mode_string);
12757 else if (c != 0)
12758 {
12759 unsigned char *spec
12760 = decode_mode_spec (it->w, c, field, prec);
12761
12762 if (frame_title_ptr)
12763 n += store_frame_title (spec, field, prec);
12764 else
12765 {
12766 int nglyphs_before
12767 = it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
12768 int charpos
12769 = percent_position - XSTRING (elt)->data;
12770 int nwritten
12771 = display_string (spec, Qnil, elt, charpos, 0, it,
12772 field, prec, 0, -1);
12773
12774 /* Assign to the glyphs written above the
12775 string where the `%x' came from, position
12776 of the `%'. */
12777 if (nwritten > 0)
12778 {
12779 struct glyph *glyph
12780 = (it->glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]
12781 + nglyphs_before);
12782 int i;
12783
12784 for (i = 0; i < nwritten; ++i)
12785 {
12786 glyph[i].object = elt;
12787 glyph[i].charpos = charpos;
12788 }
12789
12790 n += nwritten;
12791 }
12792 }
12793 }
12794 }
12795 }
12796 }
12797 break;
12798
12799 case Lisp_Symbol:
12800 /* A symbol: process the value of the symbol recursively
12801 as if it appeared here directly. Avoid error if symbol void.
12802 Special case: if value of symbol is a string, output the string
12803 literally. */
12804 {
12805 register Lisp_Object tem;
12806 tem = Fboundp (elt);
12807 if (!NILP (tem))
12808 {
12809 tem = Fsymbol_value (elt);
12810 /* If value is a string, output that string literally:
12811 don't check for % within it. */
12812 if (STRINGP (tem))
12813 {
12814 prec = XSTRING (tem)->size;
12815 if (precision > 0 && prec > precision - n)
12816 prec = precision - n;
12817 if (frame_title_ptr)
12818 n += store_frame_title (XSTRING (tem)->data, -1, prec);
12819 else
12820 n += display_string (NULL, tem, Qnil, 0, 0, it,
12821 0, prec, 0, -1);
12822 }
12823 else if (!EQ (tem, elt))
12824 {
12825 /* Give up right away for nil or t. */
12826 elt = tem;
12827 goto tail_recurse;
12828 }
12829 }
12830 }
12831 break;
12832
12833 case Lisp_Cons:
12834 {
12835 register Lisp_Object car, tem;
12836
12837 /* A cons cell: three distinct cases.
12838 If first element is a string or a cons, process all the elements
12839 and effectively concatenate them.
12840 If first element is a negative number, truncate displaying cdr to
12841 at most that many characters. If positive, pad (with spaces)
12842 to at least that many characters.
12843 If first element is a symbol, process the cadr or caddr recursively
12844 according to whether the symbol's value is non-nil or nil. */
12845 car = XCAR (elt);
12846 if (EQ (car, QCeval) && CONSP (XCDR (elt)))
12847 {
12848 /* An element of the form (:eval FORM) means evaluate FORM
12849 and use the result as mode line elements. */
12850 struct gcpro gcpro1;
12851 Lisp_Object spec;
12852
12853 spec = safe_eval (XCAR (XCDR (elt)));
12854 GCPRO1 (spec);
12855 n += display_mode_element (it, depth, field_width - n,
12856 precision - n, spec);
12857 UNGCPRO;
12858 }
12859 else if (SYMBOLP (car))
12860 {
12861 tem = Fboundp (car);
12862 elt = XCDR (elt);
12863 if (!CONSP (elt))
12864 goto invalid;
12865 /* elt is now the cdr, and we know it is a cons cell.
12866 Use its car if CAR has a non-nil value. */
12867 if (!NILP (tem))
12868 {
12869 tem = Fsymbol_value (car);
12870 if (!NILP (tem))
12871 {
12872 elt = XCAR (elt);
12873 goto tail_recurse;
12874 }
12875 }
12876 /* Symbol's value is nil (or symbol is unbound)
12877 Get the cddr of the original list
12878 and if possible find the caddr and use that. */
12879 elt = XCDR (elt);
12880 if (NILP (elt))
12881 break;
12882 else if (!CONSP (elt))
12883 goto invalid;
12884 elt = XCAR (elt);
12885 goto tail_recurse;
12886 }
12887 else if (INTEGERP (car))
12888 {
12889 register int lim = XINT (car);
12890 elt = XCDR (elt);
12891 if (lim < 0)
12892 {
12893 /* Negative int means reduce maximum width. */
12894 if (precision <= 0)
12895 precision = -lim;
12896 else
12897 precision = min (precision, -lim);
12898 }
12899 else if (lim > 0)
12900 {
12901 /* Padding specified. Don't let it be more than
12902 current maximum. */
12903 if (precision > 0)
12904 lim = min (precision, lim);
12905
12906 /* If that's more padding than already wanted, queue it.
12907 But don't reduce padding already specified even if
12908 that is beyond the current truncation point. */
12909 field_width = max (lim, field_width);
12910 }
12911 goto tail_recurse;
12912 }
12913 else if (STRINGP (car) || CONSP (car))
12914 {
12915 register int limit = 50;
12916 /* Limit is to protect against circular lists. */
12917 while (CONSP (elt)
12918 && --limit > 0
12919 && (precision <= 0 || n < precision))
12920 {
12921 n += display_mode_element (it, depth, field_width - n,
12922 precision - n, XCAR (elt));
12923 elt = XCDR (elt);
12924 }
12925 }
12926 }
12927 break;
12928
12929 default:
12930 invalid:
12931 if (frame_title_ptr)
12932 n += store_frame_title ("*invalid*", 0, precision - n);
12933 else
12934 n += display_string ("*invalid*", Qnil, Qnil, 0, 0, it, 0,
12935 precision - n, 0, 0);
12936 return n;
12937 }
12938
12939 /* Pad to FIELD_WIDTH. */
12940 if (field_width > 0 && n < field_width)
12941 {
12942 if (frame_title_ptr)
12943 n += store_frame_title ("", field_width - n, 0);
12944 else
12945 n += display_string ("", Qnil, Qnil, 0, 0, it, field_width - n,
12946 0, 0, 0);
12947 }
12948
12949 return n;
12950 }
12951
12952
12953 /* Write a null-terminated, right justified decimal representation of
12954 the positive integer D to BUF using a minimal field width WIDTH. */
12955
12956 static void
12957 pint2str (buf, width, d)
12958 register char *buf;
12959 register int width;
12960 register int d;
12961 {
12962 register char *p = buf;
12963
12964 if (d <= 0)
12965 *p++ = '0';
12966 else
12967 {
12968 while (d > 0)
12969 {
12970 *p++ = d % 10 + '0';
12971 d /= 10;
12972 }
12973 }
12974
12975 for (width -= (int) (p - buf); width > 0; --width)
12976 *p++ = ' ';
12977 *p-- = '\0';
12978 while (p > buf)
12979 {
12980 d = *buf;
12981 *buf++ = *p;
12982 *p-- = d;
12983 }
12984 }
12985
12986 /* Set a mnemonic character for coding_system (Lisp symbol) in BUF.
12987 If EOL_FLAG is 1, set also a mnemonic character for end-of-line
12988 type of CODING_SYSTEM. Return updated pointer into BUF. */
12989
12990 static unsigned char invalid_eol_type[] = "(*invalid*)";
12991
12992 static char *
12993 decode_mode_spec_coding (coding_system, buf, eol_flag)
12994 Lisp_Object coding_system;
12995 register char *buf;
12996 int eol_flag;
12997 {
12998 Lisp_Object val;
12999 int multibyte = !NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters);
13000 unsigned char *eol_str;
13001 int eol_str_len;
13002 /* The EOL conversion we are using. */
13003 Lisp_Object eoltype;
13004
13005 val = Fget (coding_system, Qcoding_system);
13006 eoltype = Qnil;
13007
13008 if (!VECTORP (val)) /* Not yet decided. */
13009 {
13010 if (multibyte)
13011 *buf++ = '-';
13012 if (eol_flag)
13013 eoltype = eol_mnemonic_undecided;
13014 /* Don't mention EOL conversion if it isn't decided. */
13015 }
13016 else
13017 {
13018 Lisp_Object eolvalue;
13019
13020 eolvalue = Fget (coding_system, Qeol_type);
13021
13022 if (multibyte)
13023 *buf++ = XFASTINT (XVECTOR (val)->contents[1]);
13024
13025 if (eol_flag)
13026 {
13027 /* The EOL conversion that is normal on this system. */
13028
13029 if (NILP (eolvalue)) /* Not yet decided. */
13030 eoltype = eol_mnemonic_undecided;
13031 else if (VECTORP (eolvalue)) /* Not yet decided. */
13032 eoltype = eol_mnemonic_undecided;
13033 else /* INTEGERP (eolvalue) -- 0:LF, 1:CRLF, 2:CR */
13034 eoltype = (XFASTINT (eolvalue) == 0
13035 ? eol_mnemonic_unix
13036 : (XFASTINT (eolvalue) == 1
13037 ? eol_mnemonic_dos : eol_mnemonic_mac));
13038 }
13039 }
13040
13041 if (eol_flag)
13042 {
13043 /* Mention the EOL conversion if it is not the usual one. */
13044 if (STRINGP (eoltype))
13045 {
13046 eol_str = XSTRING (eoltype)->data;
13047 eol_str_len = XSTRING (eoltype)->size;
13048 }
13049 else if (INTEGERP (eoltype)
13050 && CHAR_VALID_P (XINT (eoltype), 0))
13051 {
13052 eol_str = (unsigned char *) alloca (MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH);
13053 eol_str_len = CHAR_STRING (XINT (eoltype), eol_str);
13054 }
13055 else
13056 {
13057 eol_str = invalid_eol_type;
13058 eol_str_len = sizeof (invalid_eol_type) - 1;
13059 }
13060 bcopy (eol_str, buf, eol_str_len);
13061 buf += eol_str_len;
13062 }
13063
13064 return buf;
13065 }
13066
13067 /* Return a string for the output of a mode line %-spec for window W,
13068 generated by character C. PRECISION >= 0 means don't return a
13069 string longer than that value. FIELD_WIDTH > 0 means pad the
13070 string returned with spaces to that value. */
13071
13072 static char lots_of_dashes[] = "--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------";
13073
13074 static char *
13075 decode_mode_spec (w, c, field_width, precision)
13076 struct window *w;
13077 register int c;
13078 int field_width, precision;
13079 {
13080 Lisp_Object obj;
13081 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
13082 char *decode_mode_spec_buf = f->decode_mode_spec_buffer;
13083 struct buffer *b = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
13084
13085 obj = Qnil;
13086
13087 switch (c)
13088 {
13089 case '*':
13090 if (!NILP (b->read_only))
13091 return "%";
13092 if (BUF_MODIFF (b) > BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (b))
13093 return "*";
13094 return "-";
13095
13096 case '+':
13097 /* This differs from %* only for a modified read-only buffer. */
13098 if (BUF_MODIFF (b) > BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (b))
13099 return "*";
13100 if (!NILP (b->read_only))
13101 return "%";
13102 return "-";
13103
13104 case '&':
13105 /* This differs from %* in ignoring read-only-ness. */
13106 if (BUF_MODIFF (b) > BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (b))
13107 return "*";
13108 return "-";
13109
13110 case '%':
13111 return "%";
13112
13113 case '[':
13114 {
13115 int i;
13116 char *p;
13117
13118 if (command_loop_level > 5)
13119 return "[[[... ";
13120 p = decode_mode_spec_buf;
13121 for (i = 0; i < command_loop_level; i++)
13122 *p++ = '[';
13123 *p = 0;
13124 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
13125 }
13126
13127 case ']':
13128 {
13129 int i;
13130 char *p;
13131
13132 if (command_loop_level > 5)
13133 return " ...]]]";
13134 p = decode_mode_spec_buf;
13135 for (i = 0; i < command_loop_level; i++)
13136 *p++ = ']';
13137 *p = 0;
13138 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
13139 }
13140
13141 case '-':
13142 {
13143 register int i;
13144
13145 /* Let lots_of_dashes be a string of infinite length. */
13146 if (field_width <= 0
13147 || field_width > sizeof (lots_of_dashes))
13148 {
13149 for (i = 0; i < FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF_SIZE (f) - 1; ++i)
13150 decode_mode_spec_buf[i] = '-';
13151 decode_mode_spec_buf[i] = '\0';
13152 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
13153 }
13154 else
13155 return lots_of_dashes;
13156 }
13157
13158 case 'b':
13159 obj = b->name;
13160 break;
13161
13162 case 'c':
13163 {
13164 int col = current_column ();
13165 XSETFASTINT (w->column_number_displayed, col);
13166 pint2str (decode_mode_spec_buf, field_width, col);
13167 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
13168 }
13169
13170 case 'F':
13171 /* %F displays the frame name. */
13172 if (!NILP (f->title))
13173 return (char *) XSTRING (f->title)->data;
13174 if (f->explicit_name || ! FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
13175 return (char *) XSTRING (f->name)->data;
13176 return "Emacs";
13177
13178 case 'f':
13179 obj = b->filename;
13180 break;
13181
13182 case 'l':
13183 {
13184 int startpos = XMARKER (w->start)->charpos;
13185 int startpos_byte = marker_byte_position (w->start);
13186 int line, linepos, linepos_byte, topline;
13187 int nlines, junk;
13188 int height = XFASTINT (w->height);
13189
13190 /* If we decided that this buffer isn't suitable for line numbers,
13191 don't forget that too fast. */
13192 if (EQ (w->base_line_pos, w->buffer))
13193 goto no_value;
13194 /* But do forget it, if the window shows a different buffer now. */
13195 else if (BUFFERP (w->base_line_pos))
13196 w->base_line_pos = Qnil;
13197
13198 /* If the buffer is very big, don't waste time. */
13199 if (INTEGERP (Vline_number_display_limit)
13200 && BUF_ZV (b) - BUF_BEGV (b) > XINT (Vline_number_display_limit))
13201 {
13202 w->base_line_pos = Qnil;
13203 w->base_line_number = Qnil;
13204 goto no_value;
13205 }
13206
13207 if (!NILP (w->base_line_number)
13208 && !NILP (w->base_line_pos)
13209 && XFASTINT (w->base_line_pos) <= startpos)
13210 {
13211 line = XFASTINT (w->base_line_number);
13212 linepos = XFASTINT (w->base_line_pos);
13213 linepos_byte = buf_charpos_to_bytepos (b, linepos);
13214 }
13215 else
13216 {
13217 line = 1;
13218 linepos = BUF_BEGV (b);
13219 linepos_byte = BUF_BEGV_BYTE (b);
13220 }
13221
13222 /* Count lines from base line to window start position. */
13223 nlines = display_count_lines (linepos, linepos_byte,
13224 startpos_byte,
13225 startpos, &junk);
13226
13227 topline = nlines + line;
13228
13229 /* Determine a new base line, if the old one is too close
13230 or too far away, or if we did not have one.
13231 "Too close" means it's plausible a scroll-down would
13232 go back past it. */
13233 if (startpos == BUF_BEGV (b))
13234 {
13235 XSETFASTINT (w->base_line_number, topline);
13236 XSETFASTINT (w->base_line_pos, BUF_BEGV (b));
13237 }
13238 else if (nlines < height + 25 || nlines > height * 3 + 50
13239 || linepos == BUF_BEGV (b))
13240 {
13241 int limit = BUF_BEGV (b);
13242 int limit_byte = BUF_BEGV_BYTE (b);
13243 int position;
13244 int distance = (height * 2 + 30) * line_number_display_limit_width;
13245
13246 if (startpos - distance > limit)
13247 {
13248 limit = startpos - distance;
13249 limit_byte = CHAR_TO_BYTE (limit);
13250 }
13251
13252 nlines = display_count_lines (startpos, startpos_byte,
13253 limit_byte,
13254 - (height * 2 + 30),
13255 &position);
13256 /* If we couldn't find the lines we wanted within
13257 line_number_display_limit_width chars per line,
13258 give up on line numbers for this window. */
13259 if (position == limit_byte && limit == startpos - distance)
13260 {
13261 w->base_line_pos = w->buffer;
13262 w->base_line_number = Qnil;
13263 goto no_value;
13264 }
13265
13266 XSETFASTINT (w->base_line_number, topline - nlines);
13267 XSETFASTINT (w->base_line_pos, BYTE_TO_CHAR (position));
13268 }
13269
13270 /* Now count lines from the start pos to point. */
13271 nlines = display_count_lines (startpos, startpos_byte,
13272 PT_BYTE, PT, &junk);
13273
13274 /* Record that we did display the line number. */
13275 line_number_displayed = 1;
13276
13277 /* Make the string to show. */
13278 pint2str (decode_mode_spec_buf, field_width, topline + nlines);
13279 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
13280 no_value:
13281 {
13282 char* p = decode_mode_spec_buf;
13283 int pad = field_width - 2;
13284 while (pad-- > 0)
13285 *p++ = ' ';
13286 *p++ = '?';
13287 *p++ = '?';
13288 *p = '\0';
13289 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
13290 }
13291 }
13292 break;
13293
13294 case 'm':
13295 obj = b->mode_name;
13296 break;
13297
13298 case 'n':
13299 if (BUF_BEGV (b) > BUF_BEG (b) || BUF_ZV (b) < BUF_Z (b))
13300 return " Narrow";
13301 break;
13302
13303 case 'p':
13304 {
13305 int pos = marker_position (w->start);
13306 int total = BUF_ZV (b) - BUF_BEGV (b);
13307
13308 if (XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos) <= BUF_Z (b) - BUF_ZV (b))
13309 {
13310 if (pos <= BUF_BEGV (b))
13311 return "All";
13312 else
13313 return "Bottom";
13314 }
13315 else if (pos <= BUF_BEGV (b))
13316 return "Top";
13317 else
13318 {
13319 if (total > 1000000)
13320 /* Do it differently for a large value, to avoid overflow. */
13321 total = ((pos - BUF_BEGV (b)) + (total / 100) - 1) / (total / 100);
13322 else
13323 total = ((pos - BUF_BEGV (b)) * 100 + total - 1) / total;
13324 /* We can't normally display a 3-digit number,
13325 so get us a 2-digit number that is close. */
13326 if (total == 100)
13327 total = 99;
13328 sprintf (decode_mode_spec_buf, "%2d%%", total);
13329 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
13330 }
13331 }
13332
13333 /* Display percentage of size above the bottom of the screen. */
13334 case 'P':
13335 {
13336 int toppos = marker_position (w->start);
13337 int botpos = BUF_Z (b) - XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos);
13338 int total = BUF_ZV (b) - BUF_BEGV (b);
13339
13340 if (botpos >= BUF_ZV (b))
13341 {
13342 if (toppos <= BUF_BEGV (b))
13343 return "All";
13344 else
13345 return "Bottom";
13346 }
13347 else
13348 {
13349 if (total > 1000000)
13350 /* Do it differently for a large value, to avoid overflow. */
13351 total = ((botpos - BUF_BEGV (b)) + (total / 100) - 1) / (total / 100);
13352 else
13353 total = ((botpos - BUF_BEGV (b)) * 100 + total - 1) / total;
13354 /* We can't normally display a 3-digit number,
13355 so get us a 2-digit number that is close. */
13356 if (total == 100)
13357 total = 99;
13358 if (toppos <= BUF_BEGV (b))
13359 sprintf (decode_mode_spec_buf, "Top%2d%%", total);
13360 else
13361 sprintf (decode_mode_spec_buf, "%2d%%", total);
13362 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
13363 }
13364 }
13365
13366 case 's':
13367 /* status of process */
13368 obj = Fget_buffer_process (w->buffer);
13369 if (NILP (obj))
13370 return "no process";
13371 #ifdef subprocesses
13372 obj = Fsymbol_name (Fprocess_status (obj));
13373 #endif
13374 break;
13375
13376 case 't': /* indicate TEXT or BINARY */
13377 #ifdef MODE_LINE_BINARY_TEXT
13378 return MODE_LINE_BINARY_TEXT (b);
13379 #else
13380 return "T";
13381 #endif
13382
13383 case 'z':
13384 /* coding-system (not including end-of-line format) */
13385 case 'Z':
13386 /* coding-system (including end-of-line type) */
13387 {
13388 int eol_flag = (c == 'Z');
13389 char *p = decode_mode_spec_buf;
13390
13391 if (! FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
13392 {
13393 /* No need to mention EOL here--the terminal never needs
13394 to do EOL conversion. */
13395 p = decode_mode_spec_coding (keyboard_coding.symbol, p, 0);
13396 p = decode_mode_spec_coding (terminal_coding.symbol, p, 0);
13397 }
13398 p = decode_mode_spec_coding (b->buffer_file_coding_system,
13399 p, eol_flag);
13400
13401 #if 0 /* This proves to be annoying; I think we can do without. -- rms. */
13402 #ifdef subprocesses
13403 obj = Fget_buffer_process (Fcurrent_buffer ());
13404 if (PROCESSP (obj))
13405 {
13406 p = decode_mode_spec_coding (XPROCESS (obj)->decode_coding_system,
13407 p, eol_flag);
13408 p = decode_mode_spec_coding (XPROCESS (obj)->encode_coding_system,
13409 p, eol_flag);
13410 }
13411 #endif /* subprocesses */
13412 #endif /* 0 */
13413 *p = 0;
13414 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
13415 }
13416 }
13417
13418 if (STRINGP (obj))
13419 return (char *) XSTRING (obj)->data;
13420 else
13421 return "";
13422 }
13423
13424
13425 /* Count up to COUNT lines starting from START / START_BYTE.
13426 But don't go beyond LIMIT_BYTE.
13427 Return the number of lines thus found (always nonnegative).
13428
13429 Set *BYTE_POS_PTR to 1 if we found COUNT lines, 0 if we hit LIMIT. */
13430
13431 static int
13432 display_count_lines (start, start_byte, limit_byte, count, byte_pos_ptr)
13433 int start, start_byte, limit_byte, count;
13434 int *byte_pos_ptr;
13435 {
13436 register unsigned char *cursor;
13437 unsigned char *base;
13438
13439 register int ceiling;
13440 register unsigned char *ceiling_addr;
13441 int orig_count = count;
13442
13443 /* If we are not in selective display mode,
13444 check only for newlines. */
13445 int selective_display = (!NILP (current_buffer->selective_display)
13446 && !INTEGERP (current_buffer->selective_display));
13447
13448 if (count > 0)
13449 {
13450 while (start_byte < limit_byte)
13451 {
13452 ceiling = BUFFER_CEILING_OF (start_byte);
13453 ceiling = min (limit_byte - 1, ceiling);
13454 ceiling_addr = BYTE_POS_ADDR (ceiling) + 1;
13455 base = (cursor = BYTE_POS_ADDR (start_byte));
13456 while (1)
13457 {
13458 if (selective_display)
13459 while (*cursor != '\n' && *cursor != 015 && ++cursor != ceiling_addr)
13460 ;
13461 else
13462 while (*cursor != '\n' && ++cursor != ceiling_addr)
13463 ;
13464
13465 if (cursor != ceiling_addr)
13466 {
13467 if (--count == 0)
13468 {
13469 start_byte += cursor - base + 1;
13470 *byte_pos_ptr = start_byte;
13471 return orig_count;
13472 }
13473 else
13474 if (++cursor == ceiling_addr)
13475 break;
13476 }
13477 else
13478 break;
13479 }
13480 start_byte += cursor - base;
13481 }
13482 }
13483 else
13484 {
13485 while (start_byte > limit_byte)
13486 {
13487 ceiling = BUFFER_FLOOR_OF (start_byte - 1);
13488 ceiling = max (limit_byte, ceiling);
13489 ceiling_addr = BYTE_POS_ADDR (ceiling) - 1;
13490 base = (cursor = BYTE_POS_ADDR (start_byte - 1) + 1);
13491 while (1)
13492 {
13493 if (selective_display)
13494 while (--cursor != ceiling_addr
13495 && *cursor != '\n' && *cursor != 015)
13496 ;
13497 else
13498 while (--cursor != ceiling_addr && *cursor != '\n')
13499 ;
13500
13501 if (cursor != ceiling_addr)
13502 {
13503 if (++count == 0)
13504 {
13505 start_byte += cursor - base + 1;
13506 *byte_pos_ptr = start_byte;
13507 /* When scanning backwards, we should
13508 not count the newline posterior to which we stop. */
13509 return - orig_count - 1;
13510 }
13511 }
13512 else
13513 break;
13514 }
13515 /* Here we add 1 to compensate for the last decrement
13516 of CURSOR, which took it past the valid range. */
13517 start_byte += cursor - base + 1;
13518 }
13519 }
13520
13521 *byte_pos_ptr = limit_byte;
13522
13523 if (count < 0)
13524 return - orig_count + count;
13525 return orig_count - count;
13526
13527 }
13528
13529
13530 \f
13531 /***********************************************************************
13532 Displaying strings
13533 ***********************************************************************/
13534
13535 /* Display a NUL-terminated string, starting with index START.
13536
13537 If STRING is non-null, display that C string. Otherwise, the Lisp
13538 string LISP_STRING is displayed.
13539
13540 If FACE_STRING is not nil, FACE_STRING_POS is a position in
13541 FACE_STRING. Display STRING or LISP_STRING with the face at
13542 FACE_STRING_POS in FACE_STRING:
13543
13544 Display the string in the environment given by IT, but use the
13545 standard display table, temporarily.
13546
13547 FIELD_WIDTH is the minimum number of output glyphs to produce.
13548 If STRING has fewer characters than FIELD_WIDTH, pad to the right
13549 with spaces. If STRING has more characters, more than FIELD_WIDTH
13550 glyphs will be produced. FIELD_WIDTH <= 0 means don't pad.
13551
13552 PRECISION is the maximum number of characters to output from
13553 STRING. PRECISION < 0 means don't truncate the string.
13554
13555 This is roughly equivalent to printf format specifiers:
13556
13557 FIELD_WIDTH PRECISION PRINTF
13558 ----------------------------------------
13559 -1 -1 %s
13560 -1 10 %.10s
13561 10 -1 %10s
13562 20 10 %20.10s
13563
13564 MULTIBYTE zero means do not display multibyte chars, > 0 means do
13565 display them, and < 0 means obey the current buffer's value of
13566 enable_multibyte_characters.
13567
13568 Value is the number of glyphs produced. */
13569
13570 static int
13571 display_string (string, lisp_string, face_string, face_string_pos,
13572 start, it, field_width, precision, max_x, multibyte)
13573 unsigned char *string;
13574 Lisp_Object lisp_string;
13575 Lisp_Object face_string;
13576 int face_string_pos;
13577 int start;
13578 struct it *it;
13579 int field_width, precision, max_x;
13580 int multibyte;
13581 {
13582 int hpos_at_start = it->hpos;
13583 int saved_face_id = it->face_id;
13584 struct glyph_row *row = it->glyph_row;
13585
13586 /* Initialize the iterator IT for iteration over STRING beginning
13587 with index START. We assume that IT may be modified here (which
13588 means that display_line has to do something when displaying a
13589 mini-buffer prompt, which it does). */
13590 reseat_to_string (it, string, lisp_string, start,
13591 precision, field_width, multibyte);
13592
13593 /* If displaying STRING, set up the face of the iterator
13594 from LISP_STRING, if that's given. */
13595 if (STRINGP (face_string))
13596 {
13597 int endptr;
13598 struct face *face;
13599
13600 it->face_id
13601 = face_at_string_position (it->w, face_string, face_string_pos,
13602 0, it->region_beg_charpos,
13603 it->region_end_charpos,
13604 &endptr, it->base_face_id);
13605 face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
13606 it->face_box_p = face->box != FACE_NO_BOX;
13607 }
13608
13609 /* Set max_x to the maximum allowed X position. Don't let it go
13610 beyond the right edge of the window. */
13611 if (max_x <= 0)
13612 max_x = it->last_visible_x;
13613 else
13614 max_x = min (max_x, it->last_visible_x);
13615
13616 /* Skip over display elements that are not visible. because IT->w is
13617 hscrolled. */
13618 if (it->current_x < it->first_visible_x)
13619 move_it_in_display_line_to (it, 100000, it->first_visible_x,
13620 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_X);
13621
13622 row->ascent = it->max_ascent;
13623 row->height = it->max_ascent + it->max_descent;
13624 row->phys_ascent = it->max_phys_ascent;
13625 row->phys_height = it->max_phys_ascent + it->max_phys_descent;
13626
13627 /* This condition is for the case that we are called with current_x
13628 past last_visible_x. */
13629 while (it->current_x < max_x)
13630 {
13631 int x_before, x, n_glyphs_before, i, nglyphs;
13632
13633 /* Get the next display element. */
13634 if (!get_next_display_element (it))
13635 break;
13636
13637 /* Produce glyphs. */
13638 x_before = it->current_x;
13639 n_glyphs_before = it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
13640 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it);
13641
13642 nglyphs = it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] - n_glyphs_before;
13643 i = 0;
13644 x = x_before;
13645 while (i < nglyphs)
13646 {
13647 struct glyph *glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + n_glyphs_before + i;
13648
13649 if (!it->truncate_lines_p
13650 && x + glyph->pixel_width > max_x)
13651 {
13652 /* End of continued line or max_x reached. */
13653 it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = n_glyphs_before + i;
13654 it->current_x = x;
13655 break;
13656 }
13657 else if (x + glyph->pixel_width > it->first_visible_x)
13658 {
13659 /* Glyph is at least partially visible. */
13660 ++it->hpos;
13661 if (x < it->first_visible_x)
13662 it->glyph_row->x = x - it->first_visible_x;
13663 }
13664 else
13665 {
13666 /* Glyph is off the left margin of the display area.
13667 Should not happen. */
13668 abort ();
13669 }
13670
13671 row->ascent = max (row->ascent, it->max_ascent);
13672 row->height = max (row->height, it->max_ascent + it->max_descent);
13673 row->phys_ascent = max (row->phys_ascent, it->max_phys_ascent);
13674 row->phys_height = max (row->phys_height,
13675 it->max_phys_ascent + it->max_phys_descent);
13676 x += glyph->pixel_width;
13677 ++i;
13678 }
13679
13680 /* Stop if max_x reached. */
13681 if (i < nglyphs)
13682 break;
13683
13684 /* Stop at line ends. */
13685 if (ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it))
13686 {
13687 it->continuation_lines_width = 0;
13688 break;
13689 }
13690
13691 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
13692
13693 /* Stop if truncating at the right edge. */
13694 if (it->truncate_lines_p
13695 && it->current_x >= it->last_visible_x)
13696 {
13697 /* Add truncation mark, but don't do it if the line is
13698 truncated at a padding space. */
13699 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) < it->string_nchars)
13700 {
13701 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
13702 produce_special_glyphs (it, IT_TRUNCATION);
13703 it->glyph_row->truncated_on_right_p = 1;
13704 }
13705 break;
13706 }
13707 }
13708
13709 /* Maybe insert a truncation at the left. */
13710 if (it->first_visible_x
13711 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) > 0)
13712 {
13713 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
13714 insert_left_trunc_glyphs (it);
13715 it->glyph_row->truncated_on_left_p = 1;
13716 }
13717
13718 it->face_id = saved_face_id;
13719
13720 /* Value is number of columns displayed. */
13721 return it->hpos - hpos_at_start;
13722 }
13723
13724
13725 \f
13726 /* This is like a combination of memq and assq. Return 1 if PROPVAL
13727 appears as an element of LIST or as the car of an element of LIST.
13728 If PROPVAL is a list, compare each element against LIST in that
13729 way, and return 1 if any element of PROPVAL is found in LIST.
13730 Otherwise return 0. This function cannot quit. */
13731
13732 int
13733 invisible_p (propval, list)
13734 register Lisp_Object propval;
13735 Lisp_Object list;
13736 {
13737 register Lisp_Object tail, proptail;
13738
13739 for (tail = list; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail))
13740 {
13741 register Lisp_Object tem;
13742 tem = XCAR (tail);
13743 if (EQ (propval, tem))
13744 return 1;
13745 if (CONSP (tem) && EQ (propval, XCAR (tem)))
13746 return 1;
13747 }
13748
13749 if (CONSP (propval))
13750 {
13751 for (proptail = propval; CONSP (proptail); proptail = XCDR (proptail))
13752 {
13753 Lisp_Object propelt;
13754 propelt = XCAR (proptail);
13755 for (tail = list; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail))
13756 {
13757 register Lisp_Object tem;
13758 tem = XCAR (tail);
13759 if (EQ (propelt, tem))
13760 return 1;
13761 if (CONSP (tem) && EQ (propelt, XCAR (tem)))
13762 return 1;
13763 }
13764 }
13765 }
13766
13767 return 0;
13768 }
13769
13770
13771 /* Return 1 if PROPVAL appears as the car of an element of LIST and
13772 the cdr of that element is non-nil. If PROPVAL is a list, check
13773 each element of PROPVAL in that way, and the first time some
13774 element is found, return 1 if the cdr of that element is non-nil.
13775 Otherwise return 0. This function cannot quit. */
13776
13777 int
13778 invisible_ellipsis_p (propval, list)
13779 register Lisp_Object propval;
13780 Lisp_Object list;
13781 {
13782 register Lisp_Object tail, proptail;
13783
13784 for (tail = list; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail))
13785 {
13786 register Lisp_Object tem;
13787 tem = XCAR (tail);
13788 if (CONSP (tem) && EQ (propval, XCAR (tem)))
13789 return ! NILP (XCDR (tem));
13790 }
13791
13792 if (CONSP (propval))
13793 for (proptail = propval; CONSP (proptail); proptail = XCDR (proptail))
13794 {
13795 Lisp_Object propelt;
13796 propelt = XCAR (proptail);
13797 for (tail = list; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail))
13798 {
13799 register Lisp_Object tem;
13800 tem = XCAR (tail);
13801 if (CONSP (tem) && EQ (propelt, XCAR (tem)))
13802 return ! NILP (XCDR (tem));
13803 }
13804 }
13805
13806 return 0;
13807 }
13808
13809
13810 \f
13811 /***********************************************************************
13812 Initialization
13813 ***********************************************************************/
13814
13815 void
13816 syms_of_xdisp ()
13817 {
13818 Vwith_echo_area_save_vector = Qnil;
13819 staticpro (&Vwith_echo_area_save_vector);
13820
13821 Vmessage_stack = Qnil;
13822 staticpro (&Vmessage_stack);
13823
13824 Qinhibit_redisplay = intern ("inhibit-redisplay");
13825 staticpro (&Qinhibit_redisplay);
13826
13827 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
13828 defsubr (&Sdump_glyph_matrix);
13829 defsubr (&Sdump_glyph_row);
13830 defsubr (&Sdump_tool_bar_row);
13831 defsubr (&Strace_redisplay_toggle);
13832 defsubr (&Strace_to_stderr);
13833 #endif
13834
13835 staticpro (&Qmenu_bar_update_hook);
13836 Qmenu_bar_update_hook = intern ("menu-bar-update-hook");
13837
13838 staticpro (&Qoverriding_terminal_local_map);
13839 Qoverriding_terminal_local_map = intern ("overriding-terminal-local-map");
13840
13841 staticpro (&Qoverriding_local_map);
13842 Qoverriding_local_map = intern ("overriding-local-map");
13843
13844 staticpro (&Qwindow_scroll_functions);
13845 Qwindow_scroll_functions = intern ("window-scroll-functions");
13846
13847 staticpro (&Qredisplay_end_trigger_functions);
13848 Qredisplay_end_trigger_functions = intern ("redisplay-end-trigger-functions");
13849
13850 staticpro (&Qinhibit_point_motion_hooks);
13851 Qinhibit_point_motion_hooks = intern ("inhibit-point-motion-hooks");
13852
13853 QCdata = intern (":data");
13854 staticpro (&QCdata);
13855 Qdisplay = intern ("display");
13856 staticpro (&Qdisplay);
13857 Qspace_width = intern ("space-width");
13858 staticpro (&Qspace_width);
13859 Qraise = intern ("raise");
13860 staticpro (&Qraise);
13861 Qspace = intern ("space");
13862 staticpro (&Qspace);
13863 Qmargin = intern ("margin");
13864 staticpro (&Qmargin);
13865 Qleft_margin = intern ("left-margin");
13866 staticpro (&Qleft_margin);
13867 Qright_margin = intern ("right-margin");
13868 staticpro (&Qright_margin);
13869 Qalign_to = intern ("align-to");
13870 staticpro (&Qalign_to);
13871 QCalign_to = intern (":align-to");
13872 staticpro (&QCalign_to);
13873 Qrelative_width = intern ("relative-width");
13874 staticpro (&Qrelative_width);
13875 QCrelative_width = intern (":relative-width");
13876 staticpro (&QCrelative_width);
13877 QCrelative_height = intern (":relative-height");
13878 staticpro (&QCrelative_height);
13879 QCeval = intern (":eval");
13880 staticpro (&QCeval);
13881 Qwhen = intern ("when");
13882 staticpro (&Qwhen);
13883 QCfile = intern (":file");
13884 staticpro (&QCfile);
13885 Qfontified = intern ("fontified");
13886 staticpro (&Qfontified);
13887 Qfontification_functions = intern ("fontification-functions");
13888 staticpro (&Qfontification_functions);
13889 Qtrailing_whitespace = intern ("trailing-whitespace");
13890 staticpro (&Qtrailing_whitespace);
13891 Qimage = intern ("image");
13892 staticpro (&Qimage);
13893 Qmessage_truncate_lines = intern ("message-truncate-lines");
13894 staticpro (&Qmessage_truncate_lines);
13895 Qgrow_only = intern ("grow-only");
13896 staticpro (&Qgrow_only);
13897
13898 last_arrow_position = Qnil;
13899 last_arrow_string = Qnil;
13900 staticpro (&last_arrow_position);
13901 staticpro (&last_arrow_string);
13902
13903 echo_buffer[0] = echo_buffer[1] = Qnil;
13904 staticpro (&echo_buffer[0]);
13905 staticpro (&echo_buffer[1]);
13906
13907 echo_area_buffer[0] = echo_area_buffer[1] = Qnil;
13908 staticpro (&echo_area_buffer[0]);
13909 staticpro (&echo_area_buffer[1]);
13910
13911 Vmessages_buffer_name = build_string ("*Messages*");
13912 staticpro (&Vmessages_buffer_name);
13913
13914 DEFVAR_LISP ("show-trailing-whitespace", &Vshow_trailing_whitespace,
13915 "Non-nil means highlight trailing whitespace.\n\
13916 The face used for trailing whitespace is `trailing-whitespace'.");
13917 Vshow_trailing_whitespace = Qnil;
13918
13919 DEFVAR_LISP ("inhibit-redisplay", &Vinhibit_redisplay,
13920 "Non-nil means don't actually do any redisplay.\n\
13921 This is used for internal purposes.");
13922 Vinhibit_redisplay = Qnil;
13923
13924 DEFVAR_LISP ("global-mode-string", &Vglobal_mode_string,
13925 "String (or mode line construct) included (normally) in `mode-line-format'.");
13926 Vglobal_mode_string = Qnil;
13927
13928 DEFVAR_LISP ("overlay-arrow-position", &Voverlay_arrow_position,
13929 "Marker for where to display an arrow on top of the buffer text.\n\
13930 This must be the beginning of a line in order to work.\n\
13931 See also `overlay-arrow-string'.");
13932 Voverlay_arrow_position = Qnil;
13933
13934 DEFVAR_LISP ("overlay-arrow-string", &Voverlay_arrow_string,
13935 "String to display as an arrow. See also `overlay-arrow-position'.");
13936 Voverlay_arrow_string = Qnil;
13937
13938 DEFVAR_INT ("scroll-step", &scroll_step,
13939 "*The number of lines to try scrolling a window by when point moves out.\n\
13940 If that fails to bring point back on frame, point is centered instead.\n\
13941 If this is zero, point is always centered after it moves off frame.\n\
13942 If you want scrolling to always be a line at a time, you should set\n\
13943 `scroll-conservatively' to a large value rather than set this to 1.");
13944
13945 DEFVAR_INT ("scroll-conservatively", &scroll_conservatively,
13946 "*Scroll up to this many lines, to bring point back on screen.\n\
13947 A value of zero means to scroll the text to center point vertically\n\
13948 in the window.");
13949 scroll_conservatively = 0;
13950
13951 DEFVAR_INT ("scroll-margin", &scroll_margin,
13952 "*Number of lines of margin at the top and bottom of a window.\n\
13953 Recenter the window whenever point gets within this many lines\n\
13954 of the top or bottom of the window.");
13955 scroll_margin = 0;
13956
13957 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
13958 DEFVAR_INT ("debug-end-pos", &debug_end_pos, "Don't ask");
13959 #endif
13960
13961 DEFVAR_BOOL ("truncate-partial-width-windows",
13962 &truncate_partial_width_windows,
13963 "*Non-nil means truncate lines in all windows less than full frame wide.");
13964 truncate_partial_width_windows = 1;
13965
13966 DEFVAR_BOOL ("mode-line-inverse-video", &mode_line_inverse_video,
13967 "nil means display the mode-line/header-line/menu-bar in the default face.\n\
13968 Any other value means to use the appropriate face, `mode-line',\n\
13969 `header-line', or `menu' respectively.\n\
13970 \n\
13971 This variable is deprecated; please change the above faces instead.");
13972 mode_line_inverse_video = 1;
13973
13974 DEFVAR_LISP ("line-number-display-limit", &Vline_number_display_limit,
13975 "*Maximum buffer size for which line number should be displayed.\n\
13976 If the buffer is bigger than this, the line number does not appear\n\
13977 in the mode line. A value of nil means no limit.");
13978 Vline_number_display_limit = Qnil;
13979
13980 DEFVAR_INT ("line-number-display-limit-width",
13981 &line_number_display_limit_width,
13982 "*Maximum line width (in characters) for line number display.\n\
13983 If the average length of the lines near point is bigger than this, then the\n\
13984 line number may be omitted from the mode line.");
13985 line_number_display_limit_width = 200;
13986
13987 DEFVAR_BOOL ("highlight-nonselected-windows", &highlight_nonselected_windows,
13988 "*Non-nil means highlight region even in nonselected windows.");
13989 highlight_nonselected_windows = 0;
13990
13991 DEFVAR_BOOL ("multiple-frames", &multiple_frames,
13992 "Non-nil if more than one frame is visible on this display.\n\
13993 Minibuffer-only frames don't count, but iconified frames do.\n\
13994 This variable is not guaranteed to be accurate except while processing\n\
13995 `frame-title-format' and `icon-title-format'.");
13996
13997 DEFVAR_LISP ("frame-title-format", &Vframe_title_format,
13998 "Template for displaying the title bar of visible frames.\n\
13999 \(Assuming the window manager supports this feature.)\n\
14000 This variable has the same structure as `mode-line-format' (which see),\n\
14001 and is used only on frames for which no explicit name has been set\n\
14002 \(see `modify-frame-parameters').");
14003 DEFVAR_LISP ("icon-title-format", &Vicon_title_format,
14004 "Template for displaying the title bar of an iconified frame.\n\
14005 \(Assuming the window manager supports this feature.)\n\
14006 This variable has the same structure as `mode-line-format' (which see),\n\
14007 and is used only on frames for which no explicit name has been set\n\
14008 \(see `modify-frame-parameters').");
14009 Vicon_title_format
14010 = Vframe_title_format
14011 = Fcons (intern ("multiple-frames"),
14012 Fcons (build_string ("%b"),
14013 Fcons (Fcons (build_string (""),
14014 Fcons (intern ("invocation-name"),
14015 Fcons (build_string ("@"),
14016 Fcons (intern ("system-name"),
14017 Qnil)))),
14018 Qnil)));
14019
14020 DEFVAR_LISP ("message-log-max", &Vmessage_log_max,
14021 "Maximum number of lines to keep in the message log buffer.\n\
14022 If nil, disable message logging. If t, log messages but don't truncate\n\
14023 the buffer when it becomes large.");
14024 XSETFASTINT (Vmessage_log_max, 50);
14025
14026 DEFVAR_LISP ("window-size-change-functions", &Vwindow_size_change_functions,
14027 "Functions called before redisplay, if window sizes have changed.\n\
14028 The value should be a list of functions that take one argument.\n\
14029 Just before redisplay, for each frame, if any of its windows have changed\n\
14030 size since the last redisplay, or have been split or deleted,\n\
14031 all the functions in the list are called, with the frame as argument.");
14032 Vwindow_size_change_functions = Qnil;
14033
14034 DEFVAR_LISP ("window-scroll-functions", &Vwindow_scroll_functions,
14035 "List of Functions to call before redisplaying a window with scrolling.\n\
14036 Each function is called with two arguments, the window\n\
14037 and its new display-start position. Note that the value of `window-end'\n\
14038 is not valid when these functions are called.");
14039 Vwindow_scroll_functions = Qnil;
14040
14041 DEFVAR_BOOL ("auto-resize-tool-bars", &auto_resize_tool_bars_p,
14042 "*Non-nil means automatically resize tool-bars.\n\
14043 This increases a tool-bar's height if not all tool-bar items are visible.\n\
14044 It decreases a tool-bar's height when it would display blank lines\n\
14045 otherwise.");
14046 auto_resize_tool_bars_p = 1;
14047
14048 DEFVAR_BOOL ("auto-raise-tool-bar-buttons", &auto_raise_tool_bar_buttons_p,
14049 "*Non-nil means raise tool-bar buttons when the mouse moves over them.");
14050 auto_raise_tool_bar_buttons_p = 1;
14051
14052 DEFVAR_INT ("tool-bar-button-margin", &tool_bar_button_margin,
14053 "*Margin around tool-bar buttons in pixels.");
14054 tool_bar_button_margin = 1;
14055
14056 DEFVAR_INT ("tool-bar-button-relief", &tool_bar_button_relief,
14057 "Relief thickness of tool-bar buttons.");
14058 tool_bar_button_relief = 3;
14059
14060 DEFVAR_LISP ("fontification-functions", &Vfontification_functions,
14061 "List of functions to call to fontify regions of text.\n\
14062 Each function is called with one argument POS. Functions must\n\
14063 fontify a region starting at POS in the current buffer, and give\n\
14064 fontified regions the property `fontified'.\n\
14065 This variable automatically becomes buffer-local when set.");
14066 Vfontification_functions = Qnil;
14067 Fmake_variable_buffer_local (Qfontification_functions);
14068
14069 DEFVAR_BOOL ("unibyte-display-via-language-environment",
14070 &unibyte_display_via_language_environment,
14071 "*Non-nil means display unibyte text according to language environment.\n\
14072 Specifically this means that unibyte non-ASCII characters\n\
14073 are displayed by converting them to the equivalent multibyte characters\n\
14074 according to the current language environment. As a result, they are\n\
14075 displayed according to the current fontset.");
14076 unibyte_display_via_language_environment = 0;
14077
14078 DEFVAR_LISP ("max-mini-window-height", &Vmax_mini_window_height,
14079 "*Maximum height for resizing mini-windows.\n\
14080 If a float, it specifies a fraction of the mini-window frame's height.\n\
14081 If an integer, it specifies a number of lines.");
14082 Vmax_mini_window_height = make_float (0.25);
14083
14084 DEFVAR_LISP ("resize-mini-windows", &Vresize_mini_windows,
14085 "*How to resize the mini-window.\n\
14086 A value of nil means don't automatically resize mini-windows.\n\
14087 A value of t means resize it to fit the text displayed in it.\n\
14088 A value of `grow-only', the default, means let mini-windows grow\n\
14089 only, until the its display becomes empty, at which point the mini-window\n\
14090 goes back to its normal size.");
14091 Vresize_mini_windows = Qgrow_only;
14092
14093 DEFVAR_BOOL ("cursor-in-non-selected-windows",
14094 &cursor_in_non_selected_windows,
14095 "*Non-nil means display a hollow cursor in non-selected windows.\n\
14096 Nil means don't display a cursor there.");
14097 cursor_in_non_selected_windows = 1;
14098
14099 DEFVAR_BOOL ("automatic-hscrolling", &automatic_hscrolling_p,
14100 "*Non-nil means scroll the display automatically to make point visible.");
14101 automatic_hscrolling_p = 1;
14102
14103 DEFVAR_LISP ("image-types", &Vimage_types,
14104 "List of supported image types.\n\
14105 Each element of the list is a symbol for a supported image type.");
14106 Vimage_types = Qnil;
14107
14108 DEFVAR_BOOL ("message-truncate-lines", &message_truncate_lines,
14109 "If non-nil, messages are truncated instead of resizing the echo area.\n\
14110 Bind this around calls to `message' to let it take effect.");
14111 message_truncate_lines = 0;
14112
14113 DEFVAR_LISP ("menu-bar-update-hook", &Vmenu_bar_update_hook,
14114 "Normal hook run for clicks on menu bar, before displaying a submenu.\n\
14115 Can be used to update submenus whose contents should vary.");
14116 Vmenu_bar_update_hook = Qnil;
14117 }
14118
14119
14120 /* Initialize this module when Emacs starts. */
14121
14122 void
14123 init_xdisp ()
14124 {
14125 Lisp_Object root_window;
14126 struct window *mini_w;
14127
14128 current_header_line_height = current_mode_line_height = -1;
14129
14130 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos) = 0;
14131
14132 mini_w = XWINDOW (minibuf_window);
14133 root_window = FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (mini_w)));
14134
14135 if (!noninteractive)
14136 {
14137 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (root_window)));
14138 int i;
14139
14140 XSETFASTINT (XWINDOW (root_window)->top, FRAME_TOP_MARGIN (f));
14141 set_window_height (root_window,
14142 FRAME_HEIGHT (f) - 1 - FRAME_TOP_MARGIN (f),
14143 0);
14144 XSETFASTINT (mini_w->top, FRAME_HEIGHT (f) - 1);
14145 set_window_height (minibuf_window, 1, 0);
14146
14147 XSETFASTINT (XWINDOW (root_window)->width, FRAME_WIDTH (f));
14148 XSETFASTINT (mini_w->width, FRAME_WIDTH (f));
14149
14150 scratch_glyph_row.glyphs[TEXT_AREA] = scratch_glyphs;
14151 scratch_glyph_row.glyphs[TEXT_AREA + 1]
14152 = scratch_glyphs + MAX_SCRATCH_GLYPHS;
14153
14154 /* The default ellipsis glyphs `...'. */
14155 for (i = 0; i < 3; ++i)
14156 XSETFASTINT (default_invis_vector[i], '.');
14157 }
14158
14159 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
14160 {
14161 /* Allocate the buffer for frame titles. */
14162 int size = 100;
14163 frame_title_buf = (char *) xmalloc (size);
14164 frame_title_buf_end = frame_title_buf + size;
14165 frame_title_ptr = NULL;
14166 }
14167 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
14168
14169 help_echo_showing_p = 0;
14170 }
14171
14172